Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Dakota Gold Corp.

Dakota Gold Corp.

dc · AMEX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker dc
Exchange AMEX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 41
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Dakota Gold Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
D

i

x

o

n

s

C

a

r

p

h

o

n

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

/

2

0

WE HELP 
EVERYONE  
ENJOY  
AMAZING 
TECHNOLOGY

Annual Report & Accounts 2019/20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

2   Chair of the Board’s Statement

4   Key Performance Indicators

6  

8  

 Our Business

 Group Chief Executive’s Statement

10   Our Strategy and Vision

12   Strategic Priorities

17   Core Enablers

20  

 Principal Risks to Achieving the Group’s Objectives

24  

 Performance Review

31   Stakeholders and  Sustainable Business

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

54   Board of Directors

56   Corporate Governance Report

68   Directors’ Report

71   Audit Committee Report

80   Disclosure Committee Report

81   Nominations Committee Report

84   Remuneration Committee Report

87  

 Remuneration Report – Remuneration Policy

99  

 Remuneration Report – Annual Remuneration Report

112    Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

113   Independent Auditor’s Report

130   Consolidated Income Statement

131    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

132   Consolidated Balance Sheet

133    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

134   Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

135    Notes to the Group Financial Statements

190   Company Balance Sheet

191    Company Statement of Changes in Equity

192    Notes to the Company Financial Statements

199   Five Year Record (unaudited)

INVESTOR INFORMATION

200   Shareholder and Corporate Information

202  Glossary and Definitions

219  Shareholder Notes

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20

1

Chair of the Board’s
Statement

“It is important to us and all our 

stakeholders that we not only succeed 
financially but also that, to be a 
sustainable business over the long 
term, we need to be ‘doing the right 
thing in everything we do’.”

Lord Livingston of Parkhead 
Chair of the Board

To say this has been a 
challenging year would be 
an understatement. On top 
of a major transformation 
programme and 
substantial market 
changes, the Group 
has had to navigate the 
uncertainty of Brexit and 
the impact of Covid-19 
which disrupted supply 
chains and temporarily 
closed all our stores in the 
UK, Ireland and Greece.

Our management team, led by Alex 
Baldock, and our colleagues have 
responded magnificently to these 
challenges. I want to thank them all.

Our key focus during the pandemic has 
been to keep our people safe, serve 
our customers and ensure the business 
is in the best position for the future. 
This has involved innovative solutions 
such as contactless stores, constant 
communication with our colleagues 
and also ensuring that we do the right 
thing. For example, we have prioritised 
and supported vulnerable customers 
and the NHS. To both support our 
business and in solidarity with our 
UK colleagues who are on furlough, 
the Executive Committee members 
and Board directors took a temporary 
20% pay reduction and there was no 
corporate bonus awarded in the UK & 
Ireland this year.

Results
The first ten months of the year 
saw us make good progress on our 
transformation. Across our Electricals 
business, we increased market share 
and grew customer satisfaction. Our 
International business had another 
strong year and delivered almost half of 
the Group’s total Electricals profit.

We also took some difficult but 
essential decisions, closing our 
standalone Carphone Warehouse 
stores in the UK, before our immediate 
priorities changed as a result of 
Covid‑19.

We were on track to achieve profits 
in line with our guidance reiterated in 
January but the lost sales from store 
closures in the UK, Ireland and Greece 
and extra expenditure associated with 
Covid‑19 was only partially offset by 
a large increase in online sales and 
internal and government actions that 
reduced costs. This led to Group 
adjusted PBT* coming in at £166m. 
This was down year on year, reflecting 
both the challenging mobile market in 
the UK and the impact of Covid‑19.

The loss before tax on a statutory 
basis was £140m, largely due to the 
costs associated with the closure of 
the Carphone Warehouse standalone 
stores in the UK announced in March 
this year.

Our year end net debt was up slightly 
at £284m as the adverse working 
capital caused by lower sales was 
almost completely offset by reduced 
capital expenditure and deferral of 
taxes and rent.

* See page 202 for full Glossary and definitions

2

The Group ended the year with in 
excess of £1bn of available liquidity. 
Our planning has stress tested the 
business against a range of downside 
scenarios and we do not foresee 
needing to access any additional 
financing.

People
Our capable and committed colleagues 
remain one of the key enablers of our 
strategy.

We have continued our innovative 
Colleague Shareholder Scheme. We 
launched the award‑winning scheme 
in February 2019 to over 31,000 
colleagues globally. The award is worth 
at least £1,000 at grant. This year we 
extended the scheme to an additional 
7,000 newly eligible colleagues, 
ensuring that all our people can share 
in our future success knowing they 
own part of the business.

We are investing in supporting our 
people. For example, we have made a 
substantial investment in our revamped 
training hub in Birmingham, The 
Academy@Fort Dunlop, in collaboration 
with our suppliers. A record 3,500 
Retail colleagues have completed 
courses in the facility in the last year.

Our Communities
It is important to us and all our 
stakeholders that we not only succeed 
financially but also that, to be a 
sustainable business over the long 
term, we need to be ‘doing the right 
thing in everything we do’.

Over the year, we took action to 
help those who might otherwise be 
excluded from enjoying the benefits 
of amazing technology. Our Nordic 

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Reportbusiness tackled digital exclusion 
through their Elkjøp Foundation, while 
our colleagues in Greece took time out 
to volunteer during their annual ‘Good 
Deed Day’. In the UK, colleagues 
voted to champion a new cause in 
their charity, Age UK, with the aim 
of using technology to help combat 
loneliness, improve mental health and 
support independence and community 
participation for older people.

The Coronavirus crisis underlined the 
critical role technology plays in keeping 
people connected. We started our 
partnership with Age UK by responding 
to their need for hundreds of laptops, 
phones, SIM cards and headsets to 
enable their Silver Line helpline staff to 
provide vital support from their homes. 
This was followed by an ambitious 
project to get tablet technology into 
the hands of hundreds of isolated older 
people – with many getting online for 
the first time. Our teams worked cross‑
functionally to dispatch fully charged 
and ready‑to‑use devices, complete 
with connectivity, useful apps and 
supported by hard copy, large print 
user instructions which we created in 
collaboration with the charity.

Vulnerable older people were the focus 
of additional support such as free DAB 
Radios as part of an initiative with the 
BBC and customers of our MVNO, iD 
Mobile, aged over 70, were given free 
unlimited minutes ‑ which was also 
granted to NHS workers along with free 
unlimited texts and data.

We are committed to helping 
colleagues and customers minimise 
their impact on the environment 
and are pleased to have retained 
our FTSE4Good status for the third 
consecutive year.

To build on this, we are introducing 
targets accredited by the Science 
Based Target initiative across the 
Group to support our ambitious carbon 
reduction strategy, which also sees 
the introduction of Scope 3 targets as 
we strive to achieve net zero well in 
advance of the UK Government’s 2050 
target.

In our determination to ‘make it easier 
for colleagues and customers to be 
greener’, we are the largest recycler of 
waste electricals in UK Retail and are 
working to ensure customers receive 

their technology in the most efficient 
and environmentally friendly ways, with 
our commitment to a fully electric or 
alternative fuels delivery fleet by 2030.

Through our new Responsible Sourcing 
Standards, we are collaborating with 
suppliers to make sure products are 
ethically sourced, and we are on 
schedule to eliminate unnecessary 
single‑use plastic from our own label 
operation by 2023.

This year promises even more 
emphasis on supporting the societies 
in which we operate, so we can 
help even more people benefit from 
more affordable, ethical, energy 
efficient, repaired, reused or donated 
technology.

Outlook
The long term effect of the pandemic 
remains unclear. However, the 
products and services we sell remain 
in strong demand. We are the clear 
market leader across every country in 
which we operate. We have both the 
will and financial strength to invest in 
our future. Most importantly, we have 
capable and committed colleagues 
and a great leadership team to lead us 
through these choppy waters. These 
strengths put us in a good position to 
look forward to the future with a good 
degree of confidence.

Finally, and most importantly, I would 
like to wish all of you a healthy and 
safe upcoming year. Thank you for 
your support.

Lord Livingston of Parkhead
Chair of the Board
14 July 2020

Shareholders
We continue to have good open 
dialogue with most of our larger 
shareholders and welcome their 
support for both our strategy and 
initiatives such as our Colleague 
Shareholder Scheme.

Strong corporate governance is critical 
to our transformation programme and 
to manage risk. Following this year’s 
review, we have concluded again that 
our governance framework is aligned 
to best practice and appropriate to 
meet the needs of the Group. We have 
included a section 172 statement for 
the first time outlining how we have 
considered all stakeholders in the key 
business decisions we have made 
during this transformational period.

The Group paid an interim dividend 
of £26m (2.25p per share) in January. 
The Board has decided not to pay a 
final dividend for 2019/20. Dividend 
payments will not be resumed at least 
until our standby debt facilities have 
been cancelled. Given the current 
uncertain environment, the Board will 
keep the payment of dividends under 
review to establish the appropriate time 
and level to recommence payment.

We regret we will not be able to hold 
a full Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
this year, but we welcome an open 
dialogue with our shareholders at any 
time. Shareholders with any questions 
can email us throughout the year at 
cosec@dixonscarphone.com and we 
will be more than happy to respond.

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20

3

Strategic ReportFinancial  
Key Performance Indicators

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i

g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Adjusted Revenue

Statutory Revenue

Adjusted Profit 
Before Tax

Statutory Loss 
Before Tax

£
1
0
,
4
7
4
m

£
1
0
,
2
1
7
m

£
1
0
,
4
3
3
m

£
1
0
,
1
7
0
m

£
3
3
9
m

(
£
2
5
9
m

)

£
1
6
6
m

(
£
1
4
0
m

)

2018/19

2019/20

2018/19

2019/20

2018/19

2019/20

2018/19

2019/20

The ability to grow revenue is an important measure 
of a brand’s appeal to customers and its competitive 
position. It is a key measure of the Group’s progress 
against our strategic priority to continue to enhance 
and drive successful and sustainable retail.

Continued growth of profit before tax represents a 
measure of Group performance to external investors  
and stakeholders against our strategic priorities.

Adjusted EPS

Statutory Loss per 
Share

Electrical LFL  
Revenue Growth

Free Cash Flow

2
3
.
2
p

(
2
6
.
8
p

)

1
0
.
8
p

(
1
3
.
9
p

)

+
3
%

+
2
%

£
1
5
3
m

£
1
0
9
m

2018/19

2019/20

2018/19

2019/20

2018/19

2019/20

2018/19

2019/20

The level of growth in EPS provides a suitable 
measure of the financial health of the Group and its 
ability to deliver returns to shareholders each year.

Like-for-like revenue 
enables the performance 
of the Group to 
be measured on a 
consistent year-on-year 
basis. Statutory revenue 
growth was +2% 
(2018/19: +2%).

The management of cash 
usage, in particular, working 
capital employed in the 
business, optimises resources 
available for the Group to  
invest in its future growth and 
to generate shareholder value.

Definitions of measurement for Key Performance Indicators are given in the glossary and definitions on pages 202 to 218

4

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20

 
Non Financial  
Key Performance Indicators

Growing market leading positions

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i

g
e
t
a
r
t
S

UK & Ireland Electricals - 2019/20

Nordics - 2019/20

Greece - 2019/20

26.5%

26.0%

35.3%

24.2%

25.1%

25.2%

25.8%

26.5%

24.2%

25.0%

25.5%

26.0%

35.3%

35.0%

34.4%

21.2%

32.2%

28.7%

15/16 

16/17 

17/18 

18/19 

19/20 

15/16 

16/17 

17/18 

18/19

19/20 

15/16 

16/17 

17/18 

18/19

19/20 

Net Promoter Score (‘NPS’)

Net Promoter Score – a rating 
used by the Group to measure 
customers’ likelihood to 
recommend its operations.

2018/19: +64

Colleague Engagement

Colleague engagement – our ‘Make a 
Difference’ survey enables our colleagues to 
provide honest and open feedback on what 
it is like to work at Dixons Carphone.

2018/19: 64%

2019/20

+70
62%

2019/20

See page 202 for full Glossary and definitions. Market share data from GFK.

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20

5

 
Our
Business

Dixons Carphone plc is a leading omnichannel retailer of technology products and services, operating through 939 stores and 
16 websites in eight countries. We Help Everyone Enjoy Amazing Technology, however they choose to shop with us.
We are the market leader in the UK & Ireland, throughout the Nordics and in Greece, employing 24,000 capable and committed 
colleagues in the UK & Ireland and 36,000 globally across the Group. Our full range of services and support makes it easy for our 
customers to discover, choose, afford and enjoy the right technology for them, throughout their lives. The Group’s core operations 
are supported by an extensive distribution network, enabling delivery to stores and homes, a sourcing office in Hong Kong and a 
state‑of‑the‑art repair facility in Newark, UK.
Our brands include Currys PC World and Carphone Warehouse in the UK & Ireland and iD Mobile in the UK; Elkjøp, Elgiganten and 
Gigantti in the Nordics; and Kotsovolos in Greece. Our Dixons Travel brand has a presence across several UK airports as well as in 
Dublin and Oslo, and our services are provided through Team Knowhow.

Our Business divisions:

UK & IRELAND ELECTRICALS

‑  Currys PC World is the largest specialist 

Currys PC World

electrical retailing and services operator in 
the UK & Ireland.

currys.co.uk 
currys.ie

‑  Dixons Travel is a leading airport 

Dixons Travel

dixonstravel.com

electrical retailer, with stores across the 
UK & Ireland and Oslo.

‑  Team Knowhow is our services brand.

‑  PC World Business provides business 
customers with technology products 
and services.

NORDICS

Team Knowhow

teamknowhow.com

PC World Business

pcworldbusiness.co.uk

‑  The Elkjøp Group is the leading specialist 

electricals retailer across the Nordics region.

‑  Elkjøp and Elkjøp Phonehouse stores 
operate in Norway, Elgiganten and 
Elgiganten Phone House in Sweden and 
Denmark and Gigantti in Finland.

‑  InfoCare is the largest consumer electrical 
repair company in the region, operating in 
Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Finland.

Elkjøp

Elgiganten

Gigantti

Phone House

elkjop.no

elgiganten.se  
elgiganten.dk

gigantti.fi

phonehouse.se 
phonehouse.no

InfoCare

infocareworkshop.no

GREECE

‑  Kotsovolos is Greece’s leading specialist 

Kotsovolos

kotsovolos.gr

electrical retailer.

UK & IRELAND MOBILE

‑  Carphone Warehouse is the largest 
independent telecommunications  
retailer in the UK & Ireland.

Carphone Warehouse

carphonewarehouse.com 
carphonewarehouse.ie

‑  iD Mobile is our MVNO offering innovative 

iD Mobile

idmobile.co.uk

and flexible propositions.

‑  Carphone Warehouse Business provides 

telecommunications products  
and services to business to business 
(‘B2B’) customers.

6

Carphone Warehouse Business

business.carphonewarehouse.com

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Reportt
r
o
p
e
R
c
i

g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Revenue 
by division
2019/20

UK & Ireland Electricals:
£4,538m

Nordics: 
£3,573m

Greece: 
£470m

UK & Ireland Mobile: 
£1,589m

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20

7

 
Group Chief Executive’s
Statement

standalone Carphone Warehouse 
stores in the UK, as customers continue 
to change the way they buy mobile 
devices and connectivity. This gives us 
greater certainty on getting to promised 
breakeven here.

At the same time, we have invested 
in our Colleagues. We extended our 
award‑winning Colleague Shareholder 
Scheme and opened our new training 
facility The Academy@Fort Dunlop. 
Critical to our future success is attracting 
transformational leaders and we are 
delighted to welcome five appointments 
onto the Executive Committee of Mark 
Allsop as Chief Operating Officer, Ed 
Connolly as Chief Commercial Officer, 
Paula Coughlan as Chief People Officer, 
Lindsay Haselhurst as Chief Supply Chain 
Officer and Erik Sønsterud, our new 
International Chief Executive. We have 
made further progress on becoming One 
Business that is a clearer, simpler and 
faster place to work. Although some of 
our spending has been curtailed due to 
Covid‑19, we have invested in some of 
the infrastructure we need to make this a 
truly world class omnichannel business.

I am very pleased these initiatives 
have started to drive results, with 
strong double‑digit growth in customer 
satisfaction, and with growing share in 
every market that we operate in.

This was reflected in our financial 
performance. We were on track to grow 
sales and profits in UK and International 
Electricals if Covid‑19 hadn’t resulted in 
enforced store closures in UK, Ireland 
and Greece at the end of the year. In the 
end, Electricals like‑for‑like revenue still 
grew +2% and Electricals adjusted EBIT* 
was £298m, down only 5% from £313m 
last year. In contrast, but as expected, 
our Mobile profits declined significantly to 
an adjusted EBIT loss of ‑£104m.

The Group adjusted PBT of £166m was 
down from a profit of £339m last year. 
Statutory loss before tax was £140m, an 
improvement on the £259m loss in the 
prior year. Adjusting items primarily relate 
to the costs of closing the Carphone 
Warehouse standalone stores and the 
impact of implementing IFRS16 for the 
first time.

Net debt increased £19m to £284m.

The year drew to a close with the impact 
of the global pandemic, a situation that 
quickly escalated from one that had some 
effect on our supply chain to one that 
fundamentally changed how many of us 
live and work. The first thing to say is 
that I was humbled by the speed and skill 
with which thousands of our colleagues 
reacted to this crisis in safely helping 
millions of customers and securing the 

business’s future. Through their efforts we 
transformed our operations and services 
almost overnight, including implementing 
social distancing and hygiene standards 
in our Nordics stores, which have 
remained open throughout the crisis, and 
operating our UK and Greek businesses 
as online‑only retailers for the first time 
in their history. This meant that through 
these challenging times we have been 
to able provide the vital technology our 
customers need, to keep them connected 
with loved ones, their families fed, clean 
and entertained, to work from home 
and home‑school the kids. The vital role 
we play has been reflected in customer 
demand and we have generated strong 
sales in every open business.

This period has also seen an accelerated 
pace of innovation in the business. After 
successfully launching in the Nordics, we 
have rolled out zero‑contact ‘Drive Thru’ 
stores to the UK and launched ShopLive, 
a tremendously exciting way to bring the 
best of stores (face‑to‑face advice from 
thousands of expert colleagues) to our 
customers online, in a way competitors 
will find hard to match. ShopLive was 
conceived and landed in days.

Meanwhile, we have secured the 
business’s future. We raised more bank 
facilities than we ever expect to need and 
have been prudent in conserving cash, 
which has meant a delay to some of 
our larger infrastructure projects and no 
payment of a final dividend. This leaves 
us well positioned to plan for the future 
with confidence.

Of course, the Covid‑19 pandemic has 
been first and foremost a health crisis and 
a humanitarian catastrophe, the wide‑
ranging repercussions of which will be felt 
for many years. But this crisis has also 
shown us that our strategy for Dixons 
Carphone is the right one. Our business 
has so far successfully navigated a 
fraught period, and as we raise our gaze, 
our big priorities around Credit, Services 
and Omnichannel remain the right ones to 
focus on after this crisis. Customers need 
more help than ever to discover, choose, 
afford and enjoy the benefits of amazing 
technology, for life.

We remain committed to our longer‑
term transformation, therefore, and will 
use everything we’re learning through 
this crisis to build a better business for 
customers, colleagues and shareholders.

Alex Baldock
Group Chief Executive
14 July 2020

Alex Baldock
Group Chief Executive

Dixons Carphone exists to help everyone 
enjoy amazing technology: that’s the 
starting point for every decision we make. 
Technology plays a vital role in millions 
of lives, though many customers find 
it confusing and expensive as well as 
exciting. No one is better placed than us, 
as number one, to help them navigate that. 
We will help customers choose, afford 
and enjoy technology, for life, playing an 
ever more valuable role for customers; 
that’s the route to a much more valuable 
business, alongside the turnaround of our 
UK Mobile business. This strategy drives 
the transformation that we started in 
2018/19 with its priorities of Omnichannel, 
Credit, Services and Mobile enabled 
by Capable & Committed Colleagues, 
working as One Business, with Stronger 
Infrastructure. We have made good 
progress in all these areas.

The first ten months of the year was a 
story of delivering on our promises and 
accelerating the transformation of Dixons 
Carphone. In Omnichannel, we started 
gaining market share online as well as 
in stores; our Group Electricals online 
growth was +22% for the year and we 
invested in remodelling 121 UK stores 
including experience zones and kitchens 
in the Nordics. Sales on credit in the UK 
grew +27% and we now have 1.2m active 
credit customers.

In Services, we carried out over 3.8m 
two‑person deliveries and set up or 
installed over 1m pieces of equipment. 
One set of services that consumers tell us 
they value most is in protection. This is a 
big strength for us today as we already 
have 10m customer service agreements 
and in the year, we carried out 1.3m 
repairs. We’ve built on that strength 
with revamped warranty and insurance 
products, with higher customer adoption 
to show for it.

In Mobile, we took the difficult but 
essential decision to close our small 

* See page 202 for full Glossary and definitions

8

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportCHOOSE,  
AFFORD,  
ENJOY, 
FOR LIFE.  

9

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportOur Strategy 
& Vision

Technology plays a more important 
role in our lives today than ever. 
We provide the vital technology 
our customers need, to keep them 
connected with friends, loved ones 
and colleagues; be more productive, 
whether working from home or away; 
stay healthy; learn and play. 

Customers find this technology 
exciting, but also confusing and 
expensive, and we know customers 
value help to choose, afford and 

enjoy technology, right the way 
through their lives. 

No one is better placed than Dixons 
Carphone to help customers do all 
this, with the assets, colleagues, 
capabilities and scale that we have. 
And our strategy sets out to build 
on those strengths to help everyone 
enjoy amazing technology.

WE HELP  
EVERYONE  
ENJOY
AMAZING  
TECHNOLOGY

10

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportCHOOSE

We help customers choose 
the right tech, across the 
breadth of our range and 
through every channel.

FOR 
LIFE

AFFORD

We help customers afford  
the tech they want, removing  
price as a barrier and spreading  
cost through credit.

ENJOY

We help customers 
make the most of their 
amazing tech through 
our unique Services.

11

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStrategic
Priorities

Omnichannel

Across the Group, we are 
using our unique omnichannel 
strengths to make it easier for 
the customer to choose, afford 
and enjoy the right technology, 
however they want to shop. 

Bringing stores and online 
together, giving customers the 
best of both worlds at scale, 
allowing the customer to shop 
however they want to shop; 
we can do this in ways our 
competitors cannot match. We 
start with strong foundations 
and have made good progress 
building on these.

Our European store presence

Stores – flexible, well invested estate 
within our omnichannel model

Online — continuing to increase our 
share

Our stores must be exciting places 
to discover technology, easy places 
to buy and be served. 

We will continue to go with the 
flow of how customers are buying 
products and services.

Our network of stores allows our technology 
partners to showcase their products in ways 
and at a scale that nobody else can match, 
making it easy for customers to discover 
new and exciting technology.

Through our stores we can give face-to-
face advice from thousands of expert 
colleagues, access to our full range online, 
demonstrations of new and exciting 
products, and more space to the categories 
that customers want more of. 

This year, we made further progress with 
our store investment programme, giving 
more space to high growth categories such 
as large screen TVs, while putting slower-
moving products online-only.

We have also created experience zones 
where customers can see, touch and 
interact with amazing technology. We 
completed the remodelling of 121 large 
stores in the UK. This is slightly behind the 
target of 142 set at the start of the year as 
the programme was paused due to enforced 
store closures.

Electricals saw online revenue growth of 
+11% in the 47 weeks to the end of March 
before it accelerated rapidly, growing at 
+149% over the final five weeks of the year. 
Even before Covid-19, we were taking share 
online across all our markets.

In UK & Ireland Electricals, we continued 
to make it easier for customers to find 
what they want through a bigger range, 
adding 2,000 SKUs this year without 
holding additional stock. We’ve also made 
it easier to buy with improved search and 
recommendations and increased site speed, 
whilst also reducing friction in the customer 
journey. We strengthened our price promise 
policy this year, making it simpler for 
customers to understand and ensuring we 
are more trusted on price.

All of this has been done in a smartphone-
first way. We launched our Currys PC World 
app this year and it had been downloaded 
0.5m times by the year-end, delivering 
revenue growth well ahead of our websites 
during lockdown. 

UK & Ireland
UK & Ireland

Nordics
Nordics

Greece
Greece

Own

Franchise

Total

Own

Franchise

Total

Own

Franchise

Total

428

–

428

247

169

416

75

20

95

12

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStrategic
Priorities

We have also improved our delivery 
capabilities, including extending delivery 
options and the roll-out of intelligent routing 
software that allows us to better plan and 
track delivery routes. This led to a 20-point 
improvement in our delivery customer 
satisfaction scores and allowed us to fulfil 
the heightened volumes seen in this channel 
through lockdown.

Data is still a big focus, first ensuring 
our customer data is secure, and now 
looking at more ways to attract more 
customers and give existing customers 
a better personalised experience. Early 
improvements in CRM saw increases in 
email conversion and in customers returning 
to abandoned baskets, together driving an 
+85% increase in online sales attributed to 
customer targeting.

In International, we improved our Click 
and Collect propositions and rolled out our 
customer care centre chatbot. The onset of 
Covid-19 and store closures in Greece saw 
a big acceleration in online sales. In Nordics, 
online sales also grew significantly, even 
though our stores remained open. Here, 
we were able to trade safely throughout the 
crisis by implementing measures including 
a contactless payment solution, ‘Drive-in 
Collect@store’, special opening hours for at-
risk groups and introducing Live Shopping 
to allow customers to get video help from 
home.

Omnichannel – bringing stores and online 
together in the way customers value and 
that makes the most of our strengths

UK & IRELAND ELECTRICALS

Online Revenue

We already know that many of our  
customers are omnichannel 
shoppers 

Our unique omnichannel strengths make it 
easier for customers to choose, afford and 
enjoy the right technology, however they 
want to shop. Online customers can use 
stores to access our services including laptop 
set-up, repairs and trade-in while having an 
easy Order & Collect experience. A customer 
in-store can now be sold the full online 
range by colleagues equipped with Store 
Mode tablets, an experience where NPS is 
up to 20pts higher. We saw online in-store 
sales growing +64% before Covid-19, an 
acceleration on the performance seen in the 
first half of the year. 

We start with strong foundations, and have 
made good progress here, but there is a lot 
more to go for in this area. We will continue 
to build on our capabilities, as demonstrated 
by new innovations like ShopLive - our 
personal shopping service by video link 
- which brings the best of our stores to 
customers through face-to-face advice from 
expert store colleagues online. The ShopLive 
service was launched in less than four weeks 
and already supports over 20,000 customer 
conversations each week. No one else can 
deliver this experience at scale. 

Over the next year we will continue to 
improve the omnichannel experience, 
making it even easier for customers to find 
and buy what they want. We will drive further 
extensions of our range, sharpen our focus 
on price again and improve availability. 
We will also enhance customer experience 
through better search recommendations and 
the evolution of our app. 

22%

Online Share of Business

7ppts

NORDICS

GREECE

20%
3ppts

56%
3ppts

13

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStrategic
Priorities

Credit

Credit is a big opportunity for 
us. It is good for customers: 
technology is exciting but 
expensive, and credit makes the 
amazing technology customers 
want more affordable. And 
customers are happy to have it: 
two thirds of market sales in our 
category are on some form of 
credit and credit customers have 
an +18%pts higher satisfaction 
score than non-credit customers. 
We take our responsibility as 
a lender seriously and all our 
25,000 frontline colleagues who 
sell credit are fully trained and 
compliant. 

It is also good for us, as credit 
customers shop with us more 
frequently, spend more with us and 
have a significantly higher adoption 
rate of services than for non-credit 
customers. Credit is good for suppliers 
too, as customers are more likely to 
trade up to higher value products. Our 
credit customers have a lifetime value 
double that of cash customers.

Over the year, we built on the strong 
foundations established in 2018/19. 
Credit adoption is now over 11.2% 
(+240bps year on year) in the UK 
& Ireland and the number of active credit 
customers almost 1.2m (+36% year 
on year). Credit sales were £534m (up 
+27% year on year). Credit adoption 
over the year was higher in-store than 
online but online progress closed the 
gap towards the end of the year. 

Services

At over 29% credit adoption, Greece 
is a leading example of the potential 
for credit. In Nordics, where credit 
penetration lags the UK but we see 
equivalent opportunity, there was also 
progress with credit sales growing 
slightly year on year. 

We are now developing a new credit 
offer and a new IT platform to build 
on these foundations. This will give 
us improved and easier customer 
journeys, more personalised offers, and 
improved acceptance rates - providing 
a further tailwind to credit sales growth. 
Credit is a big opportunity where we 
have significant headroom for growth.

Customers value our help to get 
the most out of their products 
for life through our services. 
These services include set-up 
and connect, protect, maintain, 
repair, trade-in and upgrade. We 
can provide this range of services 
at scale in ways no competitor 
can match. 

In the UK & Ireland, we set up or 
installed over 1m products and repaired 
1.3m products including 570,000 mobile 
phones and 360,000 white goods this 
year. We delivered 3.8m products 
through our own two-person delivery 
network. 

We continued to improve our services 
propositions with the introduction of a 
new set-up option (Computing Set-up 
& Personalise), in-store repairs (Tech 

Treatments) and protection product 
(Care & Repair).

Technology is expensive, and 69% of 
customers tell us they want protection 
against the risk of breakdown. This is 
already a big strength for us today, with 
our 10m warranty agreements. We are 
making our protection products market-
leading, fit for the future, and better 
value for money. Our new Care & Repair 
proposition, which launched in the UK 

UK Credit Customers - 2019/20

1,175,000

2018/19 
863,000

UK Credit Sales - 2019/20

£534m

2018/19 
£422m

14

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStrategic
Priorities

in Q4 as planned, gives customers the 
flexibility and transparency they value in 
this core service.

to happier customers who enjoy their 
technology more and are more likely to 
shop with us again in the future.

This protection offer is possible 
because of our unique repair 
capabilities. No one can match what we 
can offer customers here, in-store, in-
home or via our Newark repair lab and 
in the year, we carried out over 1.3m 
repairs. 

Our trade-in capabilities not only help 
reduce the cost of new technology for 
customers but puts to good use old 
technology by recycling it or distributing 
it to other markets. This service also 
brings customers back to us for their 
next purchase. 

Our services, at scale, make the most 
of what we uniquely have, giving the 
customer a reason to shop with us 
over others. Getting this right leads 

Even though around one third of our 
UK & Ireland Electricals sales have 
a paid-for service as part of the total 
proposition, we are only in the foothills 
of being able to join these propositions 
together for customers. We know 
that customers’ technology needs will 
change over time, and we want to help 
customers make the most of amazing 
technology - helping them stay in touch 
with loved ones, helping them keep fit 
and healthy, entertained and productive 
- at all stages of life. 

A good example of where we can start 
to join together all of our services is the 
Nordics “Customer Club”. This was 
launched in Sweden in October 2016 
and it successfully grew to over 1m 

members by December 2017. This year, 
we rolled this out to Denmark, Finland 
and Norway and have now attracted 
well over 3m members. During the 
second half of the financial year, these 
club members contributed one third 
of our Nordics revenue, also giving us 
a wealth of data that we can use to 
improve our proposition for both Club 
and non-Club customers. 

These customers benefit from a 
differentiated value proposition 
including permanent discounts on 
accessories, weekly and monthly 
exclusive deals, VIP shopping, 
extended returns policies and, 
increasingly, some great collaborations 
with streaming services. These 
customers show increased customer 
satisfaction, while purchasing more 
frequently and at better margin, 
generating a higher lifetime value for us. 

3.8m two-person 
deliveries

>250k laptop  
set-ups

Mobile insurance 
almost 1m  
customers

Maintenance

Health checks

1m installations  
in homes

10m Warranty 
agreements

Repair >1.3m  
products

Inc repair  
>550k phones

Shortening  
product  
replacement cycles

Easy to Shop

To enjoy technology, it must be 
made easy. We are obsessed 
with making it easy for 
customers: easy to discover, 
choose and afford the right 
technology solution; and easy to 
enjoy their technology and get 
the most out of it for life.

We are building a reputation as a reliable 
place to shop, one where customers 
trust us to keep the promises we make. 
The significant improvements made to 
our customer journey drove an +11pts 
increase in our UK & Ireland Electricals 

NPS during the year. Our International 
businesses grew their already 
impressive “Happy or Not” scores. 

This focus does not just apply to the 
sales process. Building deeper, more 
trusted relationships requires us to 
keep our promises at all stages of the 
customer journey. We know, particularly 
in areas like returns and support, that 
this is not as easy as we would like and 
need it to be.

There is much more we can do to 
improve the customer experience, 
and Covid-19 has shown us where 
some pain points are. An example is 
our contact centre operations. Over 

the course of lockdown, the average 
number of customer calls received 
each week significantly increased while 
the number answered dropped as 
our contact centres were closed and 
colleagues were working from home 
across multiple different technology 
platforms. We reacted quickly by 
improving home-working systems, 
setting up temporary call centres in 
Sweden and Norway and moving more 
than 300 UK store colleagues to contact 
centres and training and upskilling 
them. We have reduced call volumes by 
improving digital solutions, increased 
the productivity and capacity of our 
call centres and moved a lot closer to 
meeting our internal targets.

15

Delivery & InstallationSet up & ConnectivityProtectMaintainRepairTrade-in & UpgradeDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStrategic
Priorities

Mobile

As the single-most important 
piece of technology for most 
customers, mobile remains 
central to our vision. 

Customers are changing how they 
buy their technology and so we 
must change with them, and we 
are underway with a fundamental 
transformation to do so. As expected, 
our Mobile performance was 
challenging as customers continue 
to change the way they buy mobile 
devices and connectivity, replacing their 
handsets less often and buying them 
separately or as part of more flexible 
bundles. 

Our business carries the burden of 
volume commitments on our networks 
contracts and a cost base geared 
to post-pay. We have reacted by 
renegotiating all our legacy network 
contracts, revamping our own mobile 
offer to address the trend of unbundling 
handsets from connectivity and 
consolidating duplicate cost bases. 

The legacy volume commitments to the 
mobile network operators will continue 
to roll off during 2020/21 and the 
Group will no longer be encumbered by 
historic sales volume targets. 

Our new mobile offer will better reflect 
what customers want: flexibility, 
transparency, and value. This will 
include deals they can’t find anywhere 
else, nationwide face-to-face advice, 
the best range of handsets from the 
biggest brands and a wide range of 
tariffs and networks, underpinned by a 
market-beating price promise. But this 
has been delayed slightly as we had to 

Trusted independent advice

pause system development during 
the crisis. 

The closure of our UK standalone 
Carphone Warehouse stores 
announced in March was a difficult, 
but necessary decision. Mobile 
has been holding back the Group 
and this was an essential next step 
in the turnaround of the Mobile 
business to return this part of 
the business to profitability. We can 
now focus on creating a successful, 
sustainable mobile category. Our 3-in-1 
Currys PC World stores, which are 20 
times larger than Carphone Warehouse 
standalone stores, allow customers to 
see, touch and play with technology 
(electricals as well as mobile, services 
as well as products) and receive trusted 
independent advice from 17,000 expert 
store colleagues, all in one place.

Unfortunately, Covid-19 has impacted 
the Mobile business. Compared to 
our Electricals business, our Mobile 
business has a much smaller share 
of revenue from online operations 
and is running on a platform that has 
deliberately seen little investment over 
the last two years as it will be integrated 
into our new platform. Consequently, it 
has not seen the same sales transfer to 
online as Electricals during lockdown.

We are still on course to eliminate 
trading losses as we remove the costs 
of running the historic Mobile systems 
and consolidate duplicate cost bases 
into One Business. However, due to the 
delay in transformation, we expect this 
to happen six to twelve months later 
than originally planned.

25,000

EXPERT STORE 
COLLEAGUES

16

An even more  
connected future

We will provide an 
offer that reflects  
how customers are 
buying technology 
today and that goes 
well beyond the 
mobile phone.

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportCore
Enablers

Our vision and strategy will be delivered through three core enablers: capable and committed 
colleagues, working in one joined up business and strong infrastructure.

1

2

3

CAPABLE & COMMITTED COLLEAGUES

Capable and committed colleagues are our greatest advantage

Capable and committed colleagues are our 
greatest advantage. We are building capabilities 
that are important for the long term in areas 
such as data, information security, analytics, 
financial services, digital, CRM and connectivity. 
We have invested in learning for all our 
colleagues and, in September, we opened our 
new training facility, The Academy@Fort Dunlop. 
This will have an intake of over 6,000 colleagues 
annually and will provide new colleagues with an 
additional 400,000 hours of training a year. 
We also extended our award-winning colleague 
shareholder scheme to almost 7,000 newly-
eligible colleagues in the year, granting each 
of them at least £1,000 worth of shares, 
which vest three years from the award date. 
Over 38,000 colleagues across the Group 
have received an award under the Colleague 
Shareholder Scheme launched in 2019. This is 
a crucial lever of engagement and alignment 
behind our common vision. Our colleagues are 
acting more like owners, because they are. It 

gives us all a stake in the business’s success 
and positions us as a progressive employer.
In collaboration with 6,500 colleague 
contributors across the business, we recently 
launched our new culture and values. Many 
world-class businesses have shown the power 
of strong culture and values and we strongly 
believe in them here. 
The senior leadership team has also been 
strengthened: Paula Coughlan joined as 
Chief People Officer at the end of last year; 
Erik Sønsterud was promoted to CEO of 
International, Mark Allsop is our new Chief 
Operating Officer having joined in December 
from Merlin Entertainments plc; Lindsay 
Haselhurst, previously of Kingfisher plc, joined 
in January to become our new Chief Supply 
Chain Officer; and Ed Connolly joined in March 
from John Lewis Partnership as our new Chief 
Commercial Officer.

WORKING AS ONE BUSINESS

Joining up the business for customers and being better joined up 
behind the scenes.

The closure of our standalone Mobile shops 
in the UK gives us greater visibility over a 
significant portion of the £200m of gross annual 
cost savings that we are targeting by the end 
of 2021/22.

We have made further progress in becoming 
One Business that is a clearer, simpler and 
faster place to work. As we move towards 
being one truly joined up business, this means 
a joined up customer experience, so customers 
get the full benefit of everything we have to 
offer, and a joined up business behind the 
scenes, realising the cost benefits of moving to 
One Business. 
In the year we made savings through 
outsourcing contact centres, decommissioning 
40 legacy IT applications, restructuring the 
head office teams, re-gearing some store 
leases and making many efficiencies in cost 
areas such as supply chain.

STRONGER INFRASTRUCTURE

A big part of infrastructure is better IT; our IT will go from being a 
constraint, to an enabler, to an accelerant for us.

The introduction of new colleague tools has 
further improved our in-store experience. 
Our Store Mode tablets have, enabled 
conversations with customers away from fixed 
terminals and given customers access to our 
full range online. Our new zero-contact Drive 
Thru Order & Collect proposition has driven a 
closer connection between online and stores. 
A new pricing platform has helped us ensure 
we are always cost competitive, whilst in the 
Nordics, we went live with the first phase 
of our SAP-based Next Generation Retail 
platform.
We deliberately paused spend on our large UK 
re-platforming programme as Covid-19 began 
and we have used the time during the crisis 

to ensure we get this important initiative right, 
first-time. During the crisis we successfully 
pivoted to a new more agile approach for 
technology innovation and delivery which 
will now continue. This saw us launch our 
ShopLive online personal shopping service in 
less than four weeks and which already now 
supports over 20,000 customer conversations 
each week.
Technology infrastructure is still a constraint 
for the business, but clear progress is being 
made and this will accelerate as investment 
in this area is prioritised to ensure we help 
everyone enjoy amazing technology.

17

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportWE HELP 
EVERYONE 
ENJOY
AMAZING 
TECHNOLOGY

18

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report19

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportPrincipal Risks to Achieving
the Group’s Objectives

The Group recognises that taking risks is an inherent part of doing business and that competitive advantage can be gained 
through effectively managing risk. The Group has developed and continues to evolve robust risk management processes, 
and risk management is integrated into business decision-making. The Group’s approach to risk management is set out in 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 56 to 67. The risks are linked to the strategic priorities on pages 12 to 16. The 
principal risks and uncertainties, together with their potential, impacts and changes in net risk since the last report, are set 
out in the tables below along with an illustration of what is being done to mitigate them.

Risks and potential impacts

1 Covid-19

What is the risk? 
Covid-19 has had an impact 
across the Group’s business in 
every operational function and 
geography in order to comply 
with government instructions.

2 Dependence on key suppliers

What is the risk? 
The Group is dependent on 
relationships with key suppliers 
to source products on which 
availability may be limited.

3 Future EU Relationship

What is the risk? 
Uncertainty over the outcome 
of the negotiations on future 
relationship with EU post the 
conclusion of the Transition 
Period on 31 December 2020.

Risk owner: 
Group Chief Executive 

How we manage it
A range of initiatives grouped under three ‘Big Priorities’ – 
Keeping our Colleagues and Customers Safe, Helping our 
Customers and Securing Our Future. 

What is the impact? 
 – Reduced revenue and 

profitability

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Colleague / customer 
illness or loss of life

Risk owner: 
Chief Commercial Officer

What is the impact? 
 – Reduced revenue and 

profitability

How we manage it
Ensuring alignment of key suppliers to Group strategic 
priorities.

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Reduced market share

Continuing to leverage the scale of operations to 
strengthen relationships with key suppliers and maintain a 
good supply of scarce products.

Working with suppliers to ensure availability of products 
through the Covid-19 crisis in order to help our customers.

Broadening the range of suppliers to support Dixons 
Carphone’s Extended Range offerings.

Risk owner: 
Chief Supply Chain Officer 

What is the impact? 
 – Reduced revenue and 

How we manage it
 – Continuous monitoring of developments.

profitability

 – Brexit Steering Committee and Crisis Management 

 – Deteriorating cash flow

Committee.

 –  Reduced market share

 – Strategic and business planning. 

 – Contingency planning to address potential operational 

impacts changes.

4 Business Transformation

What is the risk? 
Failure to respond with a business 
model that enables the business 
to compete against a broad range 
of competitors on service, price 
and / or product range.

Failure to optimise digital 
opportunities.

Failure to respond to changes 
in consumer preferences and 
behaviours.

Risk owner:  
Group Financial Officer

What is the impact? 
 – Reduced revenue and 

How we manage it
 – Continued strengthening of Executive Committee and 

profitability

leadership team.

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Transformation Programme office established and 

 – Reduced market share 

delivering key strategic objectives.

 – Future Mobile Strategy. 

 – Development of customer credit propositions.

 – Development of e-commerce capabilities.

 – Enhancement of data analytics capabilities.

Risk category: 
Strategic

Changes since 
last report
This risk is new.

Risk category: 
Strategic

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
remained stable 
over 2019/20.

Risk category: 
Strategic

Changes since 
last report
This risk initially 
decreased 
after Brexit 
was concluded 
but is trending 
upwards as the 
deadline for the 
agreement of post 
transition period 
arrangements 
approaches.

Risk category: 
Strategic

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
remained 
unchanged over 
2019/20. Progress 
has been made in 
a number of areas, 
although elements 
of Transformation 
delivery have been 
rephased due 
to the Covid-19 
response.

20

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report5 Non-compliance with Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) 

and other financial services regulation

Risk owner: 
Chief Customer Officer

What is the risk? 
Failure to manage the business 
of the Group in compliance with 
FCA regulation and other financial 
services regulation to which the 
Group is subject in a number 
of areas including the mobile 
insurance operations of The 
Carphone Warehouse Limited 
and the consumer credit activities 
of DSG Retail Limited.

What is the impact? 
 – Reputational damage

 – Financial penalties

 – Reduced revenues and 

profitability

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Customer 

compensation

How we manage it
 – Board oversight and risk management structures 
actively monitor compliance and ensure that the 
Group’s culture puts good customer outcomes first.

 – Senior Manager and Certification Regime implemented.

 – FCA Compliance Committee and other internal 

governance structures provide oversight, monitoring 
of compliance, adherence to policy and monitoring 
of performance and implementation of any required 
mitigating actions.

 – Control structures to ensure appropriate compliance 
(e.g. undertaking quality assurance procedures for 
samples of mobile phone sales, and complaints) and to 
react swiftly should issues arise.

 – Compliance review of the operation and effectiveness 

of compliance standards and controls, with the 
development of control improvement plans where 
required.

 – Compliance training programmes for colleagues.

Risk owner: 
Chief Customer Officer

6 Data Protection

What is the risk? 
Major loss of customer, 
colleague or business 
sensitive data.

Adequacy of internal systems, 
policy, procedures and 
processes to comply with the 
requirements of EU General 
Data Protection Regulation 
(GDPR).

7 IT systems and infrastructure

What is the risk? 
A key system becomes 
unavailable for a period of 
time.

What is the impact? 
 – Reputational damage

How we manage it
 – The operation of a Data Management Function to 

 – Financial penalties

 – Reduced revenue and 

profitability

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Loss of competitive 

advantage

 – Customer compensation

ensure compliance with GDPR-compliant operational 
processes and controls.

 – The operation of a Data Protection Office to ensure 

appropriate governance and oversight on the Group’s 
data protection activities. Control activities operate 
over management of customer and employee data in 
accordance with the Group’s data protection policy  
and processes.

 – Investment in information security safeguards and  

IT security controls and monitoring.

Risk owner: 
Chief Operating Officer

 What is the impact? 
 – Reduced revenue and 

How we manage it
 – Ongoing IT transformation to align IT infrastructure to 

profitability

Group strategic priorities.

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Peak planning and preparation to ensure system 

 – Loss of competitive 

advantage

 – Restricted growth and 

adaptability

 – Reputational damage

stability and availability over high-demand periods.

 – Individual system recovery plans in place in the event 
of failure which are tested regularly, with full recovery 
infrastructure available for critical systems.

 – Long-term partnerships with ‘tier 1’ application and 

infrastructure providers established.

Risk category: 
Regulatory

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
remained stable 
over 2019/20.

Risk category: 
Regulatory

Changes since 
last report
Further progress 
has been made in 
managing this risk, 
although the risk 
has temporarily 
increased as 
the business 
responded to 
Covid-19.

Risk category: 
Technology

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
remained stable 
over 2019/20.

21

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportPrincipal Risks to Achieving 
the Group’s Objectives continued

8 Information security

What is the risk? 
Vulnerability to attack, 
malware, and associated 
cyber risks.

9 Health and Safety

What is the risk? 
Failure to effectively protect 
customers and / or colleagues 
and / or contractors from 
injury or loss of life.

10 Business Continuity

What is the risk? 
A major incident impacts the 
Group’s ability to trade and 
business continuity plans are 
not effective, resulting in an 
inadequate incident response.

Risk owner: 
Chief Operating Officer

What is the impact? 
 – Reputational damage

How we manage it
 – Investment in information security safeguards, IT 

 – Financial penalties

 – Reduced revenue and 

profitability

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Customer compensation

 – Loss of competitive 

advantage

security controls, monitoring, in-house expertise and 
resources as part of a managed information security 
improvement plan.

 – Information Security and Data Protection Committee 

comprising senior management, set up with 
responsibility for oversight, co-ordination and 
monitoring of information security policy and risk.

 – Information security policy and standards defined and 

communicated.

 – Training and awareness programmes for employees.

 – Audit programme over key suppliers’ information 

security standards.

 – Introduction of enhanced security tooling.

 – Ongoing programme of penetration testing.

Risk owner: 
Chief Operating Officer

 What is the impact? 
 – Employee / customer 

How we manage it
 – Covid-19 actions to protect colleagues in the workplace 

illness, injury or loss of life

and customers in the retail estate.

 – Reputational damage

 – Group Health and Safety strategy. 

 – Financial penalties

 – Legal action

 – Comprehensive Health and Safety policies and 
standards supporting continued improvement.

 – Health and Safety management / governance 

committee.

 – Operational Health and Safety teams located across 

business units.

 – Risk assessment programme covering retail, support 

centres, distribution and home services.

 – Incident reporting tool and process.

 – Health and Safety training and development framework.

 – Health and Safety inspection programme.

 – Audit programme including factory audits for own brand 

products and third-party supply chains.

Risk owner: 
Chief Operating Officer

 What is the impact? 
 – Reduced revenue and 

How we manage it
 – Business continuity and crisis management plans in 

profitability

place and tested for key business locations.

 – Deteriorating cash flow

 – Disaster recovery plans in place and tested for key IT 

 – Reputational damage 

 – Loss of competitive 

advantage

systems and data centres.

 – Crisis team appointed to manage response to significant 

events.

 – Major risks insured.

Risk category:  
Risk Operational

Changes since 
last report
This risk decreased 
over the 2019/20 
period as improved 
InfoSec tools and 
controls have been 
implemented. The 
risk temporarily 
increased during 
transition to 
homeworking 
arrangements 
in response to 
Covid-19.

Risk category: 
Operational

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
been trending 
downwards 
during 2019/20 
but increased 
as potential 
Covid-19 threat 
to the welfare of 
customers and 
colleagues.

Risk category: 
Operational

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
remained stable 
over 2019/20.

22

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report11 Tax liabilities

What is the risk? 
Crystallisation of potential 
tax exposures resulting from 
legacy corporate transactions, 
employee and sales taxes 
arising from periodic tax audits 
and investigations across the 
various jurisdictions in which 
the Group operates.

12 Product Safety

What is the risk? 
Unsuitable procedures and 
due diligence regarding 
product safety, particularly 
in relation to OEM sourced 
product, may result in poor 
quality or unsafe products 
provided to customers which 
pose risk to customer health 
and safety.

Risk owner: 
Group Chief Financial Officer 

What is the impact? 
 – Financial penalties

How we manage it
 – Board and internal committee oversight that actively 

 – Reduced cash flow

 – Reputational damage

monitors tax strategy implementation.

 – Appropriate engagement of third-party specialists to 

provide independent advice where deemed appropriate.

Risk owner:  
Chief Operating Officer 

What is the impact? 
 – Financial penalties

How we manage it
 – Factory audits conducted over OEM suppliers.

 – Reduced cash flow

 – Technical evaluation of OEM products prior to 

 – Reputational damage

production. 

 – Product inspection of OEM products prior to shipment.

 – Monitoring of reported incidents. 

 – Safety governance reviews conducted by internal by 

Technical and Business Standards teams.

 – Establish protocols and procedures to manage product 

recalls.

Risk owner:  
Group Chief Financial Officer 

13 Long term and diversification of funding

What is the risk? 
Ensuring that the nature 
and structure of the Group’s 
committed funding activities 
remain optimal.

What is the impact? 
 – Restricted growth and 

How we manage it
 – Existing unsecured credit/loan facilities. 

adaptability

 – Securing additional £266m revolving credit facility to 

 – Reputational damage

ensure headroom through Covid-19 crisis. 

 – Regular review of the long term and short-term cash 

flow projections for the business.

 – Regular review of the Group’s capital structure.

Risk category: 
Financial

Changes since 
last report
The Group 
continues to 
co-operate with 
HMRC in relation 
to open tax 
enquiries. The 
risk has remained 
stable over 
2019/20.

Risk category: 
Operational

Changes since 
last report
This risk has 
remained stable 
over 2019/20.

Risk category: 
Financial

Changes since 
last report
The risk increased 
due to uncertainty 
caused by 
Covid-19 but was 
stabilised as new 
facilities were put 
in place increasing 
liquidity to over 
£1bn following the 
2019/20 year end.

23

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportPerformance
Review

2019/20 Financial Performance Review
During the period, the Group has adopted IFRS 16 which requires lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets to 
be recognised on the balance sheet. The Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach, therefore 
prior year comparative numbers have not been restated. 

This financial year is reported on a 53-week basis. The 53rd week has a small impact on sales, which is highlighted where 
appropriate but an immaterial impact on profits. 

To aid understanding of our performance through the year, here we present like-for-like and online sales growth for 
Electricals both pre and post Covid-19: 

Like-for-like growth

UK&I Electricals

– UK&I Online growth

International

– International Online growth

Nordics

– Nordics Online growth

Greece

– Greece Online growth
Electricals

Electricals Online growth

UK & Ireland Electricals

Revenue

Statutory EBIT

Less IFRS 16 impact
Add back other adjusting items

Adjusted EBIT*
Adjusted EBIT margin

47 Weeks to 
21 March 

3%

10%

3%

14%

3%

14%

5%

19%
3%

11%

5 Weeks to  

52 Weeks to  

25 Apr

-16%

166%

16%

114%

24%

98%

-40%

597%
-3%

149%

25 Apr1

1%

22%

4%

22%

4%

20%

2%

56%
2%

22%

Reported 
% change

Currency neutral  
% change 

Like-for-Like  
% change 

1%

1%

1%

-10%

-10%

2019/20 
£m

4,538

119

(2)  
45

162
3.6%

2018/19 
£m

4,475

94

-
86

180
4.0%

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures (APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and reconciliation 
to the nearest IFRS measures.

Sales increased +1%, driven by like-for-like sales +1% with slight negative impact from store closures and +1% benefit 
from the 53rd week. Like-for-like sales grew +3% across the first 11 months of the year before declining -16% in April due 
to stores closing from 24 March. Across the year, online sales grew +26% and contributed 35% of sales, +7%pts higher 
than last year. There was a sharp acceleration in this growth when stores were closed in April as online sales grew +166% 
from +10% across the first 11 months. 

Sales were very strong in large screen TVs, computing, gaming and smart tech across the whole year, as were sales of 
small domestic appliances where our extended ranges and experience zones drove performance. White goods saw solid 
performance across most of the year, but sales were impacted by the Covid-19 lockdown.

The market declined -1.4% over the year as a whole, with Currys PCWorld gaining +0.7% of share, with market share 
gains both in stores and online. To the end of February 2020, the share gain was +1.0%, however, our market share 
declined by -1.3% in March and April 2020 as some of our competitors were able to keep stores open as they were part 
of broader businesses deemed to be essential retailers. Encouragingly, over this period our online market share increased 
significantly as customers valued the breadth and depth of range sold online.

Gross margin declined -170bps (1H: -40bps / 2H: -280bps) including a c.-110bps (1H: na / 2H: -200bps) impact from 
Covid-19 due to the accelerated shift towards online, delay of product launches, negative impact from not hitting supplier 
volume targets and associated end of range provisions. The remaining movement of -60bps (1H: -40bps / 2H: -80bps) was 

1   Like-for-like calculated and disclosed on 52-week basis for comparability purposes

24

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
due to the continuing expected growth of online as a proportion of our sales, continued investment in our unambiguous 
price promise and our improved delivery proposition. 

Operating costs improved relative to sales driven by head office team restructuring, contact centre outsourcing, 
renegotiated rent deals and government schemes that reduced rates and colleague costs. 

As a result, adjusted EBIT reduced -10% to £162m in 2019/20, from £180m in 2018/19. We estimate that without the 
impact of Covid-19 our operating margins would have been flat for the year, driving profit growth on an increased revenue 
base.

The adoption of IFRS 16 increased EBIT by £2m in the year. Other adjusting items of £45m were lower by £41m year 
on year with current year costs relating to the strategic change programmes and ongoing amortisation of acquisition 
intangibles recognised during the 2014 merger and impairment losses. Statutory EBIT increased to £119m in 2019/20 from 
£94m in 2018/19.

Nordics

Revenue

2019/20 
£m

3,573

2018/19 
£m

3,501

Reported 
% change

Currency neutral  
% change 

Like-for-Like  
% change 

2%

6%

4%

Statutory EBIT

115

100

Less IFRS 16 impact
Add back other adjusting items

Adjusted EBIT*
Adjusted EBIT margin

(10)  
11

116
3.2%

-
12

112
3.2%

4%

10%

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures (APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and reconciliation 
to the nearest IFRS measures.

Nordics delivered another year of sales and profit growth. On a currency neutral basis, this business has almost doubled 
sales over the last eight years and adjusted EBIT growth has averaged +11% over the last three years. Currency neutral 
revenue grew by +6%, with strong growth in all territories. The 53rd week benefitted sales growth by +1%. Reported 
revenue was +2% year-on-year, the difference from local currency due to the relative weakening of Nordic currencies. 

Like-for-like revenue grew by +4% with particularly strong performance in March and April as the majority of the stores 
continued to trade. 

Online sales grew +22% during the year and contributed 19% of sales, +3%pts higher than last year. Online saw a marked 
acceleration in April when online sales grew +98% from +14% over the first 11 months of the year. 

Across the year, there was an uplift in built-in kitchen appliances on the back of our increased emphasis on the kitchen 
category while headphones, wearables and cordless vacuums all sold well driven by innovation and new product launches. 

Market share in the Nordics grew again, up +0.5% to 26.0%, with share gains across most categories. 

Gross margin was flat year-on-year, as the impact of weaker currency was offset by commercial initiatives including 
services, subscriptions, peripherals and accessories.

Operating costs ratio remained flat relative to sales due to cost efficiencies and a small benefit of weaker currency offset by 
higher branch costs.

The resulting adjusted EBIT of £116m was up +4% year-on-year in reported terms, and +10% year-on-year in local 
currency. Every market saw EBIT growth in local currency. 

The impact of IFRS 16 adoption was an increase in EBIT of £10m. Other adjusting items relate to amortisation of 
acquisition intangibles. 

As a result of the above factors statutory EBIT increased to a profit of £115m in 2019/20 from a profit of £100m in 2018/19. 

25

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance 
Review continued

Greece

Revenue

Statutory EBIT 

Less IFRS 16 impact

Add back other adjusting items

Adjusted EBIT*
Adjusted EBIT margin

2019/20 
£m

470

20

(1)  

1

20
4.2%

2018/19 
£m

459

21

-

-

21
4.6%

Reported 
% change

Currency neutral  
% change 

Like-for-Like  
% change 

2%

3%

2%

-4%

-1%

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures (APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and reconciliation 
to the nearest IFRS measures.

Sales in local currency increased +3%, with like-for-like sales +2% over the year. Store closures from the 18 March to 10 
May meant that like-for-like sales dropped from +5% over the first 11 months of the year to -40% in April. 

Across the year, online sales grew +60% and contributed 8% of sales, with a significant acceleration in April when online 
grew +597%. 

Products that sold well during the year included TVs, laundry and cooling equipment. 

This sales performance resulted in market share increasing to 35% (2018/19: 34.6%). 

Gross margin was up +10bps over prior year due to better trading offset by higher distribution costs. 

Operating costs increased due to investments in IT services and additional depreciation associated with recent store 
developments.

Overall EBIT impact from Covid-19 was slightly negative, as a result of lost gross profit, offset by reduced store costs 
due to rent reductions in March and April and lower payroll as employees’ contracts were suspended with Government 
support.

The total adjusted EBIT was £20m, down -4% year-on-year in reported terms and -1% on a neutral currency basis. 

The adoption of IFRS 16 increased EBIT by £1m while costs associated with the strategic change programme totalled £1m 
in the year, resulting in statutory EBIT of £20m. 

UK & Ireland Mobile

Revenue

Statutory EBIT 

Less IFRS 16 impact
Add back mobile network debtor revaluations
Add other adjusting items

Adjusted EBIT* 
Adjusted EBIT margin

2019/20 
£m

1,589

2018/19 
£m

1,998

Reported 
% change

Currency neutral  
% change 

Like-for-Like  
% change 

-20%

-20%

na2

(282)  

(438)  

(7)  
47
138

(104)  
-6.5%

-
41
447

50
2.5%

na

na

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures (APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and reconciliation 
to the nearest IFRS measures.

2    During this period, the Group closed its 531 standalone Carphone Warehouse shops in the UK. As a result of these closures our UK&I Mobile sales will no longer 

be disclosed on a like-for-like basis.

26

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue decreased by -20% reflecting the continuing 
challenges in the 24-month postpay market and our 
decision in March 2020 to close the Carphone Warehouse 
standalone stores in the UK.

The decrease in adjusted EBIT to a £104m loss in 2019/20 
from a £50m profit in 2018/19 mostly reflects the reduced 
sales of our constrained offer on a largely fixed legacy cost 
base. 

The implementation of IFRS 16 has resulted in a £7m 
increase in EBIT. 

Cash flow

Free cash flow*

Adjusted EBIT
Depreciation and amortisation
Working capital
Capital expenditure
Taxation
Interest
Other

In the year the net decrease in the network commission 
receivables and contract assets was £181m as a result of 
£47m negative out of period network debtor revaluations 
and £1,139m cash received, offset by £995m of new 
capitalisation and £10m of other movements. 

Free cash flow before exceptional 
items 
Exceptional items 

Free cash flow

2019/20 
£m

 2018/19 
£m

194
128
108
(191)  
(20)  
(31)  
-

188
(79)  

109

363
146
(17)  
(166)  
(45)  
(30)  
9

260
(107)  

153

The negative revaluation of £47m (2018/19: negative 
revaluation of £41m) was driven by three factors: Regulatory 
impacts causing total consumer spend reduction and end 
of contract notifications; changes in customer behaviour 
driven by Covid-19 and impacts from the closure of the UK 
standalone Mobile stores. These are exceptional events 
and we believe there will be no further significant reversal 
of revenue in future periods. Out of period revaluations 
are excluded from the Group’s alternative performance 
measures as explained further on page 202.

Other adjusting items of £138m predominantly reflected 
the costs associated with the closure of the UK Carphone 
Warehouse standalone stores, redundancies and claims 
from a small proportion of customers who believe they were 
mis-sold Geek Squad mobile phone insurance policies in 
the past. 

Statutory EBIT has improved to a loss of (£282m) from a 
loss of (£438m). 

Finance costs
Statutory net finance costs have increased from £36m to 
£112m year-on-year primarily as a result of interest on 
newly recognised lease liabilities following the adoption of 
IFRS 16. Adjusted net finance costs were £4m higher than 
last year at £28m, mainly driven by costs associated with 
the increased debt facilities (2018/19: £24m).

Tax
The full year adjusted effective tax rate at 25% was higher 
than the prior year rate of 21% due to a reduction in the 
Group’s total adjusted profits for the year and the impact 
of different tax rates in the UK and overseas on the mix 
of those profits, together with the impact of prior period 
adjustments.

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures 
(APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and 
reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measures.

Free cash flow was an inflow of £109m (2018/19: £153m). 
Adjusted EBIT decreased for the reasons described above. 

Depreciation and amortisation in the year decreased by 
£18m due to the reduced depreciation on assets fully 
impaired in the prior year.

The Group benefited from a working capital inflow of £108m 
(2018/19: -£17m), this was largely as a result of £134m 
network debtor unwind in the year (2018/19: £219m). 

Capital expenditure was £191m, an increase of £25m 
compared to the prior year reflecting the investment in our 
UK IT infrastructure and store estate. 

Taxation cash flows were lower than prior year reflecting 
lower profitability in the UK & Ireland and tax cash refunds 
during the period. 

Exceptional items predominantly related to strategic change 
programmes and payment of previously provided data 
incident costs.

A reconciliation of cash generated from operations to 
free cash flow is presented in note A9 to the Financial 
Information.

Funding

Free cash flow
Dividends
Net issue of new shares and purchase 
of own shares
Pension contributions
Other items

2019/20 
£m

 2018/19 
£m

109
(78)  

(12)  
(46)  
8

(19)  
(265)  

(284)  

153
(116)  

–
(46)  
(7)  

(16)  
(249)  

(265)  

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures 
(APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and 
reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measures. The Group’s net debt APM does 

27

Income statement – Discontinued operations
The current year discontinued operations charge of £2m 
relates to a change in provisions for potential payments 
under warranties for legacy European Carphone operations.

Movement in net debt 
Opening net debt 

Closing net debt*

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
Performance 
Review continued

not have a direct IFRS equivalent measure. This has been reconciled back to the 
statutory balance sheet within the financial information.

Mobile tangible, intangible and acquisition related assets 
fully impaired at the prior year end.

As at 2 May 2020, the Group had net debt of £284m 
(2018/19: £265m). A reconciliation of net debt is presented 
in note A10 to the financial information. Free cash flow 
was an inflow of £109m (2018/19: inflow of £153m) for the 
reasons above.

Of the free cash flow, £78m was returned to shareholders 
in the form of dividends. This was the payment of the prior 
year’s final dividend and the interim dividend for 2019/20. 
The Board has decided not to pay a final year dividend for 
the current year. The employee benefit trust acquired £12m 
of shares to satisfy share awards to colleagues.

Pension contributions of £46m are consistent with the prior 
period, and in line with the current agreement with the 
Trustees of the fund. 

Statutory Cash flow statement

Loss before interest and tax – 
continuing operations
Loss before interest and tax – 
discontinued operations
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairments
Working capital
Other operating cash flows

Cash flows from operating 
activities

Acquisitions
Capital expenditure 
Other investing cash flows

Cash flows from investing activities

Dividends paid
Interest paid
Capital repayment of lease 
liabilities
Other financing cash flows

Cash flows from financing 
activities 

2019/20 
£m

 2018/19 
£m

 (28)  

(223)  

(2)  
367
64
235
(53)  

(14)  
174
347
72
(70)  

583

286

(3)  
(191)  
2

(192)  

(78)  
(106)  

(219)  
20

(1)  
(166)  
17

(150)  

(116)  
(23)  

(8)  
(62)  

Working capital cash inflow on a free cash flow basis was 
£155m (2018/19: £24m) as explained above. The remaining 
£80m increase in statutory working capital was mainly due 
to the group adopting IFRS 16 (free cash flow is shown 
excluding IFRS 16) resulting in a £56m increase and £43m 
increase due to lower provisions, partially offset by share 
based payment charges.

Other operating cash flows primarily relate to pension 
contributions and taxation cash flows. 

The increase in capital repayment of lease liabilities relates 
to the adoption of IFRS 16. Prior year relate solely to capital 
repayments on finance leases under IAS 17.

Interest paid relates to interest on borrowings and lease 
liabilities.

Other financing cash flows related to increased use of 
the revolving credit facility in the year offset by shares 
purchased in the period to satisfy the colleague share 
scheme. Prior year other financing cash flows related to 
reduction in usage of the revolving credit facility.

Balance sheet

Goodwill 
Other fixed assets
Network commission receivables and 
contract assets
Working capital
Net debt*
IFRS 16 leases*
Pension
Tax & other

2 May 2020 
£m

27 April 2019 
£m

2,803
1,823

616
(795)  
(284)  
(1,359)  
(550)  
26

2,280

2,840
740

797
(956)  
(265)  
-
(579)  
63

2,640

*See page 202 for further information on our alternative performance measures 
(APMs). This includes definitions, purpose, changes to the prior year, and 
reconciliation to the nearest IFRS measures. This includes a reconciliation of the 
above working capital balance to the statutory balance sheet. The IFRS 16 leases 
relate to the incremental impact of leases brought on balance sheet due to the 
adoption of IFRS 16. For comparability purposes this excludes leases that were 
previously on balance sheet classified as finance leases under IAS 17.

(383)  

(209)  

Goodwill decreased in the period as a result of revaluation 
of foreign currency goodwill in Nordics operations.

Increase / (decrease) in cash 
and cash equivalents

8

(73)

The movements in statutory loss before interest and tax, 
capital expenditure and dividend cash flows are for those 
reasons previously discussed in this report. 

Depreciation and amortisation in the current year includes 
£217m of depreciation on newly recognised right-of-use 
assets following the adoption of IFRS 16 and £25m of 
amortisation of acquisition related assets. The prior year 
includes depreciation and amortisation on UK & Ireland 

Other fixed assets increased by £1,083m primarily as a 
result of newly recognised right-of-use assets following 
the adoption of IFRS 16 in the year of £1,114m (net of 
depreciation).

Network commission receivables and contract assets 
decreased by £181m as the scale of our mobile business 
reduced resulting in a net cash inflow, as well as a negative 
£47m out of period network debtor revaluation. Out of 
period network debtor revaluations are excluded from the 
Group’s APMs as further detailed on page 202.

28

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
 
 
 
Working capital increased by £161m as a result of the timing 
of payments around year end due to the financial close 
being a week later than prior year. 

Net debt increased by £19m due to working capital 
outflow caused by lower sales, offset by reduced capital 
expenditure and deferral of taxes and rent. 

Tax and other decreased as a result of a reassessment of 
the deferred tax asset position due to the loss in year.

Comprehensive income / changes in equity
Total equity for the Group decreased from £2,640m to 
£2,280m in the period, driven by the statutory loss, the loss 
on retranslation of overseas operations of £39m, dividend 
payments of £78m and the actuarial loss (net of taxation) 
on the defined benefit pension deficit for the UK pension 
scheme of £3m. 

Following the adoption of IFRS 16 a £37m charge has 
been taken to reserves reflecting the impact of transitional 
impairments net of taxation. 

Pensions
The IAS 19 accounting deficit of the defined benefit section 
of the UK pension scheme amounted to £550m at 2 May 
2020 (26 October 2019: £586m, 27 April 2019: £579m). 
Contributions during the period under the terms of the 
deficit reduction plan amounted to £46m (2018/19: £46m). 

The deficit decreased largely as a result of decreases 
in inflation rate assumptions and increased values of 
underlying assets in the period and the annual contributions 
made in H1 of £46m, offset by changes in discount rates 
following falling bond yield returns. 

A full actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out 
as at 31 March 2019 and showed a shortfall of assets 
compared with liabilities of £645m. A ‘recovery plan’ 
based on this valuation was agreed with the Trustees such 
that contributions in respect of the scheme will be £46m 
for 2020/21, rising to £78m per year from 2021/22 until 
2027/28, with a final payment of £52m in 2028/29. 

Dividends
The Group paid an interim dividend of 2.25p per share 
(£26m total) in January. The Board has decided not to pay 
a final dividend for 2019/20. Dividend payments will not 
be resumed at least until our standby debt facilities have 
been cancelled. Given the current uncertain environment, 
the Board will keep the payment of dividends under review 
to establish the appropriate time and level to recommence 
payment.

Going concern 
A review of the Group’s business activities, together with the 
factors likely to affect its future development, performance 
and position, are set out within this Strategic Report, 
including the risk management section. This includes 
consideration of the uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 
pandemic and the mitigating actions the Group has taken. 
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity 
position and borrowing facilities are shown in the balance 
sheet, cash flow statement and accompanying notes to the 
Annual Report and Accounts. 

The Directors have outlined the assessment approach 
for going concern in the accounting policy disclosure in 
note 1 of the consolidated financial statements. Following 
that review the Directors have concluded that the going 
concern basis remains appropriate.

Viability Statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
the Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over 
a period longer than the 12 months covered by the “Going 
Concern” provision above. In making the assessment 
that three years was appropriate for the viability of the 
Group, the Directors have considered the Group’s current 
position and prospects, risk appetite, and those principal 
risks and mitigating actions as described on pages 20 to 
23 of the Strategic Report. This included the uncertainty 
regarding the duration, extent and ultimate impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic as well as the mitigations already put in 
place. In considering the appropriate period, the Directors 
considered reducing the three-year viability period to align 
with the 12-month going concern period. The Directors, in 
making the assessment that three years was appropriate, 
considered the current financial and operational positions 
of the Group, the potential impact of the risks and 
uncertainties as outlined on pages 20 to 23 of the Strategic 
Report and the uncertainty regarding the duration, extent 
and ultimate impact of the Covid-19 pandemic plus the 
further mitigating actions available to the Board. The Board 
concluded that a period of three years was appropriate for 
this assessment as this period is covered by the Group’s 
strategic planning process, which is updated annually, and 
reflects the period of the 5 year strategic plan where there is 
greater certainty of cash flows associated with the Group’s 
major revenue streams.

The strategic plan considers the forecast revenue, EBITDA, 
working capital, cash flows and funding requirements 
on a business by business basis, which are assessed in 
aggregate with reference to the available borrowing facilities 
to the Group over the assessment period including seasonal 
cash flow and borrowing requirements on a monthly basis 
and the financial covenants to which those facilities need 
to comply. The model assessed by the Directors has been 
derived from the Board-approved annual Group budget 
for 2020/21, and Board-approved strategic plan for the 
remaining two year period. This aligns with the period over 
which the Group’s primary transformation strategy will 
be implemented. Given the global political and economic 
uncertainty resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic and 
the effect of Brexit in the UK, it is difficult to estimate with 

29

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportPerformance 
Review continued

precision the impact on the Group’s prospective financial 
performance. These approved plans have therefore been 
adjusted to model a range of Covid-19 scenarios. These 
scenarios include the possibility that all stores may need to 
close for another extended period of time and the impact 
of a longer-term recession due to a reduction in household 
income. These forecasts have been subject to robust 
stress-testing, modelling the impact of a combination of 
severe but plausible adverse scenarios based on those 
principal risks facing the Group. 

As well as focussing on the potentially prolonged impact 
of Covid-19, these scenarios also included other principal 
risks such as regulation or information security incidents 
and reduced forecast profitability and cash flow as a result 
in a significant change in consumer behaviour. A key 
assumption of the three year viability period is that the 
Group is able to extend the financing facilities that are 
currently due to expire in October 2022, as disclosed in note 
19 to the Annual Report and Accounts, or raise alternative 
forms of financing. 

Based on the results of this analysis, the Directors have 
an expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the three year period of their assessment. The long-term 
impact of Covid-19 is uncertain and should the impacts of 
the pandemic on trading conditions be more prolonged or 
severe than currently forecast by the Directors, the Group 
would need to implement additional operational or financial 
measures.

Jonny Mason
Group Chief Financial Officer
14 July 2020

30

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders
and Sustainable Business

This report includes the Board’s section 172(1) disclosure, 
the non-financial information disclosures required by 
the Companies Act 2006 and a summary of the Group’s 
sustainable business activities.

Section 172(1) statement
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 requires each 
director to act in the way he or she considers, in good 
faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and in 
doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to the:

 – likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;

 – interests of the company’s employees;

 – Our Customers - page 31

 – Our Colleagues - page 32

 – Our Shareholders - page 34

 – Our Suppliers - page 36

 – Our Communities - page 37

Non-Financial Information Statement 
We aim to comply with the Non-Financial Reporting 
requirements contained in sections 414CA and 414CB 
of the Companies Act 2006. Under Further Stakeholder 
Information, further details are provided to help stakeholders 
understand our position on key non-financial matters:

 – need to foster the company’s business relationships with 

 – Environmental matters (including impact of business on 

suppliers, customers and others;

the environment) – page 42

 – impact of the company’s operations on the community 

 – Colleagues – page 39

and environment;

 – desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for 

high standards of business conduct; and

 – need to act fairly as between members of the company.

This statement explains how the Board has embedded 
stakeholder considerations across decision-making and, 
in particular, how directors have had to regard the factors 
included in section 172(1) in addition to other factors 
relevant to any decision being made.

There are different processes across the business to 
manage the inclusion of stakeholder considerations 
depending on the nature of the decision and the 
stakeholders impacted. A clear corporate governance 
structure is in place which, together with the Group’s 
Delegated Authority Policy, ensures that business decisions 
are made by the appropriate people, in the appropriate 
forum (in accordance with the terms of reference of that 
forum), and the relevant stakeholder considerations are 
embedded as part of decision-making processes. The 
supporting documentation for each Board and committee 
meeting includes, for reference, a summary of section 172 
responsibilities immediately after the meeting agenda. To 
ensure that the impact on stakeholders is duly considered, 
Board and committee decision paper templates include 
mandatory fields for papers’ authors to include an impact 
assessment on each stakeholder group.

The Board acknowledges that decisions made will 
not necessarily result in a positive outcome for every 
stakeholder group. By considering the Group’s purpose, 
vision and values together with its strategic priorities and 
having a process in place for decision-making, the Board 
does, however, aim to make sure that all decisions are 
considered and made following reflection across a broader 
view of stakeholder considerations.

The following pages provide examples, for each stakeholder 
group, of the key matters that the Board considered during 
the year, including how decisions were reached and sets 
out those stakeholder considerations that were central to 
discussions and outcomes.

 – Social matters – page 52

 – Respect for human rights - page 50

 – Anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters - page 76

Please see page 6 for a description of our business model 
and page 20 for details of the principal risks relating to non-
financial matters.

OUR CUSTOMERS

Matters of focus for Our Customers
Product availability 
Product range 
Product value and affordability 
Customer journey experience 
Services 
Advice and support 
Choice of how to purchase; online or in-store 
Seamless delivery experience 
Sustainability and ethical sourcing

Means of Engagement
In-store 
Online 
Customer app 
Customer care centres 
Email  
Post-sales survey  
Media including social media

Customer Priorities
 – Enhance the customer experience by making it easier for 

customers to find and buy what they need;

 – Increase product affordability for customers through 

credit;

 – Offer customers more choice on how to buy;

 – Enhance the services and credit products available to 

customers; and

 – Support customers through the Covid-19 pandemic.

31

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

Customer focus in Board decision-making
Webhelp
The need to enhance the customer experience was a key 
factor in the Board decision in January 2020 to transfer 
most of our customer contact centre operations in Sheffield 
and Preston to a third-party specialist provider, Webhelp. 
Since the launch of the vision ‘We Help Everyone Enjoy 
Amazing Technology’, ensuring that every customer has 
an easy end-to-end experience has been identified as a 
critical part of transforming the Group into a world class 
business. The Board has welcomed the progress made 
and customer satisfaction improvements in the contact 
centres in recent months. The business has worked hard 
to improve performance, including creating capacity for 
300,000 additional customer calls and reducing call waiting 
times by over 10%. The Board received updates during the 
year that, while there had been significant improvements 
to the contact centres, they had not been able to meet 
best-in-class customer service levels. Service challenges 
in the contact centres included being hindered by obsolete 
technology and complicated processes. A comprehensive 
review of all contact centre operations was completed. 
The Board agreed that customers having an easy end-to-
end experience was vital to the long-term success of the 
business. Customer contact centres are in place to provide 
support when a customer wants to find out more about 
or buy a product, or if the customer has an enquiry about 
the progress of an order or delivery. The Board concluded 
that the best action to take for customers and colleagues 
was to bring in the support of an external company with 
specialist expertise in contact centre management. Webhelp 
has strong customer expertise, access to market leading 
technology and has committed to making significant 
customer satisfaction improvements.

Voice of the Customer
The Company launched a Voice of the Customer Dashboard 
in 2018 to provide real time feedback on what matters 
most to our customers, in particular detailed customer 
satisfaction metrics for the UK and Ireland. The Nordics 
region has a separate ‘Happy or Not’ satisfaction measure. 
In addition to this numerical customer feedback, every 
week, verbatim feedback is captured from thousands 
of customers. Typically, the comments reflect known 
satisfaction drivers, but they do also help the business 
better understand customer expectations and concerns. 
Machine learning and AI solutions are used to quantify the 
sentiment of the comments. This information is reviewed 
internally and used to generate improvements to the 
customer experience. The Board continued to receive a 
synopsis of the results of this feedback during the year 
as part of reports from the Group Chief Executive at each 
Board meeting. This enables directors to oversee how the 
business is responding to customer feedback and to ensure 
customer views were considered in their decision-making.

Covid-19
The Executive Committee and the Board considered the 
interests of customers as part of agreeing the appropriate 
response to the Covid-19 pandemic, including whether to 
close stores and distribution centres. During March 2020, 

32

stores were closed in Greece, UK and Ireland in compliance 
in each case with local government guidance. The Board 
concluded that the Group performed an important function 
in providing customers with vital goods, helping millions of 
people sustain themselves in lockdown by keeping them 
connected, healthy and productive. The Board resolved to 
ensure that the online sales channel was kept operational 
and enhanced during the period of shop closures and 
reduced customer footfall in the Nordics region, while 
ensuring compliance with best practice health and safety 
guidance. The Board and Executive Committee considered 
customer safety, in line with government advice and 
guidelines, the most suitable approach to adapting stores 
for safe shopping and a phased re-opening of those 
stores that had been closed as the restrictions evolved. 
This included a front-of-store trading concept and a 
zero-contact, ‘Drive Thru’ model and measures including an 
enhanced cleaning regime, rigorous social distancing and 
safety screens for stores.

ShopLive
During the year, ShopLive was launched in Ireland, the UK 
and the Nordics to give customers an in-store experience 
from their own homes via video link with Currys PC World 
experts. This functionality enables customers to receive 
advice on laptops, TVs, washing machines and refrigeration 
products to ensure that customers, including the most 
vulnerable, can benefit from store colleagues’ expertise 
remotely. The Board has been receiving regular updates 
on the demand for ShopLive and on those customer 
satisfaction scores. The Board has considered the possible 
medium-term and long-term impacts that Covid-19 might 
have on customer shopping habits. The Board will keep 
under review customer demand and feedback on ShopLive 
as one example of these changes and this provides 
important context for strategic discussions.

Sustainability
A Non-Executive Director attended the Company’s 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Committee 
meetings during the year and the Company’s Social 
Purpose Strategy was approved in June 2019. The Board 
is aware that customers are increasingly concerned 
about corporate responsibility issues. The Company, 
with the support of the Board, seeks to be a sustainable 
business and works with customers to help them reduce 
their environmental impact. This includes working with 
our suppliers to eliminate unnecessary packaging on the 
products sold to customers and providing re-use schemes 
to help customers find a new use for the technology they no 
longer need.

More information on this is below in the Sustainable 
Business section of this report.

OUR COLLEAGUES

Matters of focus for Our Colleagues
Company culture and values 
Reward 
Benefits 

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportFlexible working 
Health and safety 
Training and development 
Engagement and feeling invested in the business

Means of Engagement
Internal communications; Executive Committee member 
updates, Workplace intranet, newsletters, emails, 
Townhall events, team meetings, individual meetings with 
line managers and appraisals 
Employee engagement survey 
Events - annual Peak event, campus event for Nordics 
region, training at The Academy@Fort Dunlop 
Employee listening forums

Colleague Priorities
 – Attract, develop and retain capable and committed 

colleagues to drive growth;

 – And ensure a diverse pipeline for succession to senior 

management and Board roles;

 – Be an employer of choice where everyone feels 
respected, involved, heard, well-led and valued, 
regardless of race, gender, religion, national origin, 
disability, sexual orientation, age or any other 
characteristic and increase diversity (in all its forms) 
across our business;

 – Maintain high standards of health and safety;

 – Colleague share Ownership Scheme – giving colleagues a 

stake in the success of the business;

 – Enhance expertise and training; and

 – Work cohesively together as One Business.

Colleague focus in Board decision-making
Transformation of the UK Mobile business
During the year, a key area of focus for the Board was 
reviewing the options for the future of the UK Mobile 
business. On 17 March 2020, the Company announced that 
all 531 standalone Carphone Warehouse stores in the UK 
would be closed to enable focus on selling mobile devices 
and connectivity through shop-in-shops in its Currys PC 
World stores and online. This decision was necessary due to 
changes in how customers buy mobile devices, connectivity 
and technology.

The impacts on colleagues were a key consideration of 
this decision. The directors agreed that it was critical to 
resolve the unsustainable losses in the UK Mobile business 
in order to ensure the long-term sustainable success of 
the whole Group for customers, colleagues as a whole and 
shareholders. Having agreed that the turnaround of the UK 
Mobile business was essential, the directors considered 
the implications for colleagues and the business worked 
to minimise detrimental impacts including the number of 
redundancies and to offer as much support as possible 
to those colleagues that would be leaving the business. 
The Board reviewed and contributed to the colleague 
communications on the change and challenged the 
Executive team on the plans to redeploy colleagues into 
other business roles to ensure that all possible steps had 

been taken to support all impacted colleagues. The Board 
also considered the impacts on those colleagues that would 
remain in the business, including the cultural changes in 
those Currys PC World stores that would have redeployed 
colleagues joining their teams.

New roles were identified for as many Carphone Warehouse 
colleagues as possible and 837 of affected colleagues took 
new roles internally. Those colleagues made redundant 
received redundancy payments well in excess of legal 
obligations and other support including CV and interview 
preparation.

Transformation of contact centre operations
In January 2020, the Board approved the transfer of most 
of our contact centre operations in Sheffield and Preston 
to Webhelp, a world leader in contact centre management. 
The Board considered the interests of colleagues as part 
of this decision, including colleague feedback received 
from those in call centre roles on their work experiences 
and the challenges faced. The Board had been pleased to 
see that contact centre colleagues had helped to deliver 
significant improvements to service levels. However, 
despite best efforts, these colleagues were not able to give 
customers best-in-class service levels due to outdated IT 
and complicated processes. The Board considered the 
impacts of the move to Webhelp on colleagues and noted 
that most of the teams in Sheffield and Preston would 
move to Webhelp and continue to work helping Dixons 
Carphone customers. Colleagues would be equipped with 
better tools to help customers and have simpler processes 
to work to. The Board considered the natural alignment of 
Webhelp’s values to the Company’s vision and ensured that 
colleagues moving to Webhelp would be fully supported in 
the transition to Webhelp prior to approving the change. The 
Board reviewed the communications for those colleagues 
impacted and obtained assurance from management that 
those colleagues impacted would receive appropriate 
support following the change.

Covid-19
In March 2020, as the severity of the Covid-19 pandemic 
became clear, the management team, with the support of 
the Board, identified colleague safety as the first priority. 
The directors attended a weekly call during the period of 
the initial response to the pandemic to receive updates 
on colleague wellbeing, the steps being taken to ensure 
colleague safety and feedback received from colleagues. 
Those colleagues already able to work remotely were asked 
to work from home with immediate effect. The IT team put 
in place new remote working capability for hundreds of 
contact centre colleagues.

The Board considered the need to keep colleagues safe, 
together with the need for the operation of the supply 
chain to secure the future of the business and protect 
employment for colleagues. For those in supply chain 
roles, a suite of measures taken to ensure colleague safety 
included changes to working hours and rotas to reduce 
the number of colleagues on sites, physical adjustments 
to sites and work areas to support social distancing, 
additional cleaning and hygiene measures and the provision 
of protective equipment. Sites were transformed to include 

33

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

floor markings, barriers and one-way systems, hourly 
tannoy reminders, maximum occupancy notices, extensive 
site signage on handwashing and social distancing as 
well as temperature checks at the start and end of driver 
shifts. Certain installation services were discontinued, and 
colleagues were advised not to carry out any activity unless 
they were satisfied it was safe to do so. For any operational 
tasks where the 2 metres social distancing rule could not 
be consistently followed, goggles, overalls and masks were 
available although these tasks were reduced to a minimum. 
Installation services were reduced to essential cooking 
installations only, and only then on a voluntary basis. The 
Executive Committee established in the early stages of 
the pandemic the principle that no colleague would be 
asked to do anything they did not feel safe doing and home 
installations were an early area where some activities were 
stopped.

The Group Chief Executive visited the Newark distribution 
centre, several customer service centres and call centres 
during March and April to meet with (in accordance with 
government guidance on social distancing) colleagues and 
answer any questions. Regular customer contact centre 
and distribution centre team forums and Q&A sessions 
were held to ensure that any concerns and feedback that 
colleagues had were fed back to the appropriate persons 
directly and efficiently. Covid-19 site audits were completed 
to verify that consistent best-practice was in place.

The Board agreed that it was in the best interests of the 
long-term sustainable success of the business to put all 
store colleagues and a number of support team colleagues 
on the Government Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
during the Covid-19 pandemic. However, for those 
colleagues that received a salary above the Government 
furlough cap, the Company decided to make up the 
difference to ensure that all colleagues on furlough received 
80% of their salary.

The Board and Executive Committee unanimously agreed 
to a temporary 20% pay reduction, and all senior managers 
were asked to agree to a temporary 10% pay reduction in 
support of securing the Company’s future.

Colleague Listening
During the year, the colleague forums were restructured 
and increased in scope to enhance engagement between 
the Board and the wider colleague population and 
ensure consistency across the Group’s geographies. An 
International Forum has been established to unify the 
long-term existing country forums into a single, listening 
and engagement forum for all colleagues. Tony DeNunzio, 
the Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director, attends 
these forum meetings with the Chief People Officer, 
Paula Coughlan. Andrea Gisle Joosen, Independent 
Non-Executive Director, attends the Nordics colleague 
forum meetings. The Board received an update on 
Colleague Listening at a Board meeting in January 2020 
and the directors were pleased to hear that the enhanced 
framework was working well and generating useful insights. 
The colleague feedback, together with the direct insights 
from the two non-executive directors, enables the Board to 
better take account of colleague considerations in decision-

making. The outputs from the colleague forums are used 
to help shape the business. These forums took part in the 
review of the company’s culture and the development of 
the new culture and values during 2019. The International 
Forum was instrumental in the development of our 
Wellbeing strategy, our Inclusion and Diversity strategy and 
our Listening strategy.

People Operations
In January 2020, the Board approved a People Operations 
proposal that included moving all colleagues to a single 
payroll provider. This change was to improve the colleague 
experience and simplify the delivery model and process. A 
critical element of delivering the vision, ‘We Help Everyone 
Enjoy Amazing Technology’, is to collaborate effectively 
as One Business. The Executive Committee and the 
Board considered feedback received from colleagues on 
existing payroll processes and policies being inconsistent 
and agreed that it was important to improve the colleague 
experience in this area. The alignment of policies and 
terms ensure fairness across the colleague population and 
supports the goal to remain competitive in the market whilst 
being able to continue to attract talented people to join our 
existing team of capable and committed colleagues.

Board visits
The October 2019 Board meeting was held in Oslo. This 
enabled the directors to visit a selection of different stores 
in Oslo and meet several store colleagues. In January 2020, 
the Board spent a day visiting the Company’s training 
centre The Academy@Fort Dunlop in Birmingham. All new 
store-based colleagues that join the business attend a 
training event at the Fort Dunlop centre before they start 
work serving customers in stores. Directors were provided 
with an insight into the three-day training programme to 
understand the support that colleagues are given before 
they interact with customers. All of the directors have also 
visited stores individually during the year. These visits 
have provided the Board with additional insights into the 
colleague experience and useful context for strategic 
discussions in the Board.

OUR SHAREHOLDERS

Matters of focus for Our Shareholders
Ensuring the long-term sustainable future of the business 
Financial and share price performance 
Dividend policy 
Current trading 
Business strategy and vision 
Director remuneration 
Shareholder communications and engagement 
Environment, Social and Governance issues

Means of Engagement
Results announcements and presentations 
Annual report and accounts 
Annual General Meeting 
Investor roadshows 
Shareholder meetings 
Company website 

34

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportRegistrar contacts 
Consultation with major shareholders on remuneration 
topics

2018/19 Remuneration Report. More information on the 
results of these engagements is available in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 100.

Shareholder priorities
 – Managing the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic;

 – Securing the long-term sustainable success of the 

business;

 – Delivering on financial performance promises; and

 – Effective and transparent communication of the strategic 

vision and transformation of the business.

Shareholder focus in Board decision-making
Feedback on Shareholder views and questions
The Board receives updates from the Investor Relations 
team at every Board meeting. These include updates on 
any material changes to the composition of the shareholder 
register, a summary of investor interactions that have taken 
place during the period as well as upcoming interactions 
and a summary of investor questions received, and 
topics discussed. The Investor Relations team manages 
a programme of meetings with the top 30 shareholders 
and many of these meetings are also attended by at least 
one Board director. For other shareholders, the primary 
point of contact is the company’s registrar, although any 
matters can be escalated to either the Investor Relations 
or Company Secretariat teams as appropriate. All directors 
attended the 2019 Annual General Meeting and spent 
time speaking to shareholders after the conclusion of this 
meeting. The directors are disappointed not to be able 
to meet with shareholders in person at the 2020 Annual 
General Meeting this year and encourage shareholders to 
submit any questions on the business of the meeting to 
cosec@dixonscarphone.com. The directors find shareholder 
insights useful and use the feedback received to shape 
investor communications and in decision-making where 
appropriate.

Shareholder engagement
A structured shareholder engagement programme is in 
place. Each of the top 30 shareholders is invited to have 
an engagement meeting with any of the Board Chair, Audit 
Committee Chair or Remuneration Committee Chair on at 
least an annual basis. This engagement meeting invitation 
letter also confirms the contact details for team members 
from the Investor Relations, Reward and Company 
Secretariat teams to enable any ongoing dialogue that 
shareholders might find useful. Shareholders are able to 
arrange meetings with a Board director on request. During 
2019/20 the Board particularly valued the shareholder 
feedback received during the consultation process for the 
Remuneration Policy that was submitted to and approved 
by shareholders at the 2019 AGM.

Director Remuneration 2018/19
Following the 76.54% vote in favour of the 2018/19 
Remuneration Report at the Annual General Meeting 
held on 5 September 2019, the Company sought further 
engagement with our shareholders and the proxy agencies 
to discuss the specific rationale for the votes against the 

Director Pension contributions
Following consultation with shareholders, on 27 August 
2019 the Board announced that for any newly appointed 
executive director, the pension contribution would be in 
line with the level paid to the majority of the UK workforce 
across the Group. More information is available in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 84.

Colleague Shareholder Scheme
Over 38,000 colleagues in 11 countries have received an 
award under the Colleague Shareholder Scheme, launched 
in 2019. The Remuneration Committee and the Board 
considered during 2019/20 the positive feedback received 
from both colleagues and shareholders and have, as a 
result, decided to extend the scheme. Colleague share 
ownership is a crucial lever of engagement and gives 
colleagues a stake in the future success of the business. 
More information is available in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on page 85.

Board and Executive share ownership
Each member of the Board is a shareholder. At 14 July 
2020, the Board collectively held interests in 1,113,469 
shares. Executive Committee members are subject to 
minimum shareholding requirements and executive directors 
are subject to post-employment shareholding requirements.

Covid-19
Following the Covid-19 pandemic and resulting store 
closures in Greece, UK and Ireland, the Board considered 
the implications for all stakeholders including shareholders. 
One of the three immediate priorities identified was to 
secure the future of the business. Securing the long-
term sustainable future of the business for the benefit of 
shareholders was the main consideration for a number of 
important Board decisions. These included the removal 
of almost all discretionary spend, measures to conserve 
cash including the decision not to pay a final dividend for 
2019/20, putting in place additional bank facilities and the 
decision to place 71% of UK colleagues onto furlough.

UK Mobile business
Shareholder interests were an important part of discussions 
on a significant business decision made during the year. 
The Board considered the critical need to resolve the 
unsustainable losses from the UK Mobile business in order 
to ensure the long-term sustainable success of the whole 
Group for stakeholders including shareholders. This led 
to the decision to close the 531 standalone Carphone 
Warehouse stores in the UK. More information on this 
change is included in the Strategic report on page 16.

35

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

ensured resilience during the disruption of supply chains 
caused by the crisis. The Board was kept updated on all 
aspects of the Covid-19 response over weekly calls held 
during March and April.

Modern Slavery and ensuring the highest ethical 
standards
The Board received an update in July 2019 on the 
procedures in place to prevent Modern Slavery and 
ensure responsible sourcing. An updated Modern Slavery 
Statement was approved and is available on the Company’s 
website www.dixonscarphone.com. Adherence to the 
Group’s Modern Slavery policy is required from suppliers.

The Group’s Standards for Responsible Sourcing reflect the 
Group’s commitment to human rights, acting morally and 
with integrity in all our business relationships. The Standards 
require suppliers to work towards full Ethical Trade Initiative 
(ETI) Base Code compliance. Further information on Modern 
Slavery and Ethical Sourcing is available below in this 
report.

It is an essential requirement that all Original Equipment 
Manufacturer (OEM) suppliers comply with the strict trading 
terms and operational procedures. OEM suppliers must 
enforce effective systems and controls to meet minimum 
standards of health and safety, wages, working hours, equal 
opportunities, freedom of association, collective bargaining 
and disciplinary procedures as set out in our OEM Ethical 
Sourcing Policy. Employing forced or child labour is strictly 
against the Company’s terms of operation.

The Company monitors adherence to policies using 
assessors who audit suppliers, prior to selection and on an 
ongoing basis. Where working practice failures have been 
identified, our Technical and Commercial teams work with 
the supplier to help them improve their working practices. 
Where it is not possible to resolve an issue of concern, the 
Company will cease to work with the supplier. Any material 
supplier compliance matters would be reported to the 
Board.

The approval of the Modern Slavery policy and statement 
and all Corporate Responsibility policies are matters 
reserved for the decision of the Board.

Sustainability
When selecting new suppliers and renegotiating contracts, 
the Company considers sustainability performance 
including energy efficiency, climate change impact, water 
use or biodiversity impacts. All suppliers are encouraged 
to eliminate all unnecessary plastics and packaging. The 
Environmental, Social and Governance Committee leads the 
Group’s work in this area and a Non-Executive Director of 
the Board is a member of this Committee. More information 
on the sustainability work with suppliers is included below in 
this report.

OUR SUPPLIERS

Matters of focus for Our Suppliers
Strong customer demand 
Good collaboration 
Reliability 
Value 
Health and safety 
Compliance 
Effective communications

Means of Engagement
Formal engagement strategy including regular visits and 
meetings 
Supplier relationship management team 
Supplier questionnaires 
Due diligence process for new suppliers

Supplier priorities
 – Being a trusted business partner;

 – Reliable payment practices;

 – Enhancing supplier and partner satisfaction;

 – Managing the environmental impacts within our supply 

chain; and

 – Ensuring products come from ethically and responsibly 

aware supply chains, free from modern slavery, bribery or 
corruption.

Supplier focus in Board decision-making
Board feedback from Suppliers
The Board receives regular feedback on substantive 
Supplier matters via the Group Chief Executive. The Group 
Chief Executive participates in regular meetings with the 
Group’s largest suppliers and receives regular updates 
on all suppliers from the Chief Commercial Officer. The 
Commercial team put in place a formal engagement strategy 
with each large supplier. This strategy is customised in 
each case but includes regular meetings and calls between 
the Group Chief Executive and his counterpart at the 
Supplier company and between the Chief Commercial 
Officer and his counterpart. This is supported by a team of 
colleagues engaging at least every four weeks to assess 
progress against agreed business plans. Supplier updates 
are provided to the Group Chief Executive, Executive 
Committee and the Group Chief Executive notifies the 
directors of matters that ought to be brought to the attention 
of the Board.

Covid-19
During the year the Commercial team collaborated 
effectively with the Group’s suppliers in helping our 
customers and securing the future of the Group. The teams 
started work to secure a supply of stock during the early 
stages of the Covid-19 pandemic. Stock of key lines was 
increased as soon as it became apparent that factories in 
China and the rest of Asia might close. This ensured that the 
business was better prepared to meet the sudden increase 
in customer demand for laptops, refrigeration, gaming and 
home office. The strong relationships in place with suppliers 

36

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Reportbusiness in providing vital goods to the public, and in 
turn how trading would help millions of people sustain 
the essential lockdown. In particular the importance of 
technology that facilitates connectivity with loved ones, 
including mobile phones and tablets, essential household 
items including fridges, cookers and washing machines, 
and laptops and equipment for working from home and 
home-schooling. The Board agreed that it was important to 
help customers as an online-only retailer in those countries 
where our stores could not remain open subject to being 
able to keep colleagues and customers safe. Measures 
included prioritising helping older and vulnerable customers 
and requests for tablets, mobile phones, laptops, webcams, 
headsets and chargers for all NHS Trusts and hospitals 
to help offer patients the opportunity to stay in touch 
with friends and families. In addition, iD Mobile offered all 
existing customers over 70 years old free and unlimited 
minutes for the 12-week isolation period advised by the 
government in the UK. Stores in the Nordics put in place 
special opening hours for vulnerable and at-risk people.

In the UK, the Company sent hundreds of free laptops, 
mobile phones, SIM cards and headsets to Age UK’s Silver 
Line helpline teams, to help them maintain their vital support 
to older people during the Covid-19 lockdown. The two 
organisations are working together at pace to find more 
ways to help older people through the Covid-19 crisis. More 
information is included below in this report.

Chair of the Board’s Shield
Being a sustainable, responsible and ethical business is 
important to the Board. The Chair of the Board’s Shield 
award is an annual award to ensure that those teams 
and colleagues that have made a positive contribution to 
their local community through fundraising or volunteering 
initiatives, are recognised for their work and to further 
promote these behaviours. There is a rigorous process for 
nominations and selection of the winning colleagues and 
teams. More information is included below in this report.

Electric Vehicles
The Board has given broad support to any and all initiatives 
within our transport operations that reduce carbon 
emissions and help progress towards the use of alternative 
fuels and achieving net zero emissions. The Group will 
also join The Climate Group’s EV100 initiative. This is a 
globally recognised movement for corporate action on more 
environmentally friendly transport options, with the aim of 
accelerating the transition to electric vehicles (EVs) as the 
new normal by 2030.

OUR COMMUNITIES

Matters of focus for Our Communities
We Help Everyone Enjoy Amazing Technology 
Being a responsible contributor to society 
Being a good employer 
Having sustainable business practices and minimising 
impact to the environment and climate change

Means of Engagement
Sustainability working group 
Website 
Media including social media 
Engagement meetings with third parties 
Charity partnership

Community priorities
 – Ensuring high standards of corporate and social 

responsibility across the group;

 – Meeting environmental responsibilities;

 – Limiting the impact of our operations in a way that is both 

practically and economically feasible;

 – Management of climate change risk;

 – Enhancing disclosure of ESG performance;

 – Working with suppliers to reduce unnecessary plastic 

packaging; and

 – Providing our customers with more sustainable choices.

Community focus in Board decision-making
Sustainable business approach
During 2019, the Board received an update on the 
Sustainable Business approach, programme and activities. 
The Board agreed that it would be appropriate to work with 
a headline charity partner in the UK and focus on a smaller 
number of charitable projects. The Board was particularly 
supportive of those charitable projects that would help the 
elderly, disabled or underprivileged to enjoy technology. 
During the Board visit to Oslo in 2019, the business 
update provided by the local team included insights into 
the charitable activities of the Elkjøp Foundation, which 
operates across the Nordics.

Age UK
During the year, the Company chose a new UK headline 
charity partner, Age UK. Colleagues were able to nominate 
charities for consideration as charity partner. This list was 
then refined into a shortlist and the final choice was made 
by a colleague poll vote on the Company’s intranet. Age UK 
was selected by almost half of the thousands of colleagues 
that voted. More information on how the partnership was 
selected and the Company’s activities to date is included 
below in this report.

Covid-19
During March, the Board considered how best the Company 
could support the wider community during the Covid-19 
lockdown. In considering whether or not to close stores 
in all countries, the Board noted the critical role of the 

37

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

Sustainable Business

Technology can do amazing things to enrich people’s lives, and we, with our scale and expertise, are uniquely placed 
to bring these benefits to everyone: that’s our core business purpose. Our Social Purpose strategy was launched to 
colleagues in November 2019, to drive colleague engagement on sustainability matters, to grow a customer base who 
are confident that we are a responsible contributor to society with business practices that minimise our impacts on the 
environment, and to build a sustainable business that our shareholders can feel good about investing in.

We are committed to putting social purpose at the heart of everything we do - galvanising our expertise, scale and reach 
to help everyone, who might otherwise be excluded, benefit from amazing technology, whether this is by making it more 
affordable, energy efficient or simpler to use or accessible through repair, reuse or donation.

Everything we do starts with the customer. Our Social Purpose strategy starts with this principle and is categorised under 
the pillars of We Help Everyone Enjoy Amazing Technology.

WE

WE COLLABORATE WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS AS A FORCE FOR 
GOOD

Dixons Carphone is committed to ‘doing the right thing’ and operating a responsible and ethical business, by 
understanding stakeholder expectations and best practice and ensuring this is reflected in our business decisions.

In 2019/20 our progress in developing and reporting our ESG performance was recognised by FTSE4Good with our 
repeated inclusion in the FTSE4Good UK Index.

A detailed ESG risk register has been developed to enable a systematic approach to ESG risk management, allowing us 
to monitor changes in the risk profile. In 2020/21, we will use this register to formalise the review of progress on delivery of 
controls, to reduce or remove identified risks before they materialise.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 17): Partnerships
We collaborate with stakeholders as a force for good, to advocate and effect change. We are 
members of a number of organisations such as the British Retail Consortium (BRC), the Ethical Trading 
Initiative (ETI) and the Government’s All-Party Corporate Responsibility Group.

We also play an active role in SEDEX, the British Retail Consortium’s Ethical Labour Working Group 
as well as Slave Free Alliance, which is a best practice scheme run by the leading anti-slavery charity 

Hope for Justice, who we are working with in the UK and Nordics.

As part of the BRC’s Better Retail, Better World initiative, we pledged to support UN sustainability goals (SDGs) 
covering modern slavery, sustainable economic growth, inequalities, responsible consumption and production and 
climate change. For 2020/21, we have expanded this to support all relevant Global Goals.

In March 2020, we joined the BRC Taskforce on Climate Action to develop a ground-breaking decarbonisation plan that 
will guide the industry on the steps necessary to accelerate progress to a net zero UK, ahead of the Government’s 2050 
target.

Our partnerships with suppliers make a big difference - they know their products best and are helping us to bring amazing 
technology to life for our customers in meaningful ways.

Suppliers are key to helping us address areas of public concern, such as unnecessary plastic. We have introduced clearer 
guidance to support the reduction of plastic packaging and in 2019, engaged with our own label suppliers and licensed 
brand ranges to identify and implement improvements. ADX gaming keyboards, mice and headsets are our first product 
range to be plastic packaging free and we aim to make all own label plastic packaging reusable or recyclable by 2023.

When selecting new suppliers and renegotiating contracts, we consider sustainability performance including energy 
efficiency, climate change impact, water use or biodiversity impacts. Suppliers are asked for a copy of their Environmental 
Policy and to complete a questionnaire for every Request for Proposal placed through our procurement system.

38

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportColleagues
Capable and committed colleagues are our greatest 
advantage. 

During 2019/20 colleague priorities were identified and 
grouped into the following categories: colleague experience, 
talent and leadership, clearer, simpler, faster place to work 
and one business culture.

To deliver these priorities we will:

•  upskill, empower, recognise and reward our colleagues 

by investing in learning and employee reward, and 
developing leadership programmes to drive a customer 
first culture;

•  match the best talent to our highest value roles by 

increasing our focus on managing talent, becoming an 
employer of choice, concentrating on talent acquisition, 
improving performance management, leadership and 
development;

•  continuously improve the colleague experience across 

the employment lifecycle by making the Group a clearer, 
simpler, faster place to work; and

•  work together as one business by uniting through shared 
values and culture, driving inclusion and diversity across 
our business and increasing our focus on colleague 
engagement.

The Academy@Fort Dunlop
All store-based new hires from all brands across the UK 
and Republic of Ireland now complete a three-day learning 
event at our new state-of-the-art, UK training facility; The 
Academy@Fort Dunlop. The courses available are tailored to 
each brand and form the first part of a 90-day ‘learning plan’ 
completed by all new colleagues. Colleagues are equipped 
with the skills and knowledge they need to help our 
customers choose, afford and enjoy amazing technology.

MyLearning
A comprehensive online training portal is available for 
colleagues; MyLearning. MyLearning includes courses on a 
range of subjects including to enhance colleague knowledge 
of products so they are able to recommend the best 
technology to customers.

Every year mandatory compliance training is deployed to all 
colleagues via MyLearning. In 2019/20, there was a 98.7% 
completion rate of all these compliance modules.

Customer First mindset
We are investing in ensuring our colleagues have a 
Customer First mindset. In the past year, nearly 2,300 
managers at all levels were trained in developing Customer 
First skills. These programmes build colleague capability 
throughout the customer journey, for example, lifestyle 
listening, so colleagues are able to ask the right questions to 
help recommend the best product for each customer.

Store managers are provided with further skills to continue 
training within our stores through coaching, facilitating 
and giving feedback. The supporting online modules were 
accessed 15,000 times throughout this launch. As part of 

this programme nearly 1,500 hours of advanced coaching 
was deployed to first and second-line managers in 2019.

Category and product knowledge
Having the most up-to-date product knowledge is essential 
for colleagues to be able to meet customer needs. We host 
annual MyLearning Live events for consumer electronics, 
computing and domestic appliances. Over 2,100 colleagues 
took part in this year’s face-to-face learning with key 
suppliers from our sales categories. Participating stores 
have seen a significant uplift in sales as a result. 

Workplace Live Supplier Events provide ongoing updates 
to colleagues. Following the relaunch of our Care & Repair 
and our credit products, we have designed and deployed 
core compulsory modules which were completed by 12,000 
colleagues and ensure that our business complies with 
regulatory requirements.

In the Nordics, all new joiners are assigned to ‘learning 
tracks’ that set out all of the training modules required 
for all colleagues and for each specific role. Nordics have 
approximately 400 digital courses available for colleagues. 

In Greece, all new joiners participate in a 15-day classroom 
training course in our Training Academy facilities in Athens 
and Thessaloniki. This covers customer service skills, the 
operating model, systems and basic product knowledge. 
Colleagues then return to their place of work to complete 
their 90-day onboarding programme through eLearning.

Enhancing colleague reward
Our colleague reward is continually reviewed to attract and 
retain capable and committed colleagues.

We pay a minimum hourly rate to all colleagues in the UK 
under 21 of £8.25 and £8.75 for those over 21. This was 
further increased in April 2020 as we consistently remain 
above the National Living Wage. In addition to basic pay, 
we pay location allowance where applicable and bonus 
where targets are met. Pay for our apprentices is above the 
national minimum wage.

We launched our award-winning Colleague Shareholder 
Scheme in February 2019. More information on the 
Colleague Shareholder Scheme is available in the 
Remuneration Report on page 85. We also offer our UK & 
Ireland colleagues the opportunity to build a personal stake 
in the business through our Sharesave Scheme. All UK & 
Ireland colleagues have access to a defined contribution 
workplace pension, and colleagues and their families also 
benefit from a 10% discount in our stores on our products 
and services. In Greece the Company’s Pension plan is 
a private scheme that exceeds state pension scheme 
requirements. Every employee can participate with voluntary 
contributions based on salary through payroll.

We offer access to an employee assistance programme and 
access to Salary Finance, which provides help and support 
to our UK colleagues through financial education should 
they have financial concerns. Salary Finance offers access 
to affordable loans and savings as well as tools and tips on 
budgeting.

39

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

The flexible benefits programme in the UK includes eye 
care vouchers, dental plans, a cycle to work programme, 
childcare vouchers, personal accident insurance, travel 
insurance, and discounts for beauty and fitness, restaurants 
and other family activity passes.

The ‘Better Me, Better Team’ programme is available for 
colleagues in Greece. This includes promoting the mental 
and physical wellness of colleagues through gym discounts, 
life management workshops, a series of seminars on ‘better 
living’ and provision of psychological support.

Launched our ‘Adopt a Leader’ programme
Members of the leadership team in the UK are required 
to spend a day in a store, contact centre, distribution 
centre or our main repair and distribution hub in Newark, 
on a quarterly basis. Between August 2019 and February 
2020, 79 visits were completed by our leadership team 
with positive feedback from both the leaders and the store 
colleagues involved. This opportunity to connect, listen and 
learn helps enhance understanding of front-line operations 
and the customer experience and facilitates the building of 
relationships between colleagues in different areas of the 
business. The programme of visits has been temporarily 
paused since the start of the Covid-19 crisis.

We received external recognition and awards during the 
year including:

 – Ranked 29th nationwide of 100 at the Rate My 

Apprenticeship Awards. These awards are voted for by 
apprentices themselves. 

 – Awarded Silver at The Learning Awards for ‘People 

Development Programme of the Year – Private Sector’ for 
the Graduate Development programme; Emerging Talent 
and Learning Technology.

 – Awarded ‘Most Effective Learning & Development 

Initiative’ for our Aspire Programme at the European 
Contact Centre and Customer Service Awards.

Talent acquisition
In September 2019, we launched a new employer brand 
‘Tech Lovers Unite’. As a result, job applications are up 
by over 45% on last year. Activity on social channels has 
increased and there has been over 1.4 million views on 
Facebook and Instagram.

The focus on front-line customer sales channels increased 
this year through the creation of our in-store Brilliant 
Business Centres requiring B2B talent to be hired across 
50 Currys PC World flagship stores. Targeted recruitment 
was increased for specialised talent in our support 
functions, commercial and customer teams this year. This 
increased capability in the key areas of e-commerce, IT, 
Customer Strategy, Customer Analytics, Credit, Services 
and Transformation resulting in, for example, doubling the 
size of our e-commerce team. To strengthen our focus on 
customer insight-led marketing and data protection we have 
scaled up our recruitment in analytical, data management, 
information security and digital skills.

Graduate programme
In 2019, ten university graduates joined our graduate 
programme in the UK. As well as gaining work experience 
across the organisation, our graduates get online support 
with access to digital content to enhance their formal and 
on-the-job learning. All our graduates who completed the 
graduate programme this year were successfully deployed 
into key roles within our business and continue to thrive in 
their management careers.

In Greece, we have recruited 35 graduates to work across 
different business areas. In the Czech Republic, we have 
19 colleagues undertaking the CIPD certification and 31 
working through the ACCA diploma.

Apprenticeships scheme
Our apprenticeship scheme in the UK & Ireland allows us 
to bridge skills gaps, cultivate loyalty and compete in the 
modern marketplace. This year we enrolled 247 apprentices 
into 18 Apprenticeship Standards across the group. We 
also successfully introduced our IT degree apprenticeship 
programme to eight colleagues across IT and iD Mobile, and 
three colleagues onto a Level 7 Finance Apprenticeship.

Performance management
This year there was increased focus on leadership 
development in the UK & Ireland. The leadership team 
explored how to evolve our business model and culture to 
anticipate challenges, collaborate with purpose, innovate 
and act quickly to deliver results.

In Greece, the performance management system ‘GROW’ 
includes reviews every four months of goals, performance 
and progress against objectives. There is also a series of 
management courses supporting leadership development. 
Over 1,000 colleagues have attended these courses. 

In the Nordics, a leadership development track is in place 
covering all levels of the organisation. The leadership 
development programmes focus on growth mindset, 
strengths- based leadership, maximising potential and 
empowerment. Over 400 colleagues in the Nordics have been 
through one of our leadership programmes during the year. 

Talent management
In the UK & Ireland, talent reviews take place on a quarterly 
basis. These include ensuring clear succession plans are 
in place and resolving any gaps to ensure an exceptional 
pipeline of leaders for the future. Top value-generating roles 
have been identified and these roles are subject to more 
rigorous review.

Launched our new values
During 2019, a transformation project was initiated to help 
diagnose our current culture, analyse current strengths and 
propose our ideal future state including the mindset and 
behaviours most critical to support our vision and strategy. 
Inputs were sought from more than 7,000 colleagues 
through a variety of channels including a Culture Survey, 
Executive Committee interviews, two leadership workshops, 
33 workshops with colleagues in the UK, Ireland and Czech 
Republic, and over 6,000 colleague interactions with an AI 
chat bot gathering inputs in an agile and innovative way 
through our internal social channel, Workplace.

40

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportDuring the year, the Group Chief Executive had individual 
meetings with the majority of the members of the Group 
Leadership Team (GLT). 

Our Inclusion and Diversity Framework

put our customers first.
win together.
own it.

We

One business.
Three values.

Colleague engagement
A comprehensive internal communications programme is 
in place to keep colleagues informed on the progress being 
made to deliver our strategy and vision. This includes blogs, 
Workplace posts, emails, videos or face-to-face briefings 
and Townhall live broadcast sessions. For colleagues in 
our supply chain and service operations who do not use 
digital channels as often, we also use newsletters, cascade 
briefings, posters and printed material to ensure they 
receive regular updates.

Alex also makes himself available to all colleagues through 
regular ‘Ask Alex’ video call sessions. Colleagues can 
submit questions and receive live responses from Alex. A 
Peak Conference is held shortly before our peak trading 
period each year. At this event, nearly 2,000 colleagues 
receive updates on our strategy and performance, as well 
as getting the chance to hear directly from suppliers and be 
able to see and test products.

Making a Difference – colleague engagement survey
In March 2020, all colleagues were invited to take part in 
our externally-facilitated Making a Difference survey in 
Greece and UK & Ireland. In our Nordics region, the Making 
a Difference survey was delayed due to Covid-19.

Our Make A Difference Survey results were largely 
comparable to the previous year with an exceptionally 
positive survey participation rate of 95%.

The survey showed that the two main indices we track 
(Engagement and Enablement) are stable despite the 
significant volume of change in the business. The 
Enablement Index (showing whether we have the 
right people in the right roles in an enabling working 
environment) has reduced by one percentage point to 68. 
The Engagement Index (showing where we have committed 
and loyal people willing to go the extra mile) has reduced by 
two percentage points to 62.

We put our 
customers first

• We are proud to sell what our 

customers need and want to help 
them enjoy amazing technology 

• We are passionate about 

technology and how it helps our 
customers throughout their lives

• We always ask ‘what’s the 

responsible thing to do for our 
customer?’

• We put the customer at the heart 

of everything we do

We win together

We own it

• We consistently deliver as part of 

one business

• We are always learning, growing 

and developing

• We have fun and celebrate the 
success of all our colleagues

• We welcome diversity and are 
united by our common vision

• We are aligned to the vision, clear 
on our goals and accountable for 
delivering them

• We are super helpful, going above 
and beyond to do the right thing 

• We continuously seek 

opportunities to make things 
clearer, simpler, faster

• We are responsible owners and 
spend every pound as if it’s our 
own 

Within the data provided – which included nearly 40,000 
comments – there is a mixed picture with success stories 
we can build on and areas we need to improve. Our senior 
leaders have committed to making the understanding and 
improving the drivers of engagement and enablement part 
of our day-to-day leadership, and improvements in these 
measures will be a focus of how we will be assessed as 
leaders this year and beyond.

Launched our Inclusion and Diversity strategy
Inclusion and Diversity continues to be a priority. Our 
Inclusion and Diversity strategy framework focuses on three 
key pillars: Diverse Customers; Inclusive Workplace; and 
Diverse Colleagues. Our Inclusion and Diversity vision is: 
‘We are Dixons Carphone, excited by our vision and united 
by our shared values. Diverse colleagues and customers 
alike. We enjoy being part of an inclusive company where 
everyone belongs, and diversity is our strength.’

Diverse 
colleagues

Diverse 
customers

WE HELP 
EVERYONE 
ENJOY 
AMAZING 
TECHNOLOGY

Inclusive 
workplace

The priorities outlined in the strategy are:

– 

– 

– 

 to better represent the diversity of our customers and 
wider society throughout our workforce. Three initial 
focus areas have been identified to accelerate progress: 
gender; generational; and ethnic/cultural diversity;

Private and Confidential

 to improve the capability, confidence and commitment 
of all leaders and colleagues to create an inclusive 
culture. This will be achieved through leadership 
interventions, building of people management skills 
and key communications/ engagement with colleagues 
across all diverse groups; and

 to be recognised internally and externally as a diverse 
and inclusive employer through external benchmarking, 
celebrating diversity internally and through external 
recognition.

41

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

Gender diversity
Improving gender balance has been identified as an initial focus area in our new inclusion strategy.

Our Group level gender diversity position as at May 2020:

Three of our eight Dixons Carphone plc Board director positions are held by women (37.5%). In the last 12 months, we 
have improved female representation on our Executive Committee to 20% with the appointment of a second female to the 
Executive Committee. Gender diversity across the remaining levels of the organisation has remained stable since last year. 
We are committed through our inclusion strategy and action plans to improve female representation across key areas of 
the business through positive action measures.

Number of employees as at May 2020 (Total Group)

Dixon Carphone plc Board

Executive Committee

Direct reports of Executive Committee

Total

8

10

84

Female

3

2

25

All employees

36,350

10,834

37.5%

20%

30%

30%

Male

5

8

59

25,516

62.5%

80%

70%

70%

This has improved since the Hampton Alexander review published in November 2019 reported our Board and Senior 
Leadership gender position for the UK & Ireland, as at 30th June 2019 placing Dixons Carphone at number 50 within the 
FTSE 250. Three of the eight directors of the Dixons Carphone plc Board were female – 37.5% (above the 29.6% FTSE 250 
average and the 33% goal). The UK & Ireland Executive team and their direct reports were 38.5% female (compared to the 
29.6% FTSE 250 average).

Gender pay
We published our third Gender Pay Report in April 2020. There has been a positive improvement with the pay gap between 
men and women working for the Group in the UK reducing from 6.3% last year to 4.3% this year. This is compared to the 
UK median pay gap of 17.3% (Office for National Statistics data).

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 5): Gender Equality
In March 2020 we used International Women’s Day as a platform to celebrate the many talented 
women we already have working for us and to reaffirm our commitment to improving gender balance 
moving forwards. We invested in a week of communications and activities including a virtual ‘Fireside 
Chat’ with our Group Chief Executive, Alex Baldock and recently appointed female Chief Supply 
Chain Officer, a ‘Career Series’ profiling 15 senior women from across our business, blog posts from 
our Executive Committee members, a panel discussion hosted by our HQ Diversity Network, and the sharing of many 
stories and videos on our internal social channel, Workplace.

HELP

WE HELP COLLEAGUES AND CUSTOMERS REDUCE THEIR 
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT BY MAKING IT EASIER TO BE GREENER

We are fully committed to meeting our environmental responsibilities and limiting the impact of our operations in a way 
that is both practically and economically feasible. Our Environmental Policy covers material issues including energy 
consumption, carbon emissions, supply chain and operational waste.

We continue to respond to the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) questionnaire on climate change, demonstrating our 
commitment to identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities across the Group. In 2019/20 
we retained our ‘B’ score and in 2020/21 will use the results of a gap analysis to aid further improvement.

As part of our revised risk assessment approach we have been reviewing the long-term impacts of climate change. 
Our analysis of risks and opportunities has allowed us to develop a roadmap for the future, which is part of our 
implementation of recommendations by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). The roadmap 
will also inform our business continuity plans and the insights gained are incorporated in our revised ESG risk register. 
Further details on this approach will be disclosed in our CDP response this year.

42

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportCarbon Reduction Targets
In caring for our environment, we can create cost benefits from large scale efficiencies and are committed to saving 
energy. We are also actively seeking more renewable energy sources to power our properties. 

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 13): Climate Action
Current operations (Scope 1 and 2 Electricity & Gas)
The Group is in the process of setting Science Based Targets (SBTs) for Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 
line with a 1.5°C climate scenario. We aim to achieve a 50% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
across our Group from a 2018/19 baseline by 2030.

Value chain - Scope 3 (Including Procurement)
We are also assessing our value chain or Scope 3 emissions in line with the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol’s 
Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting Standard using a 2018/19 baseline. Initial studies show these emissions 
account for the largest proportion of our total emissions.

In line with our Science Based Target for Scopes 1 and 2 we will look to achieve at least a 30% reduction in Scope 3 
emissions by 2030 from a 2018/19 baseline. This reduction will be achieved through a programme of activities involving 
our suppliers, our manufacturers, our fleet and transport providers and colleague engagement.

Scope 3 Emissions
The assessment of Scope 3 shows the most material impacts are within purchased goods and services, upstream 
transportation and distribution and the use of sold products.

Purchased
Goods and
Services
92.4%

Upstream
Transport
4.8%

Downstream
Transport
1.1%

Waste from
Opera(cid:31)ons
0.2%

Employee
Commu(cid:31)ng
0.8%

Business
Travel
0.2%

Fuel and
Energy
0.5%

Use of Sold
Products
?%

The ‘Use of Sold Product’ category is in the process of being calculated but is predicted to be a significant category. 
Details of our Scope 3 assessment will be communicated in our CDP response this year. 

43

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

UK Emission Reduction Target
The Group has already achieved its progressive energy reduction target of reducing UK energy consumption by 35% by 
2020, and corresponding CO2 emissions by 50% (measured from a 2013/14 baseline, prior to the merger between Dixons 
Retail and Carphone Warehouse). In the final year, our 2019/20 energy consumption had reduced overall by 43% and 
corresponding CO2 emissions by 65% against our 2013/14 baseline year.

Looking forward to 2020 and beyond, we have reset our UK targets to be in line with the Science Based Target (SBT) 
initiative.

In 2019 the Group implemented an Energy Management System (EnMS) for the UK & Ireland portfolio and fleet to increase 
the profile of energy management within the organisation and formalise our approach. In recognition of our efforts the 
system has been externally certified to the ISO 50001 EnMS Standard.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 7): Affordable and Clean 
Energy
All UK Mainland Group properties are now powered by 100% renewable electricity. The Group has 
purchased 126,000 MWh of renewable energy generated by wind and hydro technologies. The 
renewable energy is certified by Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (REGOs) and independently 
verified.

Solar power
The Group has four sites with Solar PV installed on the roofs of buildings with a capacity of 2.2MWp. This includes 
Newark Distribution Centre Building 1 and 2 and three retail sites. The latest was the Croydon Purley Way Store, with 
209kWp capacity completed in October 2019. These panels contribute to our grid energy reduction by 413 tonnes of 
CO2e*.

We continue to investigate additional opportunities with landlords where this is practically possible.

*calculation using UK 2019 conversion factor for greenhouse gas reporting = 0.2556kg CO2e /kWh (‘electricity generated’ only)

Property Refurbishment Programme
Over 30% of the UK retail portfolio uses LED technology as the main source of lighting. In 2019/20 we further 
invested in retrofitting LED lighting to retail stores and distribution sites delivering savings of ~3,850 MWh, equating to 
approximately 1,217 tonnes of CO2e* avoided. Other areas of work were in the replacing the auto-door controls and 
ensuring new out of town stores were developed with lobbies where possible.

*calculation using UK 2019 conversion factor for greenhouse gas reporting = 0.31598kg CO2e /kWh (including T&D, WTT generation & WTT T&D)

Energy efficient products
We are committed to helping our customers reduce their energy use and reduce associated costs by improving awareness 
of more energy efficient and sustainable options, such as on our corporate website and during ‘green tag’ events. Much of 
our own label/licenced brand range is energy efficient, for example:

 – All our Washing Machines are ‘A++’ rated or above, with 76% of the range having the highest ‘A+++’ rating

 – All our refrigeration products are ‘A+’ rated

 – 96% of Dishwashers are rated ‘A++’ or above

 – All our TVs are rated ‘A’ or above with 93% of those rated ‘A+’ and ‘A++’ 

 – By purchasing our LED light bulbs customers can save on their energy bills or they can make savings through our 

energy switching service. Other energy-saving products we sell, such as Nest and Hive, help consumers reduce their 
environmental footprint.

44

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportEnergy and Carbon Reporting
This section of the report details the energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions from the activities of the Group 
for the period 1 May 2019 to 30 April 2020, as required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013 (‘the 2013 Regulations’) and the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships 
(Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 (‘the SECR Regulations’).

An ‘operational control’ approach has been used to define the Greenhouse Gas emissions boundary. All material Scope 1 
and 2 emissions are included except where noted. Accordingly, this report covers the international operations of the Group.

The data has been externally verified using ISO 14064-3 Part 3: Specification with Guidance for the Validation and 
Verification of Greenhouse Gas Assertions.

UK & Ireland Energy Consumption 2019/2020 compared to previous years1:

Energy consumption (kWh)

2019/20

Change (%)

2018/19

2017/18

2016/17

2015/16

Electricity
Gas
Fuel Oil

Total

135,856,170
21,142,103
214,868

157,213,141

-5% 142,286,908 150,343,973 168,599,606 187,930,892
36,724,101
8% 19,503,987
217,368
236,130
-9%

29,775,875
145,962

29,882,655
246,555

-3% 162,027,025 180,265,810 198,728,816 224,872,361

Intensity (MWh/1,000 sqft)

13.26

-2%

13.50

13.82

Total Group-wide kWh Energy Consumption 2019/20 compared to previous years:

Energy consumption (kWh)

2019/20

Change (%)

2018/19

2017/18

2016/17

2015/16

Electricity
Gas
Fuel Oil

Total

236,944,182
22,142,355
214,868

259,301,405

-2% 241,815,670 251,225,719 279,189,910 303,551,007
36,725,630
8% 20,490,148
217,368
242,130

30,989,326
152,322

30,185,349
246,555

-11%

-1% 262,547,948 282,367,367 309,621,814 340,494,005

Intensity (MWh/1,000 sqft)

13.02

-3.6%

13.50

13.44

14.67

16.30

Carbon Emissions
This section of the report details the GHG emissions from the activities of the Group for the period 1 May 2019 to 30 April 
2020, as required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 (‘the 2013 
Regulations’). The emissions have been calculated using the GHG Protocol methodology.

The GHG emissions for our business for the reporting period 1 May 2019 to 30 April 2020, are as follows:

Emissions on location basis:2

Category

Emissions from combustion of 
fuel (2,7)
Emissions from the operation of 
facilities (5)
Emissions from purchase of 
electricity (3,4)

Total:

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2019/20

Change 
(%)

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2018/19

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2017/18

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2016/17

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2015/16

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2014/15

21,334

-3%

21,943

23,178

21,698

20,614

19,760

874

-59%

2,147

2,525

2,399

2,797

3,661

51,120

73,329

-16%

-13%

60,659

84,748

67,795

93,498

88,496

112,593

109,534

132,945

127,607

151,028

(1) Table aligned to previous reporting under the Carbon Reduction Commitment (CRC) Energy Efficiency Scheme.

(2)  A location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of grids on which energy consumption occurs and a market-based method reflects emissions from 

electricity that companies have selected.

45

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
 
Stakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

Emissions on market basis:

Category

Emissions from combustion of 
fuel (2,7)
Emissions from the operation of 
any facility (5)
Emissions from purchase of 
electricity (3,4)

Total:

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2019/20

Change 
(%)

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2018/19

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2017/18

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2016/17

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2015/16

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted 
2014/15

21,334

-3%

21,943

23,178

21,698

20,614

19,760

874

-59%

2,147

2,525

2,399

2,797

3,661

18,228

40,436

-50%

-33%

36,495

60,584

82,294

107,997

121,995

146,092

146,531

169,942

161,965

185,386

Intensity measures
The emissions per unit area of occupied space are as follows:

Emissions on location basis:

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area (1) 
2019/20

3.50
6.33

3.68

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area (1) 
2019/20

2.12
0.69

2.03

Change 
(%)

-16%
-16%

-16%

Change 
(%)

-35%
-3%

-35%

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2018/19

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2017/18

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2016/17

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2015/16

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2014/15

4.15
7.53

4.36

4.07
9.90

4.45

4.81
11.27

5.33

5.76
13.75

6.36

5.73
17.41

n/a

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2018/19

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2017/18

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2016/17

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2015/16

Tonnes of CO2e 
emitted per 
1,000 ft2 
of floor 
area 
2014/15

3.28
0.71

3.12

4.87
8.94

5.14

6.33
13.56

6.92

n/a
n/a

8.14

n/a
n/a

8.14

Division

Dixons Retail
Carphone Warehouse

Group total

Emissions on market basis:

Division

Dixons Retail
Carphone Warehouse

Group total

Notes:

(1)  Overall floor area of the Group business is estimated to be 19,913,017 ft2. This is split between the Dixons Retail business which is estimated to be 18,652,483 ft2 

and the overall floor area of the Carphone Warehouse business, which is estimated to be 1,260,534 ft2.

(2)  ‘Emissions from combustion of fuel’, includes a proportion of private cars being used for business travel, which would be classified as Scope 3, in keeping with 

previous years.

(3)  The electricity consumption figure includes Scope 2 generation emissions but not Scope 3 transmission and distribution losses.

(4)  Electricity and gas usage is based on supplier bills. Manual gap filling was conducted for a small proportion of suppliers in the UK and Ireland, using an average of 
the consumption year to date. This is because this report was due before some electricity and gas bills had been provided by the suppliers. This report does not 
include electricity consumption through suppliers where the landlord procures the energy; which represents only 1% of total energy consumption.

(5)  Refrigerant data processing methodology and exclusions:

(a)  Where refrigerant top-ups are reported, we assume this covers all leakage across the area of the estate under that contractor’s responsibility, so have not 

estimated leakage from other units where no top-ups were carried out.

(b)  In previous years, some refrigerant charges for new installations were reported as leakage. This practice was stopped for 2016/17 onwards, which accounts for 

most of the reduction in leakage compared to 2015/16. 

(c)  In 2019/20 a small percentage of emissions related to top-ups has been estimated.

46

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report   
   
   
Energy and Carbon Emissions by Region
This year we have stated our carbon emissions by UK and Offshore and Global (excluding UK and Offshore), in accordance 
with the requirements of the Streamlined and Energy and Carbon Reporting Regulations. A summary of energy projects is 
summarised earlier in this report.

Energy and Emissions on location basis:

Tonnes of CO2e emmitted 2019/20
Tonnes of CO2e emitted 2019/20 per 1,000 ft2 of floor area 2019/20
Total energy consumption (kWh) – 2019/20
Energy intensity kWh per 1,000 ft2 of floor area 2019/20

UK and 
Offshore(6)

Global (excluding 
UK and Offshore)

55,430
4.68

17,899
2.22
214,937,409 115,625,542
13,711

18,723

(6)  The calculations use the guidance set out in Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting Guidance (ref. PB 13944), 

issued in March 2019.

(7) Estimation has been applied in April 2020 due to Covid-19 lockdown impact.

Commercial Waste
In October 2019 we consolidated our service provider for waste bins and hazardous services across our UK sites, resulting 
in a more cost effective and efficient operation.

Recyclables from our UK stores are backhauled to our national recycling facility in Newark. From there, consistent grades 
of cardboard, plastic and expanded polystyrene are channelled through our Customer Service Centre depots to our 
recycling partners, minimising transportation and ensuring the best return for our material. In 2019, our UK operation 
generated 5% less waste than in 2018. Of the 14,478 tonnes collected, 88.6% was diverted for recycling or energy 
recovery, an increase from 86.3% in 2018.

We have a target for Zero Waste to Landfill in the UK & Ireland of 95% by 2022 and 100% by 2024.

Increase Waste Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) recycling
Throughout our channels, we encourage everyone to bring old or unwanted technology into our stores to be recycled or 
reused - whether they bought it from us or not. We will also collect our customers’ unwanted electrical equipment, small 
electrical appliances and batteries for recycling when we deliver their amazing new technology.

Our award-winning waste management programme continues to evolve, with 103,096 tonnes of waste electrics collected 
across our Group, preventing 115,262 tonnes of CO2 from being released into our atmosphere.

WEEE collected in Tonnes

UK&I
Nordics
Greece

2019

67,421
28,782
6,894

2018

61,222
26,573
2,590

+/-

CO2 saved

6,199
2,209
4,304

75,377
32,177
7,707

We train store colleagues to tell customers about our collection and recycling service and prompt online customers with 
the option of having their old appliance collected for recycling for a small fee. In addition, we provide a free in-store take 
back for all electronics and were the first UK retailer to offer a free small WEEE collection service as part of an existing 
home delivery service. We also operate several schemes to help colleagues easily recycle WEEE.

Small initiative making a big difference
In its first full year, the volume of small waste electricals we collected was up 215% compared to when it began in 2018 
and in May 2019, this service was recognised with an Excellence in Recycling and Waste Management Award. It was 
also shortlisted for MRW’s (Materials Recycling World) National Recycling Award, a Business Green Leaders Awards 
and a Retail Week Award.

47

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
Stakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

50.4% of all major domestic WEEE collected by UK retailers in 2019 was collected by us - making the Group the biggest 
recycler of waste electricals in UK Retail. We recycled 336,065 fridges in the UK in 2019 - the equivalent of taking 112,021 
cars off the road in Co2 emissions and we collected and refurbished 421,520 phones in the UK in 2019/20.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 4): Quality Education

In September 2019, we partnered with one of the world’s leading metal recyclers, EMR, to launch 
an e-waste and metals recycling initiative in UK schools. Recyclabots is a free schools education 
programme aimed at Key Stage 2 to help pupils learn about metals and recycling. It teaches children 
about recycling, why it is necessary and how it benefits the planet, while rewarding schools for 
recycling old technology and metal waste through the programme and Currys PC World stores.

Hazardous WEEE Waste is disposed of through our Authorised, Approved Treatment Facilities (AATFs) in line with 
legislation. In line with legislation, any plastics that may contain Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPS) such as Bromine, are 
sent for incineration.

Recycling in Greece
We make it easy for customers in our Kotsovolos stores to recycle by providing in-store receptacles for small electricals, 
ink cartridges and batteries. We offer to collect large WEEE from customers’ homes during the delivery of new technology 
and are committed to taking WEEE away for recycling whenever we replace a faulty item. For 2019/20, Kotsovolos 
collected and recycled 161,480 appliances, compared to 121,383 last year.

Reuse
We partner with the Reuse Network, who support over 150 charities across the UK, helping them alleviate poverty, reduce 
waste and tackle climate change. In 2019 this partnership helped 10,376 low income households save an estimated 
£1,945,500 and 1,100 tonnes of CO2.

Second Home is Kotsovolos’ largest charitable initiative and involves collecting home appliances that would normally be 
disposed of and finding them a ‘second home’ with low income families. Kotsovolos collects, checks, cleans and carries 
out any necessary repairs before redistribution. In 2019, eight Greek cities competed in a challenge to collect the most 
appliances for Second Home. This resulted in a 30% increase in demand for this service. Over 1,500 appliances have been 
rehomed since the Second Home initiative began in 2017.

Transporting technology cleanly and efficiently
We are committed to reducing carbon emissions and transitioning to 100% EVs or alternative fuel on light duty vehicles 
(<3.5t) and 50% of medium duty (3.5t -7.5t) by 2030, subject to progress in the development of a nationwide charging 
infrastructure, advances in vehicle charging technology and help from manufacturers in understanding and preparedness 
to transition.

In addition, we have signed up to the Freight Transport Association’s ‘Van Policy’ Working Group, which will enable us to 
have an influence in future planning for a sustainable and affordable electric vehicle solution. 

48

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportEVERYONE

WE ARE A COMPANY FOR EVERYONE AND ARE ACCESSIBLE – 
WHATEVER A COLLEAGUE, CUSTOMER OR OTHER STAKEHOLDER 
NEEDS

In 2019/20 we continued our focus on fuel efficiency, working with our driver assessors to improve driving techniques, 
increase mpg, reduce the risk of accidents and keep our colleagues safe. We also commenced work with our insurers to 
support the implementation of ISO50001 and are developing a Driver Risk Management Framework as part of our policies.

Britain’s Healthiest Workplace 2019
We entered this national survey, sponsored by the Financial Times and Vitality Health for the fourth consecutive year. 
During summer 2019, approximately 902 (+302 year on year) colleagues in the UK completed a comprehensive survey 
personal to their health and wellbeing at work. The resulting independent report and recommendations continue to help us 
identify and mitigate health risks and further support colleague wellbeing.

According to our 2019 report, colleagues spent an average of 21% of working hours with ill-health related absence or 
presenteeism in the week prior to the survey, compared to 16.5% for our sector average.

While these figures provide an indication, we recognise the need to increase our 3% sample size for more accurate results. 
We therefore set a participation target of 30% for 2020.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 3): Good Health and 
Wellbeing
In July, we activated our headline sponsorship of the multi award-winning Dixons Carphone Race to 
the Stones for the 6th consecutive year.

Our Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, Nigel Paterson and our Director of Strategy & 
Corporate Affairs, Assad Malic, were two of 111 colleagues and over 3,030 participants from over 30 

countries, who chose to run, trek or walk 100km along the ancient Ridgeway to Avebury Stone Circle.

This two-day event, which also enjoyed a 50:50 gender split, raised over £475,000 for 57 charities, including £45,000 
by colleagues, for Sport Relief and causes personal to them. Since 2014, the Dixons Carphone Race to the Stones has 
raised over £2.32 million for good causes.

Dixons Carphone Step to the Stones
Over a two-week period in June 2019, 1,084 colleagues from across the UK, Ireland, Greece, Nordics, Czech Republic, 
Hong Kong and Portugal took a collective 98,086,061 steps to ‘virtually’ take part in the Dixons Carphone Race to the 
Stones.

An interactive ‘Step Challenge’ platform provided participating colleagues with a fun and engaging way to improve their 
fitness, win prizes and engage towards a common goal with colleagues across our Group.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 9): Industry, Innovation and 
Infrastructure
In 2019/20 we tendered for a new fleet for our White Goods Repair Engineers. As part of the 
procurement process, key colleagues were consulted on their specific requirements, including 
Operational Management teams and members of the Customer Service Centre Staff Association.

286 new Ford Transit vans fitted with ‘in-cab’ driver alert technology to help improve fuel efficiency and reduce CO2 will 
be delivered in the second half of 2020/21.

For 2020/21 we are setting mpg targets for each driver and each fleet, leading to targets for each CSC and our overall 
network. This will translate to an improvement year on year and allow for tracking the reduction in our CO2 emissions to 
support our commitment to a 100% electric or alternative fuel fleet by 2030.

49

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportStakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

ENJOY

COLLABORATING WITH MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS TO 
GIVE CUSTOMERS PEACE OF MIND

We fully support the Modern Slavery Act’s requirements to manage risk and prevent modern slavery in our business at 
every level and in 2019/20, increased our efforts to help eradicate this issue through initiatives to mitigate risk and identify 
areas in need of more focus. Our Modern Slavery Statement is available on www.dixonscarphone.com

We are committed to giving customers peace of mind that the amazing technology they buy from us is sourced 
responsibly, from a supply chain free from forced labour and exploitation.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 12): Responsible 
Consumption and Production
Our Standards for Responsible Sourcing provide clear guidelines on the high standards and common 
values we expect from our suppliers to ensure the products we sell are safe, ethical and produced and 
transported in a way that is not harmful to our environment.

These Standards set out minimum requirements across human rights, labour, environment, anti-corruption, integrity, 
business ethics, data security and social impact, which apply in addition to compliance with all relevant national and 
international legislation.

A dedicated Responsible Sourcing team assists colleagues making purchasing decisions, ensuring our standards are 
upheld and considered alongside traditional drivers such as price, product features and stock availability. This process 
is helping us to grow our product range from ethically and responsibly aware supply chains and safeguard against risk.

Ethical audits on our own label and licenced brand suppliers are well-established and all suppliers receive our Modern 
Slavery Policy, which sets out the actions to take if a case of modern slavery is discovered or suspected.

In January 2020, we submitted our first biennial report to the Ethical Trade Initiative (ETI) Board and were accepted as full 
members. We did this a year earlier than required in order to validate our work to date and test our roadmap for the future.

Membership of the ETI drives continuous improvement, through the sharing of best practice and collaboration. Our 
Standards for Responsible Sourcing ask suppliers and their supply chains to work towards full compliance with the ETI 
Base Code.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 8): Decent Work and 
Economic Growth
The Bright Future employment programme provides survivors of modern slavery with a pathway to 
paid employment and reintegration into society. We employed our first candidate in 2018/19 and have 
since given opportunities to several more individuals in 2019/20. To date more than 200 victims of 
modern slavery in the UK have been helped and the programme has continued to grow. We have been 

part of a steering committee and join as founding members of the co-operative making Bright Future an independent 
organisation. Survivors will join the newly created board, helping to run the co-operative and make sure the focus 
remains victim centric.

We are also founding members of Slave Free Alliance, which is a best practice membership scheme run by the modern 
slavery charity, Hope for Justice, leveraging their experience to review our recruitment practices within our distribution 
network in the UK, with further assessments of our waste and recycling network and Nordic distribution centre planned. 
Membership also gives us the opportunity to discuss common issues with other global companies across a variety of 
business sectors.

With the majority of our suppliers based across Asia and Europe, our OEM operation is based in Hong Kong and sources 
product types sold in our stores under our own or licenced brand names.

50

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportAuditing and risk assessments are a governing part of our supplier selection process and ongoing relationships. OEM 
suppliers must comply with our rigorous terms and operational procedures, implementing and enforcing effective systems 
and controls to meet our minimum standards in respect of health and safety, wages, working hours, equal opportunities, 
freedom of association, collective bargaining and disciplinary procedures. Employing forced or child labour is strictly 
against our terms of operation.

Compliance is assessed and monitored by our team of auditors. If issues are identified, we will work with the supplier on 
a corrective action plan. Where there are amber or red audit results, suppliers are required to submit a corrective action 
plan within 14 days and a follow-up audit will be arranged to ensure effective implementation. There are various criteria that 
would lead to a supplier being given a red audit – examples include the presence of child labour, having excessive working 
hours or operating a building with dormitory, warehouse and production facility in the same building. If it is impossible 
for the supplier to improve their performance or we do not see positive results, they will not be approved, or they will be 
delisted.

During the year under review, two of the factories were delisted after failing to make the required improvements. 

The results of ethical supply chain audits carried out during the period under review are in the table below:

Audit status

Performance indicators 2019/20

Green

13

Amber

63

Red

11

Total

87

Delisted / not approved

2

Health and Safety Policy
Keeping colleagues safe is our number one priority. The commitment to meet our obligations for health, safety and welfare 
is clearly set out in the company’s Health & Safety Policy, which is reviewed and approved by the Board each year (most 
recently in June 2020) and signed by our Group Chief Executive.

Managing Health and Safety Risks
The development of our Health and Safety Management System continues with the creation of framework documents 
detailing how we manage significant risks to colleagues, contractors, customers and visitors. Regular internal inspections 
in our retail stores and audits across our supply chain, contact centre and corporate offices are undertaken to verify 
compliance.

Continual improvement is important to us and measured through impressive improvements in gap analysis scores within 
retail stores, customer contact centres and offices, customer service and regional distribution centres, Newark campus 
and Acton Head Office.

Over the past 12 months we focussed on colleague training, including e-learning on subjects ranging from health and 
safety, anti-bribery and information security and data protection. E-learning Display Screen Equipment (DSE) training and 
work-station assessments have also been introduced and completed by over 1,250 colleagues.

Face-to-face training was provided on topics including first aid, fire marshalling and material handling equipment as well as 
refresher training to maintain core competency in these areas.

There has been a reduction in the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR) 
accidents over the last three years. As we strive to make our workplaces as safe as possible, we are introducing a 
balanced scorecard to measure and monitor lead as well as lag measures.

As well as tracking lag measures such as RIDDOR accidents, we will also focus on lead measures such as near miss and 
hazard reporting, safety interventions, workplace inspections and training completion rates. For 2020/21 SMART Health 
and Safety objectives will be set for all managers and incorporated in their annual performance targets to ensure colleague 
engagement with our wider Health and Safety.

In 2019 our Retail Health and Safety Team was once again awarded a Gold RoSPA award for best practice in the 
prevention of accidents.

Road safety
Our Operations Procedures document covers the safety of drivers working in and around vehicles, including the safe use 
of tail lifts. It is regularly updated by our Fleet Compliance team, which works with our Health and Safety teams to keep 
drivers and management teams up to date with policies and procedures in relation to climate-related risks such as extreme 
weather conditions of snow, ice, high winds and heavy rain.

Regular briefs and mail drops remind drivers to carry out daily vehicle checks, inspect essential equipment and assess 
potential risks.

The teams also work together to investigate any vehicle accidents occurring onsite at Customer Service Centres, resolving 
issues and recommending changes to improve workplace transport management.

51

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report 
 
Stakeholders 
and Sustainable Business continued

AMAZING TECHNOLOGY

WE USE AMAZING TECHNOLOGY FOR GOOD

We are committed to being a responsible member of every community we do business in, using our time, expertise and 
amazing technology for good. Using technology as an enabler, we support causes that contribute to helping everyone, who 
might otherwise be excluded, enjoy a better life and encourage and empower all colleagues to ‘do the right thing’ and help 
make a positive difference.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 11): Sustainable Cities and 
Communities
Our annual Chair of the Board’s Shield colleague award recognises outstanding team performance 
and community engagement. Teams are nominated through our leadership structure and are subject 
to a rigorous judging process, culminating in visits from our Group Chief Executive, Alex Baldock and 
Chair of the Board, Ian Livingston. Our Stores of the Year must demonstrate a positive contribution 
to their local community through initiatives such as volunteering or fundraising, and the winners are celebrated in our 
annual colleague conference.

Supporting a common charitable cause – Age UK (registered charity number 1128267)

Age UK, the leading charity for older people in the UK, was selected as our lead charity partner following a colleague vote. 
The Social Purpose Strategy included a desire to unite our UK business with a common charitable cause and Age UK was 
the clear winner, receiving almost two thirds of the 1,300 colleague votes.

The Group exists to help everyone benefit from amazing technology and Age UK gives friendship, advice and practical 
support to older people and their families when they need it most.

Over the next two years, we plan to maximise our combined nationwide presence and resources to help combat loneliness, 
improve mental health and support independence and community participation for older people.

Together, we aim to deliver digital support to thousands of people over the age of 70, equipping them with essential 
technology skills, strengthening their connections with friends and family and helping them to make the most of the 
benefits and enjoy being online.

Age UK emergency response
During Covid-19 the vital role of technology as a way of helping older people stay connected with loved ones, up to date 
with health-related information and as a source of comfort became clear.

After consultation with Age UK, we sent 100 laptops, mobile phones, SIM cards and headsets with an approximate 
donation value of £37,000 to Age UK’s Silver Line helpline, so their teams could maintain their vital telephone support from 
the safety of their own homes.

This was followed with an ambitious project to get £62,000 worth of tablet technology into the hands of 500 older people 
most in need, identified through Age UK’s weekly ‘Friendship Calls’. With the possibility of many older people using this 
technology to get online for the first time, we had to make sure the tablets could simply be switched on and ready to use.

Further support for older people
Our mobile network, iD Mobile, offered all existing customers aged 70 and over free and unlimited minutes for the 12-week 
isolation period advised by Government during the pandemic.

As part of the BBC’s Make a Difference campaign, we collaborated with other retailers and manufacturers and loneliness 
charity ‘Wavelength’ to provide thousands of free DAB radios to vulnerable people aged over 70, as part of an initiative 
championed by BBC Local Radio.

NHS Support (UK)
We continue to use our size, scale and expertise to support our NHS including providing NHS workers with our Gift and 
eGift cards to facilitate the affordable purchase of the technology we sell, over an extended period of time through their 
employee benefits platforms. Our B2B business continues to support NHS Trusts, sourcing items such as phones, tablets 
and webcams at reduced cost, prioritising delivery and ensuring patients have a critical lifeline to loved ones.

‘Pennies’ (registered charity number 1122489)
Working with the award winning fintech charity, Pennies, we rolled out their ‘digital charity box’ in Carphone Warehouse 
stores in June 2018. Pennies offers customers the chance to make a 25p charitable donation when they pay by card 
or digital wallet. In 2019/20 our customers raised £52,549.88 for Heads Together and £7,539.30 for the World Wildlife 
Federation (registered charity no. 1081247) Emergency Appeal in response to the Australia Bush Fires, through a total of 

52

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic Report267,063 in-store customer donations. Pennies receives 10% of all donations which supports their ongoing charitable aims, 
including the protection of growth and micro-donations to raise vital funds for the UK charity sector.

The Mix (registered charity number 1048995)
The Group has a long history of support for The Mix, which can be traced back to 1999 through Carphone Warehouse 
and its partnership with the confidential helpline for young people, Get Connected. Just as the Group matches customers 
with the best equipment and services for their needs, The Mix supports the physical and mental wellbeing of young people 
under 25 by connecting them to information, peers and experts, whatever their issue, through the technology of their 
choice. The Mix does this via a free, confidential support service, available 24/7, 365 days a year, via phone, text, web, 
social media and counselling. Our support has been instrumental to its success, growing the charity from reaching a few 
thousand young people to helping over 2.5 million young people last year. Over the past 21 years, we have raised millions 
of pounds and provided Gift in Kind support, from professional services through to office and Helpline accommodation, 
which equated to the value of £351,000 in 2019/20. Our partnership with The Mix came to an official end in June 2020. We 
continue to support their work, advocating their mental health services to colleagues and customers.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goal (SDG 2): Zero Hunger

We continued our partnership with Grundig to donate £200,000 worth of appliances to local food 
related charities nominated by our store colleagues. This supplier collaboration supports Grundig’s 
Respect Food initiative and the United Nation’s Sustainability Goal for Zero Hunger. Hundreds of 
brand-new cooking, laundry, refrigeration or dishwashing appliances are being donated until 2020, 
with 191 units to the value of £94,000 donated to local community causes across the UK since its 

launch in September 2018.

International charity support
The Elkjøp Foundation was established to help address the issue of digital exclusion in the Nordics. This Foundation is 
funded by company donations, carrier bag sales and colleague fundraising; it supports a variety of causes across four 
countries. During 2019/20, it’s support included the following:

Norway – worked with the Norwegian Association of the Blind, to provide education programmes with handsets and tablets 
for the visually impaired. We also helped older people develop their digital skills through Senior Net’s Digital Support 
Person programme as well as donating a range of technology to several associations nursing homes, youth clubs, local 
municipalities and local branches of Norwegian Volunteer Central.

 Finland – joined a partnership donating laptops to facilitate technology home loans enabling those without access of their 
own to learn digital skills.

 Denmark – we donated technology to charitable causes including two women’s crisis centres, a socio-economic housing 
project, a shelter for the homeless, a senior’s Club, a centre for socially challenged children, a home for young people with 
disabilities and the Children’s Department at the Hospital of Skejby.

 Sweden – 17 out of 32 stores were granted funding totalling 200,000 SEK. Benefitting projects ranged from digital training 
for older people, to equipping a children’s hospital with technology. In October 2019, Elgiganten celebrated 25 years in 
Sweden and to mark the occasion donated 100,000 SEK to Maskrosbarn, towards the development of a digital platform to 
support children in need.

Greece
Kotsovolos focussed on supporting children, the elderly, people with disabilities and the environment during 2019/20.

Support for schools included the donation of 166 printers reclaimed from stores under renovation. In partnership with 
ELEPAP Kotsovolos, gift packaging was designed for selected products, with a percentage of sales from the 17,112 items 
sold, contributing towards the care and treatment of children with disabilities. We also gave support to low income families 
through the Second Home initiative, raised €10,000 for Make a Wish and launched a nationwide competition for a proposal 
to help people with disabilities lead a better day to day life through technology. Of the 140 participations there were three 
winners receiving €13,000 in prizes and two scholarships.

Approval of Strategic Report

This Strategic Report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Alex Baldock
Group Chief Executive
14 July 2020

53

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Strategic ReportBoard of Directors
Biographies

Lord Livingston of Parkhead
Chair of the Board  N
Appointed: December 2015 (as Deputy Chair 
and Non-Executive Director), April 2017 (as 
Chair of the Board and Chair of the Nominations 
Committee)

Current external roles: Member of the House of 
Lords and a trustee of Jewish Care.

Experience: Ian was Chairman of Man Group plc 
from 2016 to 2019, Minister of State for Trade and 
Investment from 2013 to 2015 and chief executive 
officer at BT Group plc from 2008 to 2013. Prior to 
that he was chief executive officer, BT Retail and 
group chief financial officer of BT. He was group 
finance director of Dixons Group plc between 
1996 and 2002, having served in a number of roles 
over more than a decade with the company. Ian 
has previously served as a non-executive director 
on the boards of a number of public companies.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Ian is a 
chartered accountant with over twenty years of 
board level experience. He provides extensive 
knowledge and understanding of successfully 
growing a complex international business. He 
has a strong track record of delivering innovative 
leadership that is invaluable to the Company.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Alex Baldock
Group Chief Executive  D
Appointed: April 2018

Experience: Alex was group chief executive of 
Shop Direct from 2012 to early 2018. Prior to that, 
Alex was managing director of Lombard (a division 
of Royal Bank of Scotland), and was commercial 
director and corporate director at Barclays Bank. 
His earlier career included consultancy roles with 
Bain & Company and Kalchas.
Skills and contribution to the Board: Alex has 
an outstanding track record in leading large, 
complex consumer-facing businesses. He led 
Shop Direct through one of UK Retail’s fastest, 
most far-reaching and most successful digital 
transformations, delivering five consecutive years 
of record financial performance, with strongly 
rising sales and an almost tenfold increase 
in profits. Before that, he led the successful 
transformation of Lombard. Alex is particularly 
valued for his strategic clarity, relentless execution 
and his ability to inspire individuals around him.
Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13 

Board skills and experience

Tony DeNunzio CBE
Deputy Chair and  
Senior Independent Director  N   R
Appointed: December 2015 (as Senior 
Independent Director), April 2017 (as Deputy 
Chair and Senior Independent Director and Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee)

Current external roles: Tony is senior adviser at 
Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co L.P., a non-
executive director of PrimaPrix SL and Chairman 
of the British Retail Consortium.

Experience: Tony was non-executive chairman 
of Pets at Home Group Plc from 2014 to May 
2020 and president and chief executive officer 
of Asda / Walmart UK from 2002 to 2005, having 
previously served as chief financial officer of Asda 
PLC. He started his career in the fast-moving 
consumer goods sector with financial positions in 
Unilever PLC, L’Oréal and PepsiCo, Inc. He was 
also previously non-executive director of Alliance 
Boots GmbH, chairman of Maxeda Retail Group 
BV, and deputy chairman and senior independent 
director of MFI Furniture Group plc (now Howden 
Joinery Group Plc). He has also been chairman 
of the advisory board of Manchester Business 
School and was awarded a CBE for services to 
retail in 2005.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Tony has 
extensive experience in the European retail and 
consumer goods sectors in finance, CEO and 
chairman roles.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 out of 13

Jonny Mason
Group Chief Financial Officer  D

Appointed: August 2018

Experience: Jonny was chief financial officer of 
Halfords plc from 2015 and was interim chief 
executive officer between September 2017 and 
January 2018. Prior to that, Jonny was chief 
financial officer of Scandi Standard AB, chief 
financial officer at Odeon and UCI Cinemas and 
finance director of Sainsbury’s Supermarkets. His 
early career included finance roles with Shell and 
Hanson plc.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Jonny has an 
extensive track record as chief financial officer in 
diverse businesses and his business experience 
in Scandinavia is particularly valued by the Board.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Number of Board members
0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

0

1

2

3

Strategy (development and implementation)

General retailing experience

Accounting, finance and audit

Corporate transactions

International

Risk management

54

Regulatory

Marketing / advertising

Governance

IT and technology

Consumer Financial Services

Online retailing experience

Human Resources Management

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Corporate GovernanceAndrea Gisle Joosen
Independent Non-Executive Director  N   R
Appointed: 6 August 2014 (following the merger 
of Dixons Retail with Carphone Warehouse having 
served on the Dixons Retail board since March 
2013)

Current external roles: Andrea is currently a non-
executive director of ICA Gruppen AB, James 
Hardie Industries plc and BillerudKorsnäs AB.

Experience: Andrea was chair of Teknikmagasinet 
AB, non-executive director of Lighthouse 
Group, chief executive of Boxer TV Access AB in 
Sweden and managing director (Nordic region) of 
Panasonic, Chantelle AB and Twentieth Century 
Fox. Her early career involved several senior 
marketing roles with Procter & Gamble and 
Johnson & Johnson.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Andrea has 
extensive international business experience in 
a variety of sectors including marketing, brand 
management, business development and 
consumer electronics.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Nigel Paterson
General Counsel and  
Company Secretary  D
Appointed: April 2015

Experience: Nigel held several senior legal roles 
at BT Group plc including general counsel of 
BT consumer, head of competition & regulatory 
law, and vice president and chief counsel for 
UK and major transactions. Prior to BT, Nigel 
was engaged as legal counsel at ExxonMobil 
International Limited. He trained and qualified as a 
solicitor with Linklaters.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Nigel is a 
solicitor and has a strong background in UK and 
international telecommunications.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Gerry Murphy
Independent Non-Executive Director 
A   R
Appointed: April 2014

Current external roles: Gerry is a non-executive 
board member of the Department of Health and 
Social Care.

Experience: Gerry was a non-executive director 
of Capital & Counties Properties PLC from 
2015 to 2018 and senior independent director 
from 2018 to 2020. Gerry is a former Deloitte 
LLP partner and was leader of its Professional 
Practices Group with direct industry experience 
in consumer business, retail and technology, 
media and telecommunications. He was a 
member of the Deloitte board and chairman of its 
audit committee for a number of years and also 
chairman of the Audit & Assurance Faculty of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Gerry 
has extensive audit and finance experience in 
consumer business, retail and technology and 
media and communications sectors.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Key

A   Audit Committee
D   Disclosure Committee
N   Nominations Committee
R   Remuneration Committee

Eileen Burbidge MBE
Independent Non-Executive Director  A
Appointed: January 2019

Current external roles: Eileen is the HM Treasury 
Special Envoy for Fintech and Tech Ambassador 
for the Mayor of London’s office. Eileen co-
founded Passion Capital in 2011 where she is a 
partner and represents as non-executive/investor 
director at Monzo Bank along with several other 
Passion Capital portfolio companies.

Experience: Eileen has a university degree in 
computer science and since a career start in 
telecoms at Verizon Wireless, she has held various 
roles at Apple, Sun Microsystems, Openwave, 
PalmSource, Skype and Yahoo!. Eileen was 
previously a member of the Prime Minister’s 
Business Advisory Group.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Eileen 
has a strong technology background and 
is a leader in the development of the UK’s 
increasingly renowned fintech industry. Eileen 
brings a constructive, challenging and balanced 
perspective to the Board, with a real focus on 
technology innovation, value creation and an 
informed perspective on the digital consumer.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Fiona McBain
Independent Non-Executive Director  A
Appointed: 1 March 2017 (as a Non-Executive 
Director), September 2018 (as Chair of the Audit 
Committee)

Current external roles: Fiona is currently chair of 
Scottish Mortgage Investment Trust PLC and a 
non-executive director of Direct Line Insurance 
Group plc and Monzo Bank Limited.

Experience: Fiona was chief executive officer of 
Scottish Friendly Group until December 2016, 
having joined the company in 1998. She was 
previously engaged in the finance functions at 
Prudential plc and Scottish Amicable. She qualified 
as a chartered accountant with Arthur Young 
(now EY) in London, working across a number of 
industry sectors in the UK and then in the US.

Skills and contribution to the Board: Fiona has an 
outstanding record of business leadership and 
has over 30 years’ experience in retail financial 
services, in the industry and as an auditor.

Board meeting attendance 2019/20: 13 of 13

Board composition

Board members 
by gender

Balance of 
the Board

Non-Executive 
Directors’ Tenure

Male: 5

Female: 3

Executive: 2

Non-Executive: 6

0–3 years: 1

3–6 years: 4 

over 6 years: 1 

55

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Corporate GovernanceCorporate 

Governance

Report

Corporate Governance
Report 

Corporate Governance Report 

Chair of the Board’s Q&A
Q What is the Board’s approach to Corporate 
Governance?
This Corporate Governance report describes the 
governance framework that we have in place to ensure 
that the Board is operating effectively and supporting and 
challenging management to maintain high standards of 
corporate governance across the Group. I believe that 
robust corporate governance is the foundation to ensuring 
the long-term sustainable success of a business and 
helps us deliver the right outcomes for our shareholders, 
our customers, our colleagues, our suppliers and our 
communities. 

The Board is fully compliant with all provisions of the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’). Each year 
the Board considers the Group’s key policies, the Matters 
Reserved for the decision of the Board, the structure and 
terms of reference for each of the Board committees and, 
the time commitment, external appointments and the 
duties of all directors including the Chair of the Board, the, 
Group Chief Executive and the Senior Independent Director 
to ensure that our governance framework is operating 
effectively. The Board carried out this review during the year 
and has concluded again that our governance framework 
is aligned with best practice and appropriate to meet 
the needs of the Group. We have included a section 172 
statement in our Strategic Report for this first time this year, 
and that includes a report of the key business decisions 
we have made in 2019/20 and how we have considered 
the implications for our stakeholders in making them. This 
focus has been particularly critical during 2019/20 given the 
important strategic decisions that the Board has needed to 
take and the extraordinary external circumstances that the 
business has been required to navigate through.

Q What were the Board priorities during 2019/20?
The main focus of the Board during the year has been the 
oversight and challenge of the delivery of the strategic 
priorities for the business. This included the January 2020 
decision to move part of our contact centre operations to 
be operated by a third party and the March 2020 decision 
to close standalone Carphone Warehouse stores in the 
UK and focus on selling mobile devices and connectivity 
through the shop-in-shops in Currys PC World stores and 
online. In addition, the Board has supported the executive 
team during the planning for Brexit and the response to 
the Covid-19 pandemic. A summary of all Board topics 
considered during the year is included in this report.

56

Q How was the Board performance evaluation completed 
during 2019/20?
A comprehensive external Board evaluation was carried 
out in 2018/19 and the findings from that process have 
been implemented. This year we have carried out an 
internal evaluation by way of a questionnaire supported 
by individual meetings with the Chair of the Board. I am 
pleased to report that the 2019/20 process concluded that 
the Board is operating effectively. The directors collaborate 
well together, all directors invest significant time and energy 
in their roles both at and between board meetings and there 
is robust challenge of management and performance. There 
was a significant number of ad hoc Board meetings and 
informal Board calls during this year to discuss key strategic 
decisions and respond to external events and all directors 
attended all of these sessions although several had to be 
arranged at short notice. More detail on the 2019/20 board 
effectiveness process has been included in this report.

Q How has the Board taken into account feedback from 
Colleagues during the year?
2019/20 is the first full year that the new colleague listening 
forums in the UK & Ireland and International businesses 
have been in place. These help us enhance and streamline 
our engagement with colleagues and the Board was pleased 
to receive an update during the year reporting that these 
forums are working well and generating useful information 
and feedback. More information on the outcomes of these 
forums is on page 34. Our Board is committed to promoting 
and embracing all forms of diversity and there have been 
detailed discussions during the year on the strategic plans 
and initiatives to accelerate diversity improvements across 
the Group. There is further information on measures to 
enhance diversity on page 41. This year the Board has 
continued to enjoy meeting many colleagues from all areas 
of the business. One Board meeting this year was held in 
Oslo to allow directors to spend a day visiting stores and 
meeting store colleagues. Another Board meeting was held 
at the Company’s training centre The Academy@FortDunlop 
in Birmingham to provide directors with an insight into the 
training programme that all new colleagues complete before 
starting work in our stores. Several directors have also been 
on individual visits to stores and other facilities such as our 
main distribution and repair centre in Newark.

Conclusion
The challenging external sales environment and the impacts 
of Brexit and the Covid-19 pandemic have presented 
significant hurdles for the Group to overcome. In spite 
of this, 2019/20 has been an important year and the 
Board and colleagues have successfully delivered strong 
progress with our business transformation. We are further 
along on our journey to deliver a more valuable business 
for our customers, colleagues, shareholders and other 
stakeholders.

Lord Livingston of Parkhead 
Chair of the Board 
14 July 2020

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20continued

The Board and Committees Structure 

Dixons Carphone Plc Board

Audit Committee 

Disclosure Committee 

Nominations Committee

Remuneration Committee

Executive Committee 

ESG Committee 

Main Operating Subsidiaries 

Risk & Regulatory Committee

Product Governance Committee

Corporate Governance statement
The Board confirms that throughout the year ended 
2 May 2020 and as at the date of this Annual Report and 
Accounts (‘ARA’), the Company has been fully compliant 
with the Code. A copy of the Code can be obtained from 
the Financial Reporting Council’s website, www.frc.org.uk. 
This report, together with the Directors’ Report on pages 68 
to 70 details how the principles and provisions have been 
applied.

Role of the Board
The Board is responsible for overall leadership and 
promoting the long-term sustainable success of the 
company, generating value for shareholders and 
contributing to wider society. The Board sets the Company 
strategy and oversees its implementation within a 
framework of efficient and effective controls that allow the 
key issues and risks facing the business to be assessed 
and managed. The Board considers the impact on, and 
the responsibility it has to, all the Company’s stakeholders 
as part of decision-making. The Board delegates clearly 
defined responsibilities to its committees and the terms 
of reference for these committees are available on the 
Company’s website at www.dixonscarphone.com/investors

Corporate Governance Framework
The Dixons Carphone plc Board is supported by four 
committees:

 – Audit Committee – oversees the financial reporting, 

internal controls and the relationship with the external 
auditor;

 – Disclosure Committee – oversees the procedures and 
controls for the identification and disclosure of price 
sensitive information;

 – Nominations Committee – oversees the composition of 

the Board and its committees and that a diverse pipeline 
is in place for succession planning; and

 – Remuneration Committee – oversees remuneration of 

the executive directors and senior management and the 
structure of remuneration for the workforce.

These committees are each comprised of directors of 
the Dixons Carphone plc Board with the exception of the 
General Counsel and Company Secretary who is a member 
of the Disclosure Committee.

The day to day management of the business is delegated 
to the Group Chief Executive who is responsible for leading 
the implementation of the strategy that has been approved 
by the Board. The Group Chief Executive is supported by an 
Executive Committee which consists of 10 senior leaders in 
the business and also by a wider Group Leadership Team 
of approximately 70 colleagues who support the Executive 
Committee in driving the management agenda. The 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Committee 
reports into the Executive Committee. The ESG Committee 
drives the sustainability, wellbeing and ethical impact 
initiatives in the Group including consideration of the 
impacts of climate change.

Dixons Carphone plc is the ultimate beneficial owner of 
the two main operating subsidiaries in the Group. The 
Risk and Regulatory Committee is a committee of the 
main operating subsidiary boards and monitors emerging 
risks and oversees the management of risks. The Product 
Governance Committee reports into the Risk and Regulatory 
Committee and oversees the development of, and any 
subsequent material changes to, regulated products.

Board composition and independence
At year end, the Board comprised eight members: the Chair 
of the Board, two executive directors and five non-executive 
directors, each of whom is determined by the Board to 
be independent in character and judgement and who 
provide effective challenge to the Board and the business. 
The Nominations Committee considers the criteria set 
out in the Code when considering independence, as well 
as contributions made during Board deliberations. These 
independent non-executive directors are Tony DeNunzio, 
Eileen Burbidge, Andrea Gisle Joosen, Fiona McBain and 
Gerry Murphy. More than half of the Board (excluding 
the Chair of the Board, Lord Livingston of Parkhead) is 
considered to be independent in accordance with the 
Code. Every year the Board, supported by the Nominations 
Committee, considers the collective skills, experience and 
the composition of the Board and assesses whether or not 
the Board membership enables the effective delivery of the 
Company’s strategy.

57

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20continued

Director responsibilities
In accordance with the Code, there is a clear division 
of responsibility between the Chair of the Board and 
the Group Chief Executive. Role descriptions are in 
place for the Chair of the Board, Group Chief Executive 
and Senior Independent Director and the Nominations 
Committee reviews and considers these on an annual 
basis and recommends any changes to the Board. The role 
descriptions were last approved by the Board in January 
2020 and are available on the Company’s website www.
dixonscarphone.com. The main responsibilities of the 
different components of the Board are set out below.

Chair of the Board’s responsibilities

 –

overall Board effectiveness and leadership;

 – Board culture, including the encouragement of openness 

and debate and constructive relations between the 
executive and non-executive directors;

the appropriate balance of skills, experience and 
knowledge on the Board;

oversight of the induction, development, performance 
evaluation, and succession planning of the Board;

 –

 –

 – promotion of diversity and equality of opportunity across 

the Group;

 –

representation of all stakeholders’ interests; and

 – promotion (with the support of the Company Secretary) 
of the highest standards of corporate governance.

Group Chief Executive’s responsibilities

 –

formulation and proposal of the Group strategy and 
delivery of the strategy approved by the Board;

 – delivery of Group financial performance;
 –

leadership of the Group and senior management 
including effective performance and succession 
planning;
representation of the Company to key stakeholders;
communication of Company culture and ensure 
operational practices drive appropriate behaviours;
communication to the Board of views of the workforce;
 –
 – promotion of diversity and equality of opportunity across 

 –
 –

the Group;
 –
identification of business development opportunities;
 – management of Group risk profile and ensuring internal 
controls and risk mitigation measures are in place;
ensuring compliant management of the Group’s 
business; and
oversight of the operational and support functions.

 –

 –

Corporate Governance   
Report continued

There have not been any changes to the composition of the 
Board during 2019/20. The Board, with the support of the 
Nominations Committee, considered the composition of the 
Board and its committees during the year. The Chair of the 
Board keeps Board composition under regular review and 
addressed this specifically with each director as part of the 
one to one meetings held during the Board effectiveness 
review process. Overall, the Board is satisfied that the 
current composition is appropriate given the needs of the 
business.

In accordance with the Code, all directors will stand for 
re-election at the Company’s Annual General Meeting 
(‘AGM’). Biographical information, committee membership 
and the Board meeting attendance of each of the directors 
is shown on pages 54 and 55.

Board diversity
The Board composition review takes account of all forms of 
diversity, including gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, 
cognitive and personal strengths. At year end, the Board 
had three female directors, one of whom is based outside 
the UK, one director that meets the ethnic minority criteria 
as set out in the Parker review and the majority of the 
directors have substantial international business experience. 
The review this year again concluded that the Board 
possessed the necessary personal attributes, skills and 
experience to discharge its duties fully and to challenge 
management effectively.

Time commitment
The Nominations Committee has considered the commitment 
shown by the non-executive directors to the Company and 
is satisfied that all directors devote appropriate time to their 
roles. There were a number of ad hoc Board meetings and 
additional informal update calls during 2019/20. These were 
convened due to the important strategic decisions that 
were made during the year and the challenging external 
circumstances created by the Covid-19 pandemic. All 
directors made themselves available to attend all these 
unscheduled calls and update calls including those that had 
to be arranged at short notice. The Nominations Committee 
considers the external appointments of each of the directors 
on at least an annual basis. It was concluded again for 
2019/20 that none of the directors had external commitments 
that would hinder their ability to devote sufficient time 
to discharging their Board role. Details of the directors’ 
attendance at the nine scheduled and four ad hoc Board 
meetings that took place during the year can be found on 
page 54 and 55.

58

HEAD_0 1st line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Senior Independent Director’s responsibilities

 –

 –

 –

 –

available to communicate with shareholders;

annual appraisal of the performance of the Chair of the 
Board;

oversight of an orderly succession for the position of 
Chair of the Board;

support the Chair of the Board in the performance of 
their duties; and

 – work with the Chair of the Board, other directors 

and shareholders to resolve significant issues and to 
maintain Board and Company stability in periods of 
stress.

Independent Non-Executive Director’s responsibilities

 – provision of an independent perspective;
 –
 –

ensuring constructive challenge of management;
considering the effectiveness of the implementation of 
the strategy within the risk appetite; and
contribution of diversity of experience and backgrounds 
to Board deliberations.

 –

General Counsel and Company Secretary’s 
responsibilities

 –

 –

 –

 –

trusted advisor to the Board on corporate governance 
matters;

support for the Chair of the Board and non-executive 
directors;

ensuring that the Board and committees have the 
appropriate type and quality of information they need to 
make sound business decisions; and

ensuring that the corporate governance framework and 
practices remain fit for purpose.

Board reserved matters
The formal schedule of matters reserved for the decision 
of the Board is considered on an annual basis. This 
was last considered in January 2020 and the directors 
agreed that the balance of matters reserved and matters 
delegated remain appropriate. The matters reserved for 
Board decision are available on the Company’s website 
www.dixonscarphone.com and these include:

 –

approval of published financial statements, dividend 
policy and other disclosures requiring Board approval;

 – declaration of interim and recommendation of final 

dividends;

 – approval of budget and Group strategy and objectives;

 – appointment and remuneration of directors, Company 

Secretary and other senior executives;

 – approval of major acquisitions and disposals;

 – approval of authority levels for expenditure;

 – approval of certain Group policies; and

 – approval of shareholder communications.

Board meetings and information
The Chair of the Board is responsible for ensuring that all 
directors are properly briefed on issues arising at Board 
meetings and that they have full and timely access to 
relevant information. A comprehensive rolling agenda 
is in place for the Board and each committee to ensure 
that all regular updates and approvals can be considered 
in sufficient detail whilst leaving appropriate space on 
meeting agendas for the consideration of current issues. 
The Company uses an electronic board paper system 
which enables the safe and secure dissemination of quality 
information to the Board. Paper templates and guidance 
are provided to ensure that directors are provided with the 
information they need to be able to discharge their duties. 
Formal minutes of the board and committee meetings are 
prepared by the General Counsel and Company Secretary, 
or their nominee, and are approved by the Board or 
committee at the next meeting.

The Chair of the Board maintains regular communications 
with the non-executive directors in between meetings. 
Time is provided before and after every Board meeting for 
the non-executive directors to meet without the executives 
present. Prior to the Covid-19 pandemic, Board dinners 
were held periodically on an evening prior to a Board 
meeting to provide the opportunity to discuss corporate 
strategy, business performance and other matters in an 
informal setting.

Board meetings are usually held at the Company’s head 
office and have been held by videoconference since the 
Covid-19 pandemic. The Board usually holds meetings 
at other Group locations from time to time. This enables 
directors to visit stores and operational centres throughout 
the portfolio and gain a deeper understanding of the 
business. During 2019/20 Board meetings were held in Oslo 
in October 2019 and at The Academy@FortDunlop training 
centre in Birmingham in January 2020. In Oslo, the Board 
met several store and management colleagues and received 
a detailed presentation on the Nordics business. The 
Academy@FortDunlop, the directors were given an overview 
of the training programme that all colleagues complete 
before starting work in stores.

59

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Corporate Governance   
Report continued

Board topics 2019/20

Each Board meeting follows a tailored 
agenda agreed in advance by the 
Chair of the Board, Group Chief 
Executive, Group Chief Financial 
Officer and the General Counsel and 
Company Secretary. Standing items 
at scheduled board meetings include: 

 – Group CEO reports on recent 
trading and strategic projects;

 – Group CFO reports on financial 
performance, transformation 
updates and Investor Relations 
updates;

 – Reports from Board Committee 

Chairs on the key discussion points 
at committee meetings and any 
recommendations made;

 – Legal, governance and regulatory 

updates; and

 – Reports from operating subsidiary 
board meetings of DSG Retail 
Limited and The Carphone 
Warehouse Limited.

The Board meetings agendas 
included the following additional 
topics during 2019/20:

Strategy and Company Performance
 – Future of the UK Mobile business 

proposals;

 – Deep dive session on credit;

 – Deep dive on Nordics strategy;

 – IT infrastructure and cyber security 

updates;

 – 5-year plan;

 – Strategy for enhancing customer 

contact centres;

 – New store design (Space Mix);

 – Updates and business response to 

Covid-19;

 – Re-consideration of strategic 
projects following Covid-19;

Financial updates
 – Q1 Trading Update, Interim 

Results, Peak Trading Update, 
Covid-19 Trading Updates;

 – Transformation updates;

 – Budget updates;

 – Dividend proposals;

People and Culture
 – Annual health and safety review;

 – Colleague Shareholder Scheme 

award;

 – Modern slavery update and 

statement;

 – 2019-21 people plan and priorities;

 – Updated Delegated Authority 

 – Company values update;

Policy;

 – Interest rate hedging;

 – Tax strategy;

 – Inclusion and diversity update;

 – Colleague engagement and 
colleague listening survey;

 – Company pension fund update;

 – People operations proposal;

 – Capital expenditure approvals;

 – Gender pay gap reporting;

Governance, legal, risk and 
regulatory
 – Litigation updates;

 – Annual corporate governance 

review;

Shareholders
 – Annual General Meeting 

documents;

 – Proxy agency and shareholder 

engagement plan and updates; and

 – Product recall procedure;

 – Investor Relations updates.

 – Board and Committee evaluation – 

proposal and results;

 – Annual review of conflicts;

 – Share Dealing Code and Disclosure 

Policy;

 – Insurance update;

 – Competition law update;

 – Regulator engagement Plan;

 – SMCR update;

 – Board Matters Reserved and 

Committee Terms of Reference;

The Board’s areas of focus in 2020/21 
are expected to include:
 – Reconsideration of strategic 

projects following the Covid-19 
pandemic;

 – Embedding of the Group’s 

purpose, values and culture;

 – Oversight of the next phase of the 

Group’s transformation;

 – financial and operational 

performance;

 – Review of principal risks, emerging 

 – Role Descriptions: CEO, Chair of 

risks and risk appetite;

the Board, SID;

 – Risk Appetite Statement;

 – Risk horizon scanning;

 – NED fee review;

 – Annual review of conflicts of 

interest;

 – Presentation from Deloitte on 

external corporate governance 
environment;

 – Regulatory compliance;

 – IT infrastructure and cyber security;

 – Succession planning for Board and 

senior management;

 – Diversity and inclusion;

 – Health and safety; and

 – Corporate social responsibility 

including climate change response.

60

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Board inductions and training
New directors appointed to the Board receive a personal induction programme, together with guidance and training 
appropriate to their level of previous experience. Each director is given the opportunity to meet with senior management 
and store colleagues and to visit the Group’s key sites. This enables familiarisation with the businesses, operations, 
systems and markets in which the Group operates. New directors also meet with the Group’s auditor and advisors. 
An example of a typical induction programme is included in the table below. The Chair of the Board will meet with a 
new director on appointment to agree any appropriate changes to be made before the start of the induction. Directors 
are provided with a comprehensive induction pack on appointment and in addition, group information and policies are 
maintained within the electronic board paper software to ensure directors have access to current resources. There were no 
new appointments to the Board during 2019/20.

Standard induction programme briefings and 

information

finance, treasury and tax overviews
current financial position and future projections

Business and strategy
 – business model and strategy
 – markets and competitive landscape
 –
overview of each business area
 – market opportunities
Finance and audit
 –
 –
 – budget
 –
 –
 –
Investor relations
 –
 –
 –
Governance
 –
 – UK Corporate Governance Code and best practice 

shareholder base and communications
analyst coverage and perspectives
communication policies

accounting issues
audit report and findings
risk and internal controls

overview of committees

guidance

 – UK listed company requirements including Market 

Abuse Regime

 – Companies Act and directors’ duties
 – Company articles and the role of the Board

committee chairs

People to meet
 – directors
 –
 – General Counsel and Company Secretary
 – members of the Executive Committee
 –

senior management, including the Group Director of 
Internal Audit

 – members of the external audit team
 –

store and distribution centre colleagues

Sites to visit
 – different format stores that are convenient for new 

director to visit;

the Newark distribution centre; and

the store colleague training centre The Academy@
FortDunlop.

 –

 –

61

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Corporate Governance   
Report continued

The Board receives regular briefings on governance, 
compliance and company knowledge in the form of training 
sessions from external advisors and in-house briefings from 
senior management. During the year, the directors received 
briefings on external corporate governance developments 
(including an overview of the section 172 statement 
requirements), the Senior Managers & Certification Regime 
and regulatory engagement.

Succession planning
The average director tenure is three years, only two 
directors have been on the Board since the formation of 
the Company in 2014 and both the Group Chief Executive 
and the Group Chief Financial Officer joined the Board 
in 2018. However, the Board, with the support of the 
Nominations Committee, continues to view the need for 
robust succession plans as a priority. During 2019/20 the 
Nominations Committee considered the skills and expertise 
of the Board and concluded that the existing composition is 
appropriate to meet the leadership needs of the business. 
The appointment of an additional director was considered 
during 2019 but it was agreed not to proceed with an 
appointment in that year. The Chair of the Board discussed 
the future Board succession planning needs during 
individual meetings with each director to support Board 
composition planning. In respect of senior management 
succession planning, the Executive Committee completed 
a detailed talent review of GLT members during the year 
and the Board will receive an update during H2 2020. 
There have been a number of new senior hires during the 
year including three new Executive Committee members 
appointed during 2020. In response to the Covid-19 
pandemic, the Executive team put in place emergency 
succession plans for each Executive Committee member 
and other key roles in the business. The Nominations 
Committee will review updated succession plans for all 
Board and senior management roles during 2020.

Performance evaluation
2018/19 process
An externally facilitated Board performance evaluation was 
carried out in 2018/19. The outcomes of this process are 
summarised below:

Actions relating to meeting format;

 – Only bring non-Board members into Board meetings to 
discuss substantive business to ensure greater time for 
the most important topics;

 – Add 90 minutes to the length of Board meetings; and

 – Use the Board dinner forums to provide updates on 
people, recruitment culture and succession plans.

Actions relating to agenda content:

 – Review and resolve duplication of topics across the 

Board and its Committees;

 –

Increase Board agenda time allocated to People and 
culture; 

 – Use the Reading Room area of the Board portal for 
detailed paper appendices to reduce the length of 
meeting packs; and

 – Consider a broader view of emerging risks.

Actions relating to our colleagues:

 –

Increase the visibility the directors have of diversity and 
inclusion initiatives in the wider organisation;

 – Review succession plans and processes; and

 –

Increase contact between directors and executives 
below Executive Committee level.

Other actions:

 – More frequent director meetings with the Chair of the 

Board; and

 – Seek increased contact between the Board and major 

shareholders.

All of these follow up actions have since been successfully 
implemented other than increasing the access that directors 
have to team members below Executive Committee level. 
The Board has agreed that each non-executive director will 
host discussion sessions with small groups of colleagues 
but this programme is on hold due to Covid-19.

2019/20 process
An internal Board effectiveness evaluation process was 
undertaken in 2019/20 by way of questionnaires and 
individual interviews with the Chair of the Board.

The process addressed all matters relating to the 
performance of the Board and included the roles of 
the executive and non-executive directors, the Board, 
committees, the effectiveness of each director and the 
Chair of the Board, leadership, culture, strategy and 
corporate governance. A report summarising the findings 
of the review was tabled at the Board meeting on 28 April 
2020.

Overall, the process was very positive. The directors 
provided positive feedback on the below items in particular;

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

the length of Board meetings was now appropriate;

the use of the Reading Room area of the Directors 
paper portal for appendices and detailed updates was 
working well;

using Board dinners to provide updates on People, 
succession planning and culture had worked well;

the majority of Board agenda time was allocated to 
key business and strategic topics and this had been 
demonstrated by sufficient time being available to 
debate the important strategic decisions made during 
the year;

the reduction of number of presenters attending 
meetings had improved meeting time efficiency; and

the additional weekly Board updates during the early 
stages of the Covid-19 pandemic had been useful and 
had enabled more effective use of time at the scheduled 
Board meetings as the non-executives had already 

62

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20been comprehensively briefed on the Covid-19 logistical 
response.

The process identified some further actions to help enhance 
effectiveness:

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

following the success of the Covid-19 update 
videoconference calls, directors agreed that 
videoconference update calls should be scheduled 
during the year at times when there is a significant gap 
between scheduled Board meetings;

those attending meetings to present papers to be 
given additional briefings on areas of focus for the 
presentation;

some of the regular Board update papers do not require 
discussion at each meeting and should be for noting 
only;

the Board requested to have more agenda time 
allocated to ESG matters and colleagues; and

the Board requested further details for any future 
non-executive director recruitment processes.

Chair of the Board performance
The Senior Independent Director collated feedback from 
the Board on the performance of the Chair of the Board and 
carried out his annual performance review. The directors 
provided positive feedback on the Chair of the Board’s 
leadership during the year. The Board is of the opinion that 
the Chair of the Board had no other commitments during 
the year that adversely affected his performance, that his 
effectiveness in leading the Board was not impaired and 
that he cultivated an atmosphere for positive, challenging 
and constructive debate. 

Individual Director performance
Following the results of the evaluation, the Board confirms 
that all directors, including the Chair of the Board, continue 
to be effective and demonstrate commitment to the role, 
including having time to attend all necessary meetings and 
to carry out other appropriate duties.

Capital and constitutional disclosures
Information on the Company’s share capital and 
constitution required to be included in this Corporate 
Governance statement is contained in the Directors’ Report 
on pages 68 to 70. Such information is incorporated into 
this Corporate Governance statement by reference and is 
deemed to be part of it.

Risk management and internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for Group’s system of 
risk management and internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness.

The Board is supported by the Audit Committee, the Group 
Risk & Compliance Committee, the FCA Compliance 
Committee, business unit risk committees and the Risk 
team in delivering on this responsibility.

The Group operates a process of continuous identification 
and review of business risks. This includes the monitoring 
of principal risks, undertaking horizon scanning to identify 
emerging risks, evaluating how risks may affect the 
achievement of business objectives and, by taking into 
account risk appetite, reviewing management’s treatment 
of the risks. 

The main business units, locations and functions are 
responsible for preparing and maintaining risk registers 
and operating risk management processes for their areas 
of responsibility. Risk registers and the risk processes are 
undertaken in accordance with a consistent Group Risk 
Management methodology, toolkit and process. 

The Group Risk & Compliance Committee meets at 
least four times annually. The work of the Group Risk 
& Compliance Committee includes: assessing and 
challenging the consolidated risk profile, agreeing and 
monitoring the Group’s principal risks; determining the 
prioritisation of mitigating actions; reviewing the Company’s 
horizon-scanning processes and its emerging risks; 
providing reports and recommendations to the Audit 
Committee and Board including to assist with the setting of 
risk appetite with regard to the principal risks.

In addition to the Group’s principal risks, the business 
faces emerging threats which have been identified 
through Horizon Scanning that may potentially impact the 
business in the longer-term. The Group Risk & Compliance 
Committee evaluates the appropriateness of management 
planning to address such emerging risks. In some areas, 
there may be insufficient information to understand the 
scale, impact or velocity of these risks. Emerging risks 
continue to be monitored as part of the ongoing risk 
management process in order to ensure that action is taken 
at the right time.

The directors confirm that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. A 
description of these risks, together with details of how they 
are managed or mitigated, is set out on pages 20 to 23.

The system of risk management and internal control can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material errors, losses, fraud or breaches of laws 
and regulations. 

The Board also monitors the Company’s system of risk 
management and internal control and conducts a review 
of its effectiveness at least once a year. This year’s review 
covered all material controls during the year and up to the 
date of approval of the ARA 2019/20, which were approved 
by the Audit Committee and the Board. 

63

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Corporate Governance   
Report continued

Group Risk Management Structure

Board 

Responsible for risk management and internal control 
Defines Dixons Carphone risk appetite
Reviews and approves the business risk profile

i

i

n
o
s
v
o
r
p
e
c
n
a
r
u
s
s
A

Audit Committee 

Reviews the effectiveness of internal
control  
Approves the annual internal and
external audit plans  
Considers the internal audit reviews
across the group 

Group Risk & Compliance Committee 
Responsible for risk Reviews
Group and business unit risk
register 
 Monitors the management of
key risks
Considers new and emerging
risks 

Executive management
Responsible for the
implementation of the risk 
management process and 
the operation of the internal 
control environment 

Supported by: 

Group Director of Risk

FCA Compliance
Committee 

Information Security and
Data Protection
Committee 

Functional risk experts
and risk champions 

The diagram above shows the governance structure in place over the Group’s risk management activities, as at July 2020.

Risk appetite
Dixons Carphone faces a broad range of risks reflecting the business environment in which it operates. The risks arising 
from the Dixons Carphone business environment and operating model can be significant. Successful financial performance 
for the business is achieved by managing these risks through intelligent decision-making and an effective control 
environment that details the processes and controls required to mitigate risk.

Dixons Carphone’s general risk appetite is a balanced one that allows taking measured risk as the Company pursues its 
strategic objectives, whilst aiming to manage and minimise risk in its operations. Dixons Carphone recognises that it is not 
possible or necessarily desirable to eliminate all of the risks inherent in its activities. Acceptance of some risk is inherent in 
operations and necessary to foster innovation and growth within its business practices.

64

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The system of risk management and internal control
Dixons Carphone’s system of risk management and internal control consists of a number of components, which are 
described below:

Components of a system of internal 
control

The organisation demonstrates a 
commitment to integrity and ethical 
values.

The Board of Directors demonstrates 
independence from management and 
exercises oversight of the development 
and performance of internal control.

Management establishes, with Board 
oversight, structures, reporting 
lines, and appropriate authorities 
and responsibilities in the pursuit of 
objectives.

The organisation demonstrates a 
commitment to attract, develop, 
and retain competent individuals in 
alignment with objectives.

The organisation holds individuals 
accountable for their internal control 
responsibilities.

The organisation specifies control 
objectives with sufficient clarity 
to enable the identification and 
assessment of risk relating to its 
objectives.

Dixons Carphone activities

 – The ‘Tone from the Top’ communicates a clear commitment to do the right 

thing for customers, colleagues and shareholders.

 – The organisation demonstrates its commitment to ethical values through its 

range of ESG initiatives and programmes.

 – The business is committed to maintaining an ethical supply chain.

 – Annual Ethical Conduct Declarations are completed by all management.

 – A 24/7 independent whistleblowing hotline enables colleagues to report 

breaches of ethics or policy.

 – The Board reviewed the Group’s principal risks throughout the period. 

 – The Board undertook a horizon scanning review to identify future risks and 

opportunities that may impact the business.

 – The effectiveness of internal control systems is regularly monitored and 

reviewed by the Audit Committee and the systems refined as necessary to meet 
changes in the Group’s business and associated risks.

 – The Board undertakes an annual effectiveness review which includes 

considerations on the management of risk and internal control.

 – The ExCo continues to strengthen its capabilities in order to drive the delivery of 

the business strategy.

 – The Board and its various sub-committees have defined a delegation of 

authorities that cascades throughout the Group. 

 – The creation of the Chief Technology Officer role has strengthened 
management in areas of IT, Infosec and Data Management risks.

 – A Transformation Management Office governs the Programmes in place to 

deliver the business strategy.

 – The operation of performance management and development processes for 

colleagues.

 – Training and development are provided to colleagues to cover their risk and 

compliance obligations. 

 – The performance management process holds people accountable for their 

responsibilities.

 – Financial Services coaches help the business to ensure that we are selling 

regulated products compliantly.

 – Senior Management undertakes annual business planning and ongoing 

management of business performance.

 – Business reviews covering financial and operational involves comparison of 

actual results with the original budget and the updating of a full year forecast.

 – The Minimum Controls framework allocated control objectives for key 

operational and financial controls.

 – A Conduct Risk & Control Framework identifies control objectives for activities 
that underpin our delivery of Good Customer Outcomes in our FCA regulated 
activities. 

65

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Corporate Governance   
Report continued

The organisation identifies risks to the 
achievement of its objectives across 
the entity and analyses risk as a basis 
for determining how the risks should be 
managed.

The organisation considers the potential 
for fraud in assessing risk to the 
achievement of objectives.

The organisation selects and develops 
control activities that contribute to the 
mitigation of risk to the achievement of 
objectives to acceptable levels.

The organisation selects and develops 
general control activities over 
technology to support the achievement 
of objectives.

The organisation deploys control 
activities through policies that establish 
what is expected and procedures that 
put policies into action.

The organisation internally 
communicates information, including 
objectives and responsibilities for 
internal control, necessary to support 
the functioning of internal control.

The organisation communicates with 
external parties regarding matters 
affecting the functioning of internal 
control.

The organisation selects, develops, and 
performs on-going and / or separate 
evaluations to ascertain whether the 
components of internal control are 
present and functioning.

The organisation evaluates and 
communicates internal control 
deficiencies in a timely manner to those 
parties responsible for taking corrective 
action including senior management 
and the Board of Directors as 
appropriate.

 – The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the company, including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

 – A Group risk process identifies the principal risks faced by the business, their 
potential impact and likelihood of occurrence (assessed on a gross and net 
basis), together with an evaluation of the key controls and risk mitigation plans.

 – The Group Risk & Compliance Committee meets quarterly and reports to the 

Audit Committee to review the management of risks arising out of the Group’s 
activities.

 – Each business unit operates a risk management process in accordance with the 

Group Risk Management Framework and maintains a risk register.

 – Fraud and loss prevention operate across our retail, online and logistics 

activities.

 – The Board has defined a risk appetite which sets the boundaries within which 
risk-based decision-making can occur and outlines the expectations for the 
operation of the control environment. 

 – The operation of a control self - assessment process to evaluate the operation 

of the Minimum Control Standards.

 – Control procedures operate over the Company’s operations and IT General 

Controls (ITGC).

 – The Information Security environment continues to evolve in line with emerging 

threats. 

 – Senior management has established a policy framework for the business.

 – Management accountabilities and responsibilities are reviewed to ensure that 

they remain appropriate following changes in organisational design.

 – The Group communicates with external stakeholders, including industry bodies 

and regulators on the management of risks and issues.

 – An Internal Audit function and an annual plan is approved by the Audit 

Committee. 

 – A Compliance Monitoring function reviews operation of financial services 

regulated activities.

 – Business Management is supported by evaluations conducted by internal or 
external specialists over the operation of controls for the principal risks of the 
business.

 – There are ongoing control improvements to enhance control design and 

effectiveness.

 – Control improvement actions resulting from Internal Audit and Minimum 

Controls are reviewed and tracked to completion.

66

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Internal audit
The Group has an internal audit department which conducts 
audits of selected business processes and functions. 
The Group’s internal audit plan sets out the internal audit 
programme for the year and is usually agreed at the April 
Audit Committee meeting for the year ahead. The internal 
audit plans are prepared taking into account the principal 
risks across the Group with input from management and 
the Audit Committee. The internal audit plan is designed 
each year to test the robustness of financial and operational 
controls and to determine whether operating procedures 
are designed and operating effectively. The Audit 
Committee considers the alignment of the internal audit 
plan with the principal risks faced by the Group as part of 
its approval process. The Audit Committee approved the 
2020/21 internal audit plan in June 2020, having considered 
the impacts of Covid-19 and the revised audit priorities.

The Audit Committee Chair receives and reviews all reports 
from the internal audit department detailing its material 
findings from testing performed and any recommendations 
for improvement. The Audit Committee receives each audit 
report with a summary at each meeting. The internal audit 
team tracks and reports on the progress against the audit 
plan and the implementation of action plans agreed with 
management. Once closed, the action plans agreed with 
management can be reviewed to determine whether any 
new controls and procedures have been implemented 
effectively.

The Audit Committee considered the effectiveness of the 
internal audit department by considering; scope, resources 
and access to information as laid out in the internal audit 
charter; the reporting line of internal audit; the annual internal 
audit work plan; and the results of the work of internal audit. 
The Audit Committee concluded that the internal audit 
function was operating effectively during the year.

Authorisation of conflicts of interest
Each director has a duty under the Companies Act 2006 (the 
‘Act’) to avoid a situation where they have or may have a 
conflict of interest. They are also required to disclose to the 
Board any interest in a transaction or arrangement that is 
under consideration by the Company. The General Counsel 
and Company Secretary supports the directors in identifying 
potential conflicts of interest and reporting them to the 
Board. The Board is permitted by the Company’s articles 
of association to authorise conflicts when appropriate. 
Potential conflicts are approved by the Board, or by two 
independent directors if authorisation is needed quickly, and 
then reported to the Board at its next meeting. A register 
of directors’ conflicts is maintained. Directors are asked 
to confirm periodically that the information on the register 
is correct. The Board is satisfied that the Company’s 
procedures to identify, authorise and manage conflicts of 
interest have operated effectively during the year.

engagement with both existing and potential institutional 
shareholders and other stakeholders. It believes that it is 
important to explain business developments and financial 
results to the Company’s shareholders and to understand 
shareholder concerns. The principal communication 
methods used to impart information to shareholders are 
news releases (including results announcements), investor 
presentations and Company publications. The Board 
receives a report from the Investor Relations team at 
every scheduled meeting and this includes a summary of 
investor interactions during the period and a synopsis of 
questions and feedback from shareholders. During 2019/20 
the Board wrote to shareholders representing over 70% of 
the Company’s issued share capital. This communication 
confirmed the appropriate contact details for engagement 
and offered engagement meetings with any of the Chair of 
the Board, the Chair of the Audit Committee or the Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee. The Company wrote to this 
group of shareholders again in March 2020 to consult with 
them on Remuneration issues. More details are available in 
the Remuneration Report on page 100.

The Group Chief Executive has principal responsibility for 
investor relations. He is supported by a dedicated investor 
relations department that, amongst other matters, ensures 
there is a full programme of regular dialogue with major 
institutional shareholders and potential shareholders as well 
as with sell-side analysts throughout the year. In all such 
dialogue, care is taken to ensure that no price-sensitive 
information is released.

The Chair of the Board and non-executive directors are 
available to meet with major shareholders as required, and 
the Chair of the Remuneration Committee communicates 
with major shareholders on remuneration matters.

The Company is committed to fostering effective 
communication with all members, be they institutional 
investors, private or employee shareholders. The Company 
communicates formally to its members when its full year 
and half year results are published. These results are 
posted on the corporate website, as are other external 
announcements and press releases.

The AGM usually provides an opportunity for the Company 
to engage with shareholders and for the Board to provide 
an account of the progress made by the business during 
the year, along with a synopsis of current issues facing 
the business. Unfortunately, it will not be possible for 
shareholders to attend the 2020 AGM due to Covid-19. 
Shareholders are encouraged to submit votes in advance 
of the meeting and submit any questions to the Board 
via the General Counsel and Company Secretary at 
cosec@dixonscarphone.com. We look forward to receiving 
your feedback and questions.

Further financial and business information is available on 
the Group’s corporate website, www.dixonscarphone.com.

Communication with investors
The Board supports the initiatives set out in the Code 
and the UK Stewardship Code and encourages regular 

Lord Livingston of Parkhead 
Chair of the Board 
14 July 2020

67

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Directors’

Report

Directors’
Report 

Directors’ Report
The Directors’ Report required by the Act, the corporate 
governance statement as required by DTR 7.2 and the 
management report required by DTR 4.1 comprises 
the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 53, the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 56 to 67, together with this 
Directors’ Report on pages 68 to 70. All information is 
incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

In accordance with the Articles, and to the extent permitted 
by law, the Company may indemnify its directors out of its 
own funds to cover liabilities incurred as a result of their 
office. The Group holds directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance cover for any claim brought against directors or 
officers for alleged wrongful acts in connection with their 
positions, to the point where any culpability for wrongdoing 
is established. The insurance provided does not extend to 
claims arising from fraud or dishonesty.

Directors
The names, biographies, committee memberships and 
dates of appointment of each member of the Board are 
provided on pages 54 and 55.

The Board is permitted by its Articles of Association 
(‘Articles’), to appoint new directors to fill a vacancy as 
long as the total number of directors does not exceed 
the maximum limit of 15. The Articles may be amended 
by special resolution of the shareholders and require that 
any director appointed by the Board stand for election at 
the following annual general meeting. In accordance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, all directors submit 
themselves for election or re-election every year.

The Remuneration Report provides details of applicable 
service agreements for executive directors and terms 
of appointment for non-executive directors. All the 
directors proposed by the Board for re-election are being 
unanimously recommended for their skills, experience and 
the contribution they can bring to Board deliberations.

During the year, no director had any material interest in 
any contract of significance to the Group’s business. Their 
interests in the shares of the Company, including those of 
any connected persons, are outlined in the Remuneration 
Report.

The Board exercise all the powers of the Company subject 
to the Articles, the Act and shareholder resolutions. 
A formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board is 
in place and is available on the Company’s website at 
www.dixonscarphone.com.

Directors’ responsibilities
The directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements 
contained within this ARA and the directors’ confirmations 
as required under DTR 4.1.12 are set out on page 112.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Company has made qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions (as defined in the Act) for the benefit of its 
directors during the year; these provisions remain in force at 
the date of this Directors’ Report.

Information required  
by Listing Rule 9.8.4R
Details of long-term incentive schemes as required 
by Listing Rule 9.4.3R are located in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 84 to 111. Details of 
dividends waived by shareholders are given below in this 
Directors’ Report. There is no further information required to 
be disclosed under Listing Rule 9.8.4R.

Dividend
The Board has not proposed a final dividend for the year 
ended 2 May 2020. Dividend payments will not be resumed 
at least until our standby debt facilities have been cancelled. 
Given the current uncertain environment, the Board will 
keep the payment of dividends under review to establish 
the appropriate time and level to recommence payment. An 
interim dividend was paid during the year:

Interim dividend
Final dividend

Total dividends

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

2.25p
Nil

2.25p

2.25p
4.5p

6.75p

The right to receive an interim dividend was waived by the 
trustees of the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) 
over a holding of 5,902,665 shares.

Colleague involvement
The Group has a robust communications programme in 
place to provide colleagues with information on matters 
of concern to them. This includes regular publications on 
the Group’s intranet, email updates from the Group Chief 
Executive, monthly Townhall sessions and regular meetings 
with line managers. The Executive Committee team regularly 
communicates matters of current interest and concern with 
colleagues. During 2019 the colleague listening framework 
was enhanced to ensure that colleague feedback is 
received effectively and consistently across all countries 
in the Group. These forums support the development of 
action plans to allow colleagues the opportunity to input 
and influence change. More information on these forums 
and colleague engagement is included on pages 38 to 42. 
Details of the colleagues’ involvement in the Group’s share 
plans are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 
84 to 111.

68

HEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
Employment of disabled people
The business is committed to providing equal opportunities 
in recruitment, training, development and promotion. We 
encourage applications from individuals with disabilities who 
can do the job effectively and candidates will be considered 
for each role. All efforts are made to retain disabled 
colleagues in our employment including making any 
reasonable re-adjustments to their roles. Every endeavour is 
made to find suitable alternative employment and to re-train 
and support the career development of any employee who 
becomes disabled while serving the Group.

Information on greenhouse  
gas emissions
The information on greenhouse gas emissions that 
the Company is required to disclose is set out in the 
Stakeholders and Sustainable Business report on pages 31 
to 53. This information is incorporated into this Directors’ 
Report by reference and is deemed to form part of this 
Directors’ Report.

Political Donations
No political donations were made by the Group during the 
period.

Capital structure
The Company’s only class of share is ordinary shares. 
Details of the movements in issued share capital during 
the year are provided in note 23 to the Group financial 
statements. The voting rights of the Company’s shares are 
identical, with each share carrying the right to one vote. The 
Company holds no shares in treasury.

Details of employee share schemes are provided in note 4 
to the Group financial statements. As at 2 May 2020, the 
Dixons Carphone plc EBT held 10.1 million shares. The EBT 
acquired 9.75 million shares by market purchase during the 
year under review.

Restrictions on transfer  
of securities of the Company
There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding 
nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed 
by the general provisions of the Articles and prevailing 
legislation. The directors are not aware of any agreements 
between holders of the Company’s shares that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

No person has any special rights of control over the 
Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

Change of control –  
significant agreements
All of the Company’s share incentive scheme rules contain 
provisions which may cause options and awards granted 
under these schemes to vest and become exercisable in the 
event of a change of control.

The Group’s main committed borrowing facility has a 
change of control clause whereby the participating banks 
can require the Company to repay all outstanding amounts 
under the facility agreement in the event of a change of 
control. There are a number of significant agreements 
which would allow the counterparties to terminate or alter 
those arrangements in the event of a change of control 
of the Company. These arrangements are commercially 
confidential and their disclosure could be seriously 
prejudicial to the Company.

Furthermore, the directors are not aware of any agreements 
between the Company and its directors or employees that 
provide for compensation for loss of office or employment in 
the event of a takeover bid.

Significant shareholdings
As at 2 May 2020, the Company had been notified of the 
following voting interests in the ordinary share capital of 
the Company in accordance with Chapter 5 of the FCA’s 
DTR. Percentages are shown as notified, calculated with 
reference to the Company’s disclosed share capital as at 
the date of the notification.

Name

Standard Life Aberdeen plc
RWC Asset Management LLP
BlackRock
Majedie Asset Management
Lansdowne Partners
Ruffer
D P J Ross 
Tameside MBC re Greater 

Manchester Pension Fund

Capital Group
Cobas Asset Management 
Sir Charles Dunstone CVO

Number of 
shares

Percentage 
of share capital

64,515,107
62,906,333
60,261,946
59,063,441
57,675,527
62,845,115
55,738,699

40,916,049
34,578,355
34,811,516
14,440,134

5.55%
5.41%
5.20%
5.08%
5.01%
5.00%
4.80%

3.52%
3.00%
3.00%
1.24%

On 29 May 2020, the Company received a notification 
that Wishbone Management LP had a voting interest in 
41,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, or 5.25% 
of the issued share capital. On 15 June, the Company 
received notification that Fil Limited had a voting interest in 
58,551,510 ordinary shares of the Company, or 5.03% of 
the issued share capital.

At 14 July 2020, being the last practicable date prior to the 
publication of this Annual Report and Accounts, no further 
changes to the shareholdings reported above had been 
notified to the Company in accordance with DTR 5.

69

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Directors’   
Report continued

Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares and the 
movements thereof are detailed in the Remuneration Report 
on pages 84 to 111.

Issue of shares
In accordance with section 551 of the Act, the Articles and 
within the limits prescribed by The Investment Association, 
shareholders can authorise the directors to allot shares 
in the Company up to one third of the issued share 
capital of the Company. Accordingly, at the AGM in 2019 
shareholders approved a resolution to give the directors 
authority to allot shares up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£386,737. The directors have no present intention to issue 
ordinary shares, other than pursuant to obligations under 
employee share schemes. This resolution remains valid until 
the conclusion of this year’s AGM.

Authority was given by the shareholders at AGM in 2019 
to purchase a maximum of 116,021,022 shares, such 
authority remaining valid until 27 October 2020 or until the 
conclusion of the Company’s AGM in 2020. The authority 
was not exercised during the period or prior to the date of 
this Report. The Company will seek the usual renewal of 
this authority at the forthcoming AGM but has no current 
intention to make such purchases.

Auditor
Each director at the date of approval of this Annual Report 
and Accounts confirms that:

 – so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; 
and

 – the director has taken all the steps that they ought to 

have taken as a director in order to make themself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Act.

Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in 
office as auditor and a resolution to reappoint it will be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Certain information required to be included in this Directors’ 
Report may be found within the Strategic Report.

By Order of the Board

Use of financial instruments
Information about the use of financial instruments is given in 
note 26 to the Group financial statements.

Nigel Paterson 
Company Secretary 
14 July 2020

Post-balance sheet date events
Events after the balance sheet date are disclosed in note 33 
to the Group financial statements.

70

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Audit 

Committee

Report

Audit Committee
Report 

Audit Committee Report 

Chair’s statement
Introduction
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee (the 
‘Committee’) report for the year ended 2 May 2020. This 
report describes how the Committee has carried out its 
duties to provide independent scrutiny of the Group’s 
financial reporting, risk management and internal control 
systems in order to determine whether these remain 
effective and appropriate. 

In addition to the scheduled Committee meetings, I have 
met regularly with the Group Chief Financial Officer, the 
Chief Information Security Officer, Internal Audit and the 
external Auditor in the absence of management to discuss 
their reports as well as any relevant issues. I regularly meet 
with the Deloitte LLP audit team as part of my ongoing 
review of their effectiveness and I continue to liaise directly 
with members of the team that prepare updates that fall 
within the remit of the Committee as appropriate. I have 
also met with Deloitte LLP’s Head of Audit Quality and 
Risk, UK to discuss Deloitte’s approach to audit quality 
and assurance in connection with the audit of the Group, in 
particular in the course of the Covid-19 pandemic.

There have not been any significant changes to the 
responsibilities and role of the Committee during this 
financial year. The Committee continues to monitor with 
interest the external market reforms designed to enhance 
the quality of audits. It is likely that these will result in the 
evolution of the duties of audit committees. The Terms 
of Reference for the Committee were last approved in 
January 2020 and the Committee is satisfied that its Terms 
of Reference remain appropriate at the current time. The 
Committee Terms of Reference are available on the Group’s 
corporate website www.dixoncarphone.com.

This year the Committee has continued to oversee the 
accounting implications of changes to the business as well 
as to respond to specific matters that have arisen. The 
Committee considered the accounting implications of the 
closure of the standalone Carphone Warehouse stores in 
the UK. Cyber security, IT infrastructure, data management 
and regulatory compliance continue to be important areas 
of Committee focus in addition to accounting matters and 
other duties. The Committee continues to have oversight 
across the international footprint of the Group.

The Committee also considered the continuing implications 
of the Covid-19 outbreak during 2020, taking account 
of external guidance as appropriate as the situation has 

evolved, and reviewing in particular the impact on the 
control environment and on the ‘three lines of defence’ – 
management, risk & compliance and internal audit.

The Committee considered the requirements arising from 
the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 
and the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code as part of the 
process to review the non-financial information included in 
this Annual Report, including in particular the section 172(1) 
statement on pages 31 to 37.

Key activities
This year, the Committee’s work included:

 – considering significant accounting and reporting 

judgements, the appropriateness of taxation disclosures 
and the appropriateness of the Group’s going concern 
position and longer-term viability statement;

 – considering and recommending that the Annual Report 
and Accounts (‘ARA’) 2019/20, when taken as a whole, 
are fair, balanced and understandable;

 – reviewing the interim results and strategy update on 11 

December 2019;

 – reviewing the Covid-19 Trading Updates released on 26 

March and 29 April 2020;

 – considering the presentation, fairness, and balance of the 

Group’s alternative performance measures (APMs);

 – considering the FRC Thematic review on impairment of 

non-financial assets;

 – reviewing all correspondence from and to the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC) following a request for further 
information on certain aspects of the ARA 2018/19. 
The constructive correspondence lead to enhanced 
disclosures in the ARA 2019/20;

 – considering the accounting implications of the closure of 
the standalone Carphone Warehouse stores in the UK;

 – considering the implications of the Covid-19 outbreak 

relevant to the remit of the Committee;

 – reviewing the Group Risk Register and considering the 

effectiveness of the risk management system and internal 
controls, operated by management;

 – considering updates on Information Security, IT 
infrastructure, Data Management and Business 
Transformation; 

 – providing oversight of the businesses regulated by the 

Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) and receiving updates 
from the Head of Compliance;

71

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Audit Committee   
Report continued

 – approving the internal audit annual plan, considering 
internal audit reports and management actions, and 
monitoring the effectiveness of internal audit in line with 
the approved internal audit charter;

 – considering the external audit plan, audit reports and 

updates from Deloitte LLP;

Committee Membership and Attendance
In compliance with the Code, the Committee continues to 
consist exclusively of independent non-executive directors, 
who, along with their attendance at scheduled meetings, 
are set out in the table below. Biographical details on each 
member can be found on pages 54 and 55.

Current members

Fiona McBain (Committee Chair)

Gerry Murphy 

Eileen Burbidge

Scheduled 
meetings

6 of 6

6 of 6

5* of 6

*Eileen was unable to attend one Committee meeting during the year but 
reviewed the meeting pack, provided questions to the Chair of the Audit 
Committee in advance and received an update following the meeting.

The Board continues to be satisfied that the Chair of 
the Committee, a member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales, and Gerry Murphy, 
also a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales, meet the requirement for recent 
and relevant financial experience. The Committee, as a 
whole, has competence relevant to the sector in which 
the Company operates. The Company Secretary, or his 
nominee, acts as Secretary to the Committee and attends 
all meetings. The Committee’s deliberations are reported by 
its Chair at the subsequent Board meeting and the minutes 
of each meeting are circulated to all members of the Board 
following approval.

The Committee members meet without management 
present before and after each Committee meeting. The 
Director of Internal Audit and representatives of Deloitte 
LLP are invited to these private discussions periodically to 
allow discussion of matters which the external Auditor or 
Director of Internal Audit may wish to raise in the absence of 
management.

In undertaking its duties, the Committee has access to the 
services of the Group Director of Internal Audit, the Group 
Chief Financial Officer, the Company Secretary and their 
respective teams, as well as external professional advice as 
necessary. 

External advice
The Board makes funds available to the Committee to 
enable it to take independent legal, accounting or other 
advice when the Committee believes it necessary to do so.

 – considering the effectiveness of the external Auditor and 

the reappointment of the external Auditor; and

 – receiving presentations and challenging management 
on matters such as system access controls, data 
management, payment processes, supplier funding, 
regulatory compliance-related customer claims, minimum 
control standards assessments, whistleblowing, and 
procedures in place to prevent bribery and corruption.

Membership
There have not been any changes to the membership of the 
Committee during the financial year.

Looking ahead
It has been a significant year in terms of progressing the 
Business Transformation. The Committee will continue 
to support this work by reviewing and challenging the 
governance, risk and control environments relating to 
strategic transformation plans. The Covid-19 pandemic 
has had extensive repercussions across the business 
landscape in terms of business disruption and causing 
fundamental changes to customer behaviours and the 
risks to which companies are exposed. The Committee will 
continue to keep those considerations and risks that fall 
within the Committee’s remit under review. The Committee 
will continue to receive presentations from management 
on the challenges faced by the business and the operation 
of internal controls. The Committee will also continue to 
be responsive to the issues raised by the ‘three lines of 
defence’ internally as well as to the external evolving risk 
landscape and regulatory environment.

Meetings
The Committee met six scheduled times during the period 
under review. One additional Committee meeting was 
arranged with management during the year to enable an 
additional detailed discussion on the network debtor. 
Since the year end there has been two further Committee 
meetings. The Chair of the Board, Group Chief Executive, 
Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Financial Controller, 
Group Director of Internal Audit, General Counsel and 
Company Secretary, members of the senior leadership team 
with responsibility for Cyber Security, Data Management 
and Transformation and representatives from Deloitte LLP 
have joined all Committee meetings during the year at the 
invitation of the Committee Chair. Other members of senior 
management attend Committee meetings by invitation when 
appropriate.

72

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Responsibilities
The Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by acting independently from the executive 
directors. There is an annual schedule of items which are allocated to the meetings during the year to monitor that the 
Committee covers fully those items within its Terms of Reference. These items are supplemented throughout the year as 
key matters arise.

The principal duties of the Committee are:

Accounting and financial reporting matters
 – monitoring the integrity of the interim statement and annual report and accounts, and any formal announcements 

relating to the Group’s financial performance;

 – reviewing significant financial reporting judgements and accounting policies;

 – advising the Board on whether, as a whole, the annual report and accounts are fair, balanced and understandable;

 – considering the going concern statement;

 – considering and reviewing the statement of the Group’s viability over a specified period;

Risk management and internal control
 – reviewing the Group’s financial controls and internal control effectiveness and maturity;

 – reviewing the Group’s risk management systems and risk appetite;

 – considering whistleblowing arrangements by which colleagues may raise concerns about possible improprieties in 

financial reporting or other matters;

Internal audit
 – approving the appointment of the Director of Internal Audit;

 – monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function;

 – approving the internal audit plan;

 – considering the reports of work performed by internal audit and reviewing the actions taken by management to 

implement the recommendations of internal audit;

 – considering the major findings of internal investigations;

External audit
 – considering recommendation of the external Auditor’s appointment to the shareholders in general meeting and 

approving their remuneration;

 – reviewing the results and conclusions of work performed by the external Auditor;

 – reviewing and monitoring the relationship with the external Auditor, including their independence, objectivity, 

effectiveness and terms of engagement;

General matters
 – any specific topics as defined by the Board; and

 – referring matters to the Board which, in its opinion, should be addressed at a meeting of the Board.

73

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Audit Committee   
Report continued

Key matters considered during the year
Accounting and financial reporting matters
The Committee is responsible for considering reports from the external Auditor and monitoring the integrity of the interim 
statement and annual report and accounts in conjunction with senior management. During the year ended 2 May 2020, 
consideration was given to the suitability and application of the Group’s accounting policies and practices, including areas 
where significant levels of judgement have been applied or significant items have been discussed with the external Auditor.

Accounting and 
financial reporting 
matters

Going concern and 
viability statements

Closure of 
Carphone 
Warehouse 
standalone stores

Fair, balanced and 
understandable

Matters considered and how the Committee discharged its duties

The Committee reviewed the processes and assumptions underlying both the going concern and longer-
term viability statements made on page 29 of the ARA 2019/20.
In particular, the Committee considered:
 – the impact in respect of the Covid-19 pandemic situation;
 – management’s assessment of the Group’s prospects including its current position, assessment of 
principal business risks and its current business model, future cash forecasts, historical cash flow 
forecasting accuracy, profit projections, available financing facilities, facility headroom and banking 
covenants;

 – the appropriateness of the three-year time period under assessment, noting the alignment of the 

period with the Group’s detailed strategic planning process, as well as the shorter-term nature of the 
retail market in which the Group operates; and

 – the robustness and severity of the stress-test scenarios with reference to the Group’s risk register, 

those principal risks and mitigating actions as described on pages 20 to 23 of the ARA 2019/20, the 
latest Board-approved budgets, strategic plans, and indicative headroom under the current facilities 
available – examples of which included the impact of regulatory, taxation or information security 
incidents, and reduced forecast profitability and cash flow as a result of a significant change in mobile 
phone consumer behaviour.

The Committee concurred with management’s conclusions that the viability statement, including the 
three-year period of assessment, disclosed on page 29 of the ARA 2019/20 is appropriate. The Board 
was advised accordingly.

During the year, on 17 March 2020, the Company announced the closure of its 531 standalone Carphone 
Warehouse stores in the UK. The Committee carefully considered the impact of this announcement 
on the 2019/20 Financial Statements. In particular, the Committee considered the impact of the store 
closures on the impairment of assets including the IFRS 16 right-of-use lease assets, the restructuring 
provisions recognised, and the assessment of the existence of any onerous contracts as a result of the 
decision. The Committee also considered the treatment of store closure related costs as adjusting items 
when considering if the ARA as a whole are fair, balanced, and understandable.
Following detailed review, the Committee agreed with management’s conclusions that the judgements 
and estimates and accounting treatment applied are appropriate.

In ensuring that the Group’s reporting is fair, balanced and understandable, the Committee reviewed 
the classification of items between adjusting and non-adjusting items including consideration of the 
£306 million pre-tax adjusting items disclosed in note A5 in the glossary and definitions section of the 
ARA 2019/20, and the tax impact thereon. The assessment considered whether items fell within the 
Group’s definition of adjusting items as well as the consistency of treatment of such items year on year.
The Committee gave due consideration to the integrity and sufficiency of information disclosed in 
the ARA 2019/20 to ensure that they explain the Group’s position, performance, business model and 
strategy. An assessment of narrative reporting was included to ensure consistency with the financial 
reporting section, including appropriate disclosure of material adjusting items, and appropriate balance 
and prominence of statutory and non-statutory performance measures. In response to the guidelines on 
Alternative Performance Measures (‘APMs’) issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority 
(‘ESMA’), the Committee considered the use of such measures and the additional information on those 
APMs used by the Group is provided in the glossary on pages 202 to 218.
The Committee concluded that the ARA 2019/20, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable, and that the measures used and disclosures made are appropriate to provide users of 
the ARA 2019/20 with a meaningful assessment of the performance of the underlying operations of the 
Group; the Board was advised of the conclusion.

Matters of significance and areas of judgement

The Committee received reports and recommendations from management and the external Auditor setting out the 
significant accounting issues and judgements applicable to the following key areas. These were discussed and challenged, 
where appropriate, by the Committee. Following debate, the Committee concurred with management’s conclusions.

74

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Matters of 
significance and
areas of judgement

Matters considered and how the Committee discharged its duties

Revenue recognition The Group discloses revenue recognition in relation to network commissions as a ‘key source of 

estimation uncertainty’ as set out in note 1(t) to the Group financial statements.
The Committee reviewed management’s assessment of these policies with reference to contractual 
terms, the Group’s historical experience of customer behaviour, reliability of information received from 
MNOs, legislative changes, future expectation of consumer behaviour and changes in the trends within 
the mobile industry. Particular attention was paid to the consistency of application of the underlying 
assumptions used, significant changes in inputs to the valuation model, and historical forecasting 
accuracy. The Committee debated and reviewed enhancements to the network commission contract 
assets and receivables disclosures included in note 15 to the Group financial statements. The carrying 
value of ongoing network commission contract assets and receivables at the balance sheet date was 
£616 million (2018/19: £797 million).

A number of arrangements exist relating to supplier funding across the Group, including promotional 
support and volume rebates. The Committee has continued to challenge and debate with management 
its approach to its recognition and accounting treatment of supplier funding. In addition, the Committee 
continues to monitor the effectiveness of the controls in place to mitigate the risk of material 
misstatement of supplier funding recognition; issues identified in the prior year were fully addressed. 
Further information in relation to supplier funding can be found in note 1 to the Group financial 
statements.

Supplier funding

Impairment testing 
of goodwill, 
intangible assets 
and fixed asset 
investments

The Group has significant goodwill, intangible assets and fixed asset investments in the UK and Ireland 
which are reviewed for impairment annually, or where there is an indicator of impairment. The Committee 
reviewed appropriateness and accuracy of cash flow forecasts, discount rates and long-term growth 
rates used in the impairment review performed at both the interim and year end dates. Specific attention 
was paid to cash flow forecasts in light of the Covid-19 pandemic, and the level of sensitivities applied by 
management in determining reasonably possible changes to cash flows. 

Taxation

The Group operates across multiple tax jurisdictions. The complex nature of tax legislation in certain 
jurisdictions can necessitate the use of judgement.
The Committee reviewed the judgements and assumptions concerning any significant tax exposures, 
including progress made on matters being discussed with tax authorities and, where applicable, advice 
provided by external advisors. The total provisions recognised at the balance sheet date amounted to 
£83m (2018/19: £98m).
The Committee also reviewed the appropriateness of the disclosures made around tax provisions, and 
the disclosure of related contingent liabilities.

Risk management and internal control

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s risk management and internal control systems. Details of the 
overall risk management and governance policies and procedures are given in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 
56 to 67 of this ARA 2019/20. The Committee reviewed management’s assessment of risk and internal control, results of 
work performed by the second lines of defence and internal audit, and the results and controls observations arising from 
the interim review procedures and the annual audit performed by the external Auditor. The Committee also ensured that all 
Risk topics were covered, as defined by its Terms of Reference, with detailed reviews of risk topics scheduled throughout 
the year monitoring potential areas of concern. 

75

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Audit Committee   
Report continued

The table below shows the number of times specific matters were considered by the Committee in 2019/20:

Audit Committee topics coverage 2019/20

Number of times topic was covered

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Bribery and corruption

Data Protection

Compliance

Information and Cyber Security

Internal Controls

IT general controls

Risk Review

Whistleblowing

Specific matters considered by the Committee to discharge its duties are detailed below: 

Risk management 
and internal control

Matters considered and how the Committee discharged its duties

Bribery & corruption

 – The Committee reviewed the arrangements put in place to satisfy requirements to comply with 

regulation for anti-bribery & corruption.

Data protection

 – The Committee reviewed data protection compliance throughout the Group, particularly in 

relation to the embedding of policies, procedures and processes implemented to comply with the 
requirements of EU General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’).

Compliance

 – The Committee reviewed the nature of financial services regulated activities across the Group’s 
business operations and the governance and oversight arrangements for the operation of an 
effective FCA compliance regime in the business. The Committee considered compliance and 
regulatory reports prepared by the FCA Compliance Committee (“FCACC”) and monitored key 
developments and ongoing activities for the compliance team in areas of governance, policy and 
compliance monitoring.

Information security 
and IT general 
controls 

 – The Committee regularly reviews the progress of the ongoing security improvement programme 

and periodically considers and reviews the IT controls framework and related improvement 
initiatives progressed by the management team, in order to monitor that appropriate actions are 
taken.

The Company is currently undergoing a large transformation programme across many areas of the 
business including its IT infrastructure. All transformation programmes are managed in line with 
the Group risk management methodology to manage the risk appropriately in order to provide 
reasonable reassurance against material losses. This control framework is intended to manage 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure and oversight of the security programme is provided by 
the Audit Committee that, along with the Board, receives regular updates on the progress and 
maturity of our control environment. During the year, the Committee requested that management 
commission a third-party review on the IT transformation Programme. EY was appointed to carry 
out this work.

Internal controls

 – As per the obligations placed on the Committee under the Code, the Committee formally 

considered a review of the system of risk management and internal control. The Committee noted 
developments in the system of risk management and internal control, management plans for 
2020/21 and agreed the statements contained in the ARA 2019/20. The Committee continues to 
review the results of Internal Audit reviews and Minimum Controls Standards assessments.

Whistleblowing 

 – The Committee reviews a summary at every meeting of all whistleblowing calls received by the 
Group, both through the independently operated hotline and other channels. The Committee 
confirmed that the calls had been appropriately dealt with (both individually and in aggregate) in 
accordance with the Group’s whistleblowing policy.

76

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Internal audit
Internal audit is an independent, objective assurance function that impartially appraises the Group’s control activities. 
Internal audit works with management to help improve the overall control environment and assist Group management, the 
Audit Committee and the Board in discharging their respective duties relating to maintaining an adequate and effective 
system of internal control and risk management, and safeguarding the assets, activities and interests of the Group.

Internal audit

Matters considered and how the Committee discharged its duties

Audit reviews of 
significant risk areas

 – The Committee considered the alignment of the annual internal audit plan with the key risks of 

the business.

 – During the period, internal audits included coverage of the following significant risk areas of the 

business:

 –  information security and data protection;

 – business transformation;

 –  IT resilience, integrity and disaster recovery; 

 –  relationships with major suppliers; 

 –  future EU relationship;

 –  health and safety;

 –  business continuity; 

 –  product safety; and

 –  financial services regulatory compliance.

 – The Committee considered the key trends and material findings arising from internal audit’s work 

and the adequacy of the agreed management actions in relation to those findings.

Assurance 
programme

 – The Committee approved the annual internal audit plan and received an update relating to the 

execution of the annual plan at each Committee meeting.

 – The Committee also considered how the internal audit plan was realigned in light of the Covid-19 

pandemic.

 –  As part of the rolling assurance programme, audits were performed over the following processes 

to provide assurance to the Committee that controls were operating within these areas:

 –  general business controls relating to UK & Ireland operations including the Senior Managers 

Certification regime readiness, HR transformation programme, Identity and Access 
management programme and goods not for resale, business to business retail, repairs, 
prepaid gift vouchers, consumer credit, Hong Kong sourcing, supplier funding and marketing 
processes;

 –  Nordics programme assurance, Epoq kitchens, business to business retail and goods not for 

resale processes and controls;

 –  Greek health and safety framework and stock controls; and

 – whistleblowing framework, Brexit readiness, and minimum controls framework.

 – The Committee considered the actions taken by management in relation to the audit findings.

 – The Committee considered the results from these audits during its assessment of the 

effectiveness of the system of internal control operated by management. The Committee 
concluded that the system of internal control was appropriately monitored and managed.

77

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Audit Committee   
Report continued

Effectiveness of 
internal audit and 
adequacy of its 
resources

 – The Committee approved the internal audit charter, concluding the role and mandate were 

appropriate to the current needs of the organisation.

 – The Committee approved the appointment of a new Group Director of Internal Audit in June 

2020. The Committee was involved in the selection process for this role. The new Group Director 
of Internal Audit joined a Committee meeting as a guest and met with the Audit Committee Chair 
prior to his appointment date as part of ensuring an effective handover process.

 – The Committee monitored the work of internal audit and formally reviewed the effectiveness of 

internal audit and the adequacy of its resources, considering:

 –  scope, resources and access to information as laid out in the internal audit charter;

 –  the reporting line of internal audit;

 –  the annual internal audit work plan; and

 –  the results of the work of internal audit.

 – The Committee concluded that the internal audit department had in all respects been effective 
during the period under review and performed its duties in accordance with its agreed charter.

External audit
The external Auditor is appointed by shareholders to provide an opinion on the annual report and accounts and certain 
disclosures prepared by Group management. Deloitte LLP acted as the external Auditor to the Group throughout the 
year. The Committee is responsible for oversight of the external Auditor, including approving the annual audit plan and all 
associated audit fees. The key matters in relation to external audit that were considered by the Committee were:

External audit

Matters considered and how the Committee discharged its duties

Effectiveness of the 
external Auditor

 – The Committee reviewed and agreed the annual audit plan, specifically considering the 

appropriateness of the key risks identified and proposed audit work, the scope of the audit and 
materiality levels applied which are detailed in the Independent Auditor’s report on pages 113 to 
129.

 – As part of the reporting of the half year and full year results, the Committee reviewed the reports 

presented by Deloitte LLP in assessing the Group’s significant accounting judgements and 
estimates, and considered the audit work undertaken, level of challenge and quality of reporting.

 – Following the year end, feedback on the effectiveness of the audit process in addressing areas 

of key audit risk was obtained from members of the Committee and regular attendees, members 
of the finance team and senior management within the businesses via a specifically designed 
questionnaire. The responses were then considered by the Committee in conjunction with 
the outputs received and responsiveness of the Auditor during the audit process. The results 
showed a favourable view of the audit process and of Deloitte LLP as the external Auditor, 
specifically in relation to the consistent performance noted for quality of audit delivery, level of 
challenge, integrity and service of the team, the constructive relationship and the effectiveness of 
the communication.

 – Following due consideration of the above, the Committee continues to be satisfied with the 

quality and effectiveness of the external audit.

Auditor
independence

 – The Committee considered the external Auditor’s assessment of and declaration of 

independence presented in the annual audit plan and final audit report, and the safeguards in 
place to make such declarations. 

 – The Committee considered the annual audit fee and fees for non-audit services, with due regard 
to the balance between audit and non-audit fees and the nature of non-audit fees undertaken in 
accordance with the policy as set out on the next page.

 – The Committee reviewed and approved the Group policy on the employment of former 

employees of the external Auditor in March 2020.

78

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Policy on provision of non-audit services 
provided by the external Auditor
Under the Group’s policy on Auditor independence, the 
Auditor may only provide services which include:

a) 

 audit services comprising issuing audit opinions on the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements and on the 
statutory financial statements of subsidiaries and joint 
ventures;

b)   audit-related services comprising review of the Group’s 
consolidated interim financial statements, and opinions / 
audit reports on information provided by the Group 
upon request from a third party such as prospectuses, 
comfort letters and rent certificates, etc; and

c) 

 services otherwise required of the Auditor by local law or 
regulation. 

Any exceptions are subject to pre-approval by the Group 
Chief Financial Officer, and such permission is only 
granted in exceptional circumstances. Where the non-audit 
assignment is expected to generate fees of over £100,000, 
prior approval must be obtained from the Committee.

During the period under review, the non-audit services 
performed by the external Auditor primarily arose from the 
interim financial review procedures and the requirement in 
Greek law for the external auditor of the company to provide 
tax compliance services. The Committee has reviewed the 
services performed by the external Auditor during the year 
and is satisfied that these services did not prejudice the 
external Auditor’s independence and that it was appropriate 
for them to perform these services.

The level of non-audit fees paid to the external Auditor, 
which was approved by the Committee, is set out in note 3 
to the Group financial statements and amounted to £0.5m 
(2018/19: £0.4m) compared with £1.5m (2018/19: £1.6m) of 
audit fees. The non-audit fees as a percentage of audit fees 
were 33.3% (2018/19: 25%), which reflects the restrictive 
policy governing the use of Deloitte LLP for non-audit 
services.

Consideration of Auditor appointment 
and independence
The Committee considers the appropriateness of the 
reappointment of the external Auditor each year, including 
the rotation of the audit partner. Deloitte LLP has been the 
Company’s external Auditor since the Company was formed 
on 7 August 2014 by the merger of Carphone Warehouse 
and Dixons Retail.

Deloitte LLP was the external Auditor of Carphone 
Warehouse and Dixons Retail prior to 2014. In accordance 
with the Auditing Practices Board Ethical Standards, there 
is a five-year rotation of the lead audit partner. Stephen 
Griggs, the current lead audit partner, was appointed for the 
2016/17 audit and will therefore need to rotate at or before 
the end of the 2020/21 financial year.

In accordance with the Competition and Markets Authority 
(‘CMA’) Statutory Audit Services Order, which is designed to 
align with provisions of the EU Regulations on external audit 
tender and rotation, and current guidance, the Company 
is required to conduct a competitive audit tender by June 
2023. This will be the latest period that Deloitte LLP may 
remain as Auditor.

During the year, the Committee discussed the most 
appropriate time to carry out the external Auditor tender 
process. In particular, the Committee considered the 
timeframe and process steps necessary to conduct an 
effective tender process, the new EU requirement for a 12 
month “cooling in” period, the current consultancy services 
that would need to be exited prior to a tender process and 
having an adequate period of transition to a new auditor. 
The Committee concluded that a tender to appoint a new 
auditor for 2021/22 did not allow sufficient time to complete 
a thorough process and would have precluded some firms 
from participating in a tender.

The Committee will continue to evaluate annually the 
performance of the Auditor and will recommend a tender for 
this service prior to June 2023.

In accordance with FRC’s International Standards on 
Auditing (UK and Ireland) 260 and Ethical Standard 1 issued 
by the Accounting Practices Board, and as a matter of best 
practice, at year end Deloitte LLP formally confirmed to the 
Board its independence as Auditor of the Company.

In determining whether to recommend the Auditor for 
reappointment this year, the Committee considered the 
Audit firm’s internal control procedures, the most recent 
audit effectiveness review and the tenure of the current lead 
audit partner, and thereby affirmed that the audit processes 
are effective and that the appropriate independence 
continues to be met. Accordingly, the Company confirms 
that it complied with the provisions of the CMA Statutory 
Audit Services Order for the financial year under review and 
the Committee concluded that it was in the best interests of 
the Company’s shareholders to reappoint Deloitte LLP as 
the independent Auditor of the Company. The Committee’s 
recommendation, that a resolution to reappoint Deloitte 
LLP be proposed at this year’s AGM, was accepted and 
endorsed by the Board.

Fiona McBain 
Chair of the Audit Committee 
14 July 2020

79

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Disclosure 

Committee

Report

Nominations 

Committee

Disclosure Committee
Report 

Chair’s statement
The principal role of the Disclosure Committee (the 
‘Committee’) is to ensure that adequate procedures, 
systems and controls are maintained to enable the 
Company to fully meet its legal and regulatory obligations 
regarding the timely and accurate identification and 
disclosure of all price sensitive information.

The Committee is chaired by the Group Chief Financial 
Officer. The Group Chief Executive, and the General 
Counsel and Company Secretary are also members. The 
Chair of the Board and the Senior Independent Director 
receive notices and papers for all meetings and will act as 
‘alternates’ to the members in the event that the quorum 
of three cannot be met. The Company Secretary, or 
their nominee, acts as Secretary to the Committee. The 
Committee’s deliberations are reported by its Chair at the 
next Board meeting and the minutes of each meeting are 
circulated to all members of the Board.

The Committee performance, Terms of Reference and 
responsibilities are reviewed periodically, and at least once 
a year. The Terms of Reference were last reviewed and 
approved by the Board in January 2020. The Committee 
was considered as part of the internal board and committee 
effectiveness review this year and this review concluded 
that the Committee discharges its duties effectively.

Meetings
 – The Committee has scheduled meetings in advance of the 
preliminary and interim results and the Christmas trading 
update. It meets at other times as and when required.

 – The Committee held 7 meetings during the period under 
review. Since the financial year end, there have not been 
any other meetings.

Committee membership and attendance
The members of the Committee are shown in the table 
below along with their attendance at meetings for the period 
under review. Biographical details for each member can be 
found on pages 54 and 55.

Members

Jonny Mason (Chair) 
Alex Baldock
Nigel Paterson

Scheduled and 
unscheduled meetings

7 of 7
7 of 7
7 of 7

The Chair of the Board and the Senior Independent director 
were not required to act as alternate Committee members 
during the year.

The Committee receives input as appropriate from other 
directors, the Company’s brokers and senior management. 
The Committee invites the Group Strategy and Corporate 
Affairs Director to attend all meetings.

80

Responsibilities
The principal duties of the Disclosure Committee are to:

 – establish and maintain adequate procedures, policies, 
systems and controls to enable the Company to fully 
comply with its legal and regulatory obligations regarding 
the timely and accurate identification and disclosure of all 
price sensitive information;

 – determine whether information is inside information and if 

it requires immediate disclosure;

 – keep under review the adequacy of the Disclosure 

and Communications Policies, implement and monitor 
compliance;

 – monitor communications received from any regulatory 

body in relation to the conduct of the Group, and review 
any proposed responses;

 – consider generally the requirement for announcements, 
including in relation to the delayed disclosure of inside 
information, substantive market rumours, and leaks of 
inside information;

 – consider and give final approval for trading statements 

and / or results to be released in order to meet legal and 
regulatory requirements; and

 – review the content of all material regulatory 

announcements, transactional shareholder circulars, 
prospectuses, and any other documents issued by 
the Company, and ensure that these comply with all 
applicable requirements.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference were last reviewed 
and approved by the Board in January 2020 and are 
available on the Group’s corporate website,  
www.dixonscarphone.com.

Key matters considered
During the year ended 2 May 2020, the Committee met to 
consider the following key matters:

 – the draft proposals for the FY2019/20 Group budget;

 – the preliminary results for the financial year ended 27 April 

2019;

 – the interim results for the 26 weeks ended 26 October 

2019;

 – the Peak trading update for the 10 weeks ended 

4 January 2020;

 – the closure of the Carphone Warehouse standalone 

stores; and

 – the updated financial guidance following the Covid-19 

pandemic.

Jonny Mason 
Chair of the Disclosure Committee 
14 July 2020

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Nominations 

Committee

Report

Nominations Committee
Report 

Chair’s statement
The Nominations Committee (the ‘Committee’) has 
continued to oversee the structure, size and composition 
of the Board during the year, having regard to the collective 
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity in all its 
forms. This report sets out the key responsibilities of the 
Nominations Committee and describes how it discharges its 
duties.

The Committee completed a review in March 2020 to 
assess compliance with the Code and concluded that the 
Board size and composition remain appropriate to meet the 
leadership needs of the business and operational needs 
of the Company. This review included consideration of the 
time commitments of each director, director independence, 
director tenure, the diversity of the Board, the collective 
skills and experience of the Board, directors’ external 
appointments and potential conflicts of interests.

The Board meets the voluntary diversity targets in both the 
Hampton Alexander review and Parker review although is 
not complacent about diversity. A new Chief People Officer 
was appointed during 2019 and there have been a number 
of additions to the HR function senior management team 
during the year to enhance our recruitment, development 
and diversity of our colleagues particularly in some 
senior positions. Although succession planning and the 
oversight of the development of a diverse pipeline for 
succession fall within the remit of the Committee, these 
discussions have also taken place at Board meetings and 
Board dinners during 2019/20. Enhancing diversity and 
succession planning remain a priority for the whole Board 
and delivering the colleague agenda is a critical component 
of the successful business transformation of the Group. It 
has therefore warranted input from all directors. The Board 
received several comprehensive updates from the HR 
team during the year including an update on the diversity 
initiatives in progress.

Meetings
 – The Committee meets as and when required and at least 

twice a year.

 – The Committee held two scheduled meetings during the 

period under review in addition to all directors receiving a 
succession planning update at a Board dinner.

Committee membership and attendance
The members of the Committee are shown in the table 
below along with their attendance at scheduled meetings 
for the period under review. Biographical details on each 
member can be found on pages 54 and 55.

Current members

Lord Livingston of Parkhead (Chair)
Tony DeNunzio
Andrea Gisle Joosen

Scheduled 
meetings

2 of 2
2 of 2
2 of 2

The majority of the members are independent non-executive 
directors as required by the Code. Other members of the 
Board or senior management are invited to attend meetings 
at the request of the Chair.

The Company Secretary, or their nominee, acts as Secretary 
to the Committee. The Committee’s deliberations are 
reported by its Chair at the next Board meeting and the 
minutes of each meeting are circulated to all members of 
the Board.

Responsibilities
The principal duties of the Nominations Committee are to:

 – review the structure, size and composition of the Board, 
and recommend changes to the Board as necessary;

 – give full consideration to orderly succession planning 
for both the Board and senior management positions 
and oversee the development of a diverse pipeline for 
succession;

 – identify and nominate candidates to fill vacancies on the 

Board when they arise;

 – carry out a formal, rigorous and transparent selection 

process of candidates, giving due regard to promoting the 
benefits of diversity on the Board and senior management 
team, including gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, 
and cognitive and personal strengths; and

 – review all the recommendations from the annual board 
effectiveness process that relate to Board composition, 
diversity or how effectively board members work together.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are reviewed on 
at least an annual basis and updated to take account of 
any changes to corporate governance best practice. In 
the 2019/20 financial year, they were reviewed by the 
Committee in October 2019 then approved by the Board in 
January 2020. These terms of reference are available on the 
Group’s corporate website, www.dixonscarphone.com.

81

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Nominations Committee   
Report continued

Key matters considered
During the year, the Committee considered the following 
matters:

 – an evaluation of the size, composition and structure of the 

Board and its committees;

 – the Company’s diversity policy taking account of the 

recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander Review, 
Parker Review, and McGregor-Smith Review;

 – the independence and time commitments of the directors;

 – the director external appointments policy;

 – director effectiveness during the year and concluding that 
each director be recommended for re-election at the 2020 
AGM;

 – the Committee’s performance and Terms of Reference;

 – the role descriptions of the Chair of the Board, Senior 

Independent Director and the Group Chief Executive; and

 – external corporate governance developments relating to 

the remit of the Committee.

Board evaluation
Following an externally facilitated Board effectiveness 
review in 2018/19, an internal evaluation of the Board 
was carried out by way of questionnaires and individual 
interviews with the Chair of the Board. The evaluation 
process found that the Committee is operating effectively. 
Further information on the outcomes of the Board 
effectiveness review is available on page 62.

Appointments to the Board
The Committee has a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointment of new directors. 
Appointments are made to the Board based on objective 
criteria and with due regard to the benefits of diversity and 
the leadership needs of the Company. External search 
consultancies are used when recruiting directors.

The Committee uses a skills matrix tool when assessing the 
skills and capabilities required in a new director, taking into 
account the existing experience and expertise on the Board. 
The Committee develops candidate profiles describing the 
skills, knowledge and experience required for each new role.

In October 2019, the Committee considered the 
appointment of an additional non-executive director. Further 
to a rigorous review, the Committee resolved that no further 
appointments to the Board were required at this time.

Succession planning
The business requires a talented Board with appropriate 
experience, expertise and diversity. The longest serving 
director recently reached a six-year tenure and half of the 
directors on the Board have served for less than four years. 
The Committee considered the composition during the 
year and concluded that the current Board size of eight 
directors continued to be appropriate for the current and 
near future needs of the business. As part of the internal 
Board effectiveness process for 2019/20, the Chair of the 
Board had discussions with each director individually to 
discuss Board succession planning needs and seek input to 
support discussions on director succession planning. The 
Board skills matrix is used to support conversations on the 
additional skills, experience and attributes that could benefit 
the Board.

During the year, the Executive Committee carried out a 
detailed talent review across every area of the business. 
Succession plans are in place for every member of the 
Executive Committee and this was refreshed in March 2020 
during the Covid-19 pandemic. The Committee, together 
with the Board, is focused on ensuring that credible 
succession plans are maintained and that there is a talent 
pipeline for future business leaders.

Diversity
The Company is committed to developing a diverse 
workforce and equal opportunities for all. The Board 
recognises that enhancing diversity in all its forms is a 
critical part of having an effective and engaged workforce 
which in turn supports the long-term sustainable success of 
the business.

The Board meets the voluntary targets recommended by 
the Hampton-Alexander Review and the Parker Review. At 
the end of the financial year 37.5% of the Board, and 18% 
of the Executive Committee, are female. One member of 
the Board meets the criteria as set out in the Parker Review. 
Whilst the Board is strongly supportive of enhancing all 
forms of diversity across the Board and wider workforce as 
a matter of priority, the Board does not currently set specific 
targets on gender balance or ethnicity. The Committee and 
the Board continue to be very mindful of the benefits of 
greater diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, 
and cognitive and personal strengths, in all appointments.

82

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20In accordance with DTR 7.2.8A, the Committee confirms 
that a Board Diversity Policy is in place and was last 
reviewed and approved in October 2019. The policy seeks 
to support the development of a diverse workforce and 
to ensure that the Board takes opportunities to enhance 
diversity as suitable roles and candidates become available. 
The policy has been approved by the Board and will apply in 
respect of all Board and senior management appointments. 
The policy does not include any quotas and emphasises the 
need for appointments to be made on the basis of merit.

In performing its annual review, the Board also looked at 
other aspects of diversity relevant to the Group. With a 
large proportion of the business in the Nordics, we have a 
Swedish Non-Executive Director on the Board to enhance 
the Board’s knowledge of these international markets. 
This Non-Executive Director also attends the International 
colleague forum to support colleague listening and 
engagement. More information on this forum is included 
in the Strategic Report on page 34. In addition, the Group 
Chief Financial Officer also has wide-ranging financial 
experience, both in the UK and the Nordics.

Election and re-election
At the forthcoming AGM, all directors as listed on pages 
54 and 55 will present themselves for re-election. Each 
of the directors is being unanimously recommended by 
the other members of the Board due to their experience, 
knowledge, wider management and industry experience, 
continued effectiveness and commitment to their role. More 
information on the individual contributions of each director 
is available within their biographies on pages 54 and 55.

Lord Livingston of Parkhead 
Chair of the Board 
14 July 2020

continued

83

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
Remuneration 

Committee

Report

Remuneration Committee
Report 

opportunities and risks that face the business, with the need 
to reflect both the shareholder experience on overall pay 
outs as well as the performance in the context of market 
and external environment.

Some shareholders also considered that the 2019 LTIP 
award should have been scaled back to recognise the fall 
in share price over the period since the previous award. 
The Remuneration Committee did consider whether a scale 
back of the award was required and considered business 
performance, share price and market practice at the time. 
In fact, many companies with similar share price falls had 
not scaled back awards. The Committee noted that there 
was already a reduction in the allocation amount from 
the prior year from 275% to 250% of salary, in line with 
the implementation of the new Remuneration Policy, and 
the Committee judged at the time that the award levels 
were appropriate in the context of incentivising a new 
management team embarking on a major transformation of 
the business. We listened to and understood shareholders’ 
views on this matter and it was the main reason we have 
reached our decision to scale back the 2020 LTIP award, 
details of which are set out below.

A report on the shareholder engagements and feedback has 
also been included in this report. Please see page 100 for 
further information.

Long-term incentive awards in 2019/20
In the prior financial year, we made a change to the TSR 
comparator group used as one of the measures for our 
long-term incentive awards. We previously measured 
performance against a basket of companies from all 
industry sectors, but such a broad group is subject to 
different business dynamics and pressures to Dixons 
Carphone, so we identified a group of companies with 
which we have more in common. A group of specialist 
retailers provided a better fit when we examined the 
historical movement and volatility in share prices and their 
underlying business profile and risk. We reviewed a UK-only 
peer group as well as a European group and decided the 
latter was better aligned with our European footprint as well 
as providing a far larger sample of companies (and therefore 
a more robust comparator group). We used this group last 
year and plan to use this same comparator group when 
making the 2020/21 awards. Please see page 103 for further 
information on the comparator group.

The long-term incentive plan awards made in 2017 reached 
the end of their performance period at the end of the 
2019/20 financial year. None of the performance measures 
were met and therefore these awards lapsed when they 
vested in June 2020. Neither of the current executive 
directors received awards under this grant, as they were not 
employed by the Company when the awards were made. 
Please see page 104 for further information.

Committee Chair’s statement
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 2019/20 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and the report of the 
Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) for the financial 
year ending 2 May 2020. This report describes the duties 
of the Committee and how these have been discharged 
during the year. As with last year, we have included a 
Remuneration at a glance section in our report on page 87.

Remuneration Policy
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) was 
approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”) in September 2019. We would like to thank 
shareholders for their engagement during 2019 as we 
consulted on this Policy and then for the 89.26% vote in 
favour of the Policy at the AGM. In line with evolving market 
practice and shareholder sentiment, the Remuneration 
Committee gave an additional undertaking in August 
2019 that the pension contributions for any new executive 
directors would be aligned to pension contributions of 
the wider workforce. The Committee is also mindful of 
the investor expectations regarding pension contribution 
rates and is exploring ways to align the level of pension 
contributions for the current executive directors with those 
of the wider workforce.

2018/19 Remuneration Report
Our remuneration report received less support from our 
shareholders than the Policy, and, whilst we welcomed the 
support of over three-quarters of shareholders who voted 
in favour, we sought to better understand the concerns 
of those who did not. To that end we invited engagement 
with shareholders and welcomed the opportunity to have 
constructive discussions on remuneration with those that 
responded. The concerns expressed by those shareholders 
and shareholder advisers that provided feedback primarily 
related to the level of bonus payments for 2018/19, given 
the assessment of business performance; and the number 
of shares awarded in the 2019 LTIP grant, given the lower 
share price.

Some shareholders felt that the bonus outturn was 
excessive in the context of the financial results in 2018/19 
which were down on the prior year. The Remuneration 
Committee recognised that the determination of the 
2018/19 bonus outcome was a difficult judgement to 
make during the business transformation. However, on 
the basis that the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief 
Financial Officer joined the business in April 2018 and 
August 2018 respectively and then delivered the financial 
targets for 2018/19 in line with the Company’s guidance 
issued in 2018, the Remuneration Committee concluded 
that the bonus outcomes were reasonable. In addition, 
both executive directors voluntarily deferred 100% of their 
2018/19 cash bonus into share awards, that will not vest 
for 2 years, in order to more strongly align themselves with 
shareholders. We undertook to continue to ensure that 
our incentive targets balance a realistic assessment of the 

84

HEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20continued

Covid-19 implications and pay and performance for 
2019/20
In line with Government guidance, the Company closed 
all stores across the UK and Ireland from 24 March 2020. 
This followed closures of our stores in Greece from 
18 March 2020. Our online operations in these countries 
were able to continue, and online trading remained strong, 
recovering some of the lost store sales. Meanwhile, our 
stores in the Nordics have been able to continue to trade. 
To protect our business and our colleagues, we are focused 
on our Big Three priorities: Keeping our colleagues safe, 
helping our customers and securing our future. On this 
basis we furloughed over 16,000 store, corporate, supply 
chain and contact centre colleagues in the UK and Ireland; 
and to show total alignment across the business, all 
members of the Board and the UK Executive Committee 
members agreed to a temporary 20% reduction in base 
pay. UK and Ireland colleagues at the two grades below 
Executive Committee level agreed to a 10% reduction in 
base pay. The pay reduction was effective from 5 April 2020 
to 28 June 2020.

Prior to the onset of the Covid-19 restrictions, Group 
performance was on track to deliver a bonus out-turn above 
threshold. However, as a result of significantly reduced 
revenues caused by the pandemic closures in the last two 
months of the year, the profit underpin was missed for the 
year as a whole. The Remuneration Committee considered 
whether it was appropriate to over-ride this mechanism 
in light of ten months of strong performance and the 
exceptional and wholly external reasons why the year’s 
target was missed. However, the management did not 
believe paying a bonus would have been the right course 
of action at a time when the focus should be on protecting 
the business and its cashflow for the benefit of all our 
stakeholders. The Remuneration Committee accepted and 
welcomed management’s position on this issue. As well 
as there being no bonus for 2019/20, the Remuneration 
Committee agreed that there would be no standard pay 
increases for executive directors, Executive Committee and 
corporate colleagues for 2020.

Pay and performance for 2020/21
In line with our Remuneration Policy, the maximum bonus 
opportunity for 2020/21 is 150% of base salary, with one 
third of any bonus earned deferred into shares for a period 
of two years. The bonus scheme will remain based on 
performance against a balanced scorecard of financial and 
non-financial measures, with financial measures making 
up the majority of the opportunity, and, as in 2019/20, the 
bonus will also include a clawback facility to demonstrate 
the Company’s objective to reinforce a culture of ‘Treating 
Customers Fairly’. 

The Committee recognises that significant uncertainties 
remain as the country (and therefore the Company) moves 
out of lockdown, and therefore will review the bonus 
position as the year progresses, using its overriding 
discretion, if appropriate, in a manner that recognises the 

context of the business and shareholder experience, but 
maintains the incentive necessary to spur our recovery. The 
Committee will also use its discretion when reviewing bonus 
pay outs should it be demonstrated that a windfall gain 
has been received as a result of the use of any government 
subsidies received during the Covid-19 period. Targets and 
performance against all the scorecard elements will be fully 
disclosed in next year’s Remuneration Report.

We will also be making long-term incentive plan awards 
this year under the 2016 LTIP Plan. These awards will 
be granted at 200% of base salary, which is 20% lower 
than the 250% normal award level under our policy. 
The Committee was mindful of the feedback received 
from some investors who believed that last year’s LTIP 
award should have been scaled back to reflect the fall in 
share price prior to that award. Based on the share price 
progression this year alone, there were sound argument 
as to why we might not have scaled back. Up to the onset 
of the Covid-19, the share price had risen by over 16% 
and some investors have signalled that falls resulting from 
Covid-19 may be disregarded for this purpose. However, 
the Committee believed that to have proceeded with a full 
award would not adequately have reflected shareholders’ 
feedback following the 2019 award. This decision follows 
other remuneration elements which have shown restraint 
on pay – the temporary 20% base pay reduction, no 
2019/20 bonus payment despite strong performance prior 
to Covid-19, and no pay increase in 2020. We remain very 
conscious of the need to motivate our talented team in this 
challenging period, but believe these adjustments are right 
in the circumstances.

This year, we plan to set the targets and make the awards 
after we have announced our annual results. This reflects 
the greater uncertainty as our stores are only just in the 
process of fully re-opening and we need to ensure that 
we have targets in place that are both stretching for 
participants and also fully reflective of how shareholders 
and the market view the long-term performance of the 
business.

We will fully disclose the award details and targets at the 
time of the grant announcement and include them in next 
year’s Remuneration Report.

Enabling Colleagues to become shareholders
We strongly believe in the positive benefits of making our 
colleagues shareholders in the business driven by one of 
our core values ‘We Own It’. We have seen that colleagues 
welcome the opportunity to become shareholders through 
the introduction of our Colleague Shareholder Scheme 
(“CSS”). This year we were delighted to receive shareholder 
approval for the CSS at the 2019 AGM and to announce 
our decision to extend the CSS for another year. Under the 
CSS we are able to make one off awards of shares from 
time to time to all eligible colleagues. The first awards were 
made in February 2019 and at least £1,000 of options were 
granted to every permanent colleague with 12 months’ 
service. Since February 2019, awards have been made to 

85

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Report

Remuneration Committee   
Report continued

over 38,000 colleagues globally and these awards will vest 
after three years. However, these awards are not allocated 
to senior management. The awards have been well 
received, with much positive feedback from both colleagues 
and shareholders. We are already seeing tangible benefits 
since the launch of the scheme resulting in significant 
improvements in our customer metrics.

The initial awards under this scheme were made using 
shares purchased in the market and so did not affect our 
dilution limits. However, we would like to have the ability to 
fund awards to newly eligible employees using new-issue 
shares. Whilst the approval gained from shareholders in 
2019 allows this, it would cause us a technical problem 
against our current dilution limits. This issue arises 
because our share plans count the CSS awards against 
the dilution limit on ‘discretionary’ schemes with a 5% 
dilution limit – a label that normally applies to schemes 
for senior management, whereas the CSS is available 
to all eligible colleagues and specifically not senior 
management. Following consultation with a number of our 
major shareholders, who expressed strong support for 
this scheme and recognised the issue it created with the 
technical dilution limit, we are proposing to change the 
rules in our share plans to allow us to treat the CSS as an 
all-employee scheme and count its dilution just within our 
overall 10% limit on share usage. 

Engaging with our colleagues
We are committed to continuing to engage with the wider 
workforce and I have been given responsibility by the 
Board to lead on this. As part of this role I attended the 
UK and International colleague listening forums with the 
Chief People Officer, Paula Coughlan. My fellow Committee 
member Andrea Gisle Joosen attended the Nordics 
colleague forum. Attendance at these forums provided us 
with a very welcomed opportunity to directly engage with 
the wider workforce and to bring colleagues’ views to both 
the Committee and Board discussions in addition to the 
existing methods such as our company wide engagement 
survey. I am looking forward to engaging further with 
colleagues during the coming year.

As always, we would welcome any feedback or comments 
on this Report. The Committee remains firmly committed to 
the principle of pay for performance, ensuring that rewards 
to the senior leadership team are aligned with the returns 
of long-term shareholders, and this remains a key tenant 
to our policy. This year has been exceptional due to the 
Covid-19 pandemic. In this environment, the Board and 
Remuneration Committee have sought to take the interests 
of all stakeholders into account whilst focusing on our Three 
Big priorities. The executive directors and management 
team have skilfully navigated the business through this 
crisis. However, we are also mindful that we need to strike 
a balance on the one hand with short-term renumeration 
sacrifices and on the other hand the need to motivate and 
incentivise management to create long-term shareholder 
value. We look forward to your continued engagement and 
thank you for the feedback provided to date.

Tony DeNunzio CBE 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

14 July 2020

86

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report 

—

Remuneration Policy

Remuneration Report —
Remuneration Policy 
Remuneration at a glance
Implementation of the remuneration policy
Remuneration at a glance

Performance 
metrics 
(weighting)

• EBIT (50%)
• Average net debt (20%)
• Net Promoter Score (15%)
• Employee engagement (15%)
• EBIT underpin and “Treating Customers 
Fairly” clawback. 

• EBIT (50%)
• Average net debt (20%)
• Net Promoter Score (15%)
• Employee engagement (15%)
• EBIT underpin and “Treating Customers 
Fairly” clawback. 

Maximum 
opportunity

250% of base salary

200% of base salary.  
Scaled back by 20% from 250% maximum

LTIP

Performance 
metrics 
(weighting)

• TSR relative to a bespoke group of UK 
and European retailers (50%)
• Cumulative free cash flow (50%)

• TSR relative to a bespoke group of UK 
and European retailers (50%)
• Cumulative free cash flow (50%)

Share ownership 
guidelines

• 200% of salary to be achieved within 
five years of appointment
• For new appointments, shares to the 
value of 200% of salary must be retained 
for the first year post-cessation and 100% 
for the second year

• 200% of salary to be achieved within 
five years of appointment
• For new appointments, shares to the 
value of 200% of salary must be retained 
for the first year post-cessation and 100% 
for the second year

Total remuneration earned in the year

Total remuneration earned in the year

Due to the EBIT threshold not being met no bonus was paid out in respect of the 2019/20 financial year. Additional details 
are set out in the Chair’s letter and in the body of the remuneration report. The Executive Directors were not in post when 
LTIPs due to vest this year were granted, and therefore are not eligible for payments under the LTIP plan in the year.

87

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd line2019/202020/21 proposedBase salary• CEO –£867,000• CFO -£479,400• CEO –£867,000 (no increase)• CFO -£479,400 (no increase)Note: Due to the COVID-19 impact, the Executive Directors agreed to a 20% reduction from the above salaries with effect from 5 April 2020 to 28 June 2020.Annual bonusMaximum opportunity150% of base salaryOne third deferred into shares for a period of two years (although executives voluntarily deferred 100% of their bonus)150% of base salaryOne third deferred into shares for a period of two years.Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report 

continued

Remuneration Policy

—

Remuneration Report —   
Remuneration Policy continued

Introduction
The purpose of this Report is to inform shareholders of  
the Company’s directors’ remuneration for the year ended 
2 May 2020 and the Remuneration Policy for subsequent 
years. This report is divided into two sections:

 – the Remuneration Policy; and

 – the Annual Remuneration Report.

The current Remuneration Policy was approved 
by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 
5 September 2019 and is effective from that date. The 
Annual Remuneration Report will be put to an advisory vote 
at the Annual General Meeting.

The role of the Committee is to determine on behalf of the 
Board a remuneration policy for executive directors and 
senior management which promotes the long-term success 
of the business through the attraction and retention of 
executives who have the ability, experience and dedication 
to deliver outstanding returns for our shareholders.

The Committee has adopted the principles of good 
governance relating to directors’ remuneration as enshrined 
in section 5 of the Code and has paid close regard to 
the principles of clarity, transparency, risk management, 
proportionality and alignment to culture and strategy. The 
Committee has complied with those principles in the year 
under review.

These reports have been prepared by the Committee on 
behalf of the Board in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006, Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 (as amended) and the Listing Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority. The Remuneration Policy (which is 
not subject to audit) details the role of the Committee, the 
principles of remuneration and other matters. The Annual 
Remuneration Report (elements of which are audited) details 
the directors’ and former directors’ fixed and variable pay, 
share awards, share options and pension arrangements.

The policy set out here is the version approved by 
shareholders other than minor updates to certain sections 
such as the Remuneration Committee objectives, illustration 
of remuneration policy, shareholder and employee 
consultation, service agreements and dilution limits. The 
actual version which was approved by shareholders can be 
found in the annual report and accounts 2018/19.

Remuneration Policy –  
unaudited information

Remuneration Committee objectives
The Board has delegated to the Committee responsibility for 
determining policy in relation to the remuneration packages 
for executive directors and other senior management. 
This delegation includes their terms and conditions of 
employment in addition to the operation of the Group’s 
share-based employee incentive schemes. The Committee’s 

Terms of Reference are reviewed annually. In the 2019/20 
financial year, they were reviewed by the Committee in 
December 2019 and subsequently approved by the Board 
in January 2020. The Committee’s Terms of Reference are 
available on the Group’s corporate website,  
www.dixonscarphone.com. The Terms of Reference reflect 
all the recent legislative and regulatory changes as well as 
recently published best practice guidance.

Remuneration strategy
Put simply, our aim is to generate superior returns for our 
shareholders and the key to achieving this is our colleagues. 
Our remuneration strategy is therefore designed to motivate 
high-performing colleagues to deliver our business strategy.

The objectives of our remuneration strategy are to:

 – attract, motivate and retain high quality talent;

 – be transparent and align the interests of senior 

management and executive directors with those of 
shareholders, by encouraging management to have a 
significant personal stake in the long-term success of  
the business;

 – weight remuneration to variable pay so that it incentivises 

outperformance particularly over the long term whilst 
discouraging inappropriate risk-taking;

 – ensure that superior rewards are only paid for exceptional 

performance against challenging targets;

 – apply policies consistently across the Group to promote 

alignment and teamwork;

 – recognise the importance of delivering across a balanced 
set of metrics to ensure the right behaviours are adopted 
and the long-term health of the business is protected; and

 – avoid rewarding failure.

In developing its policy, the Committee has regard to:

 – the performance, roles and responsibilities of each 

executive director or member of senior management;

 – the remuneration arrangements and policy which apply 

below senior management levels, including average base 
salary increases across the workforce;

 – information and surveys from internal and independent 

sources;

 – the economic environment and financial performance  

of the Company; and

 – good corporate governance practice.

Guidelines on responsible investment disclosure
In line with the Investment Association Guidelines on 
responsible investment disclosure, the Committee is 
satisfied that the incentive structure and targets for 
executive directors do not raise any environmental,  
social or governance risks by inadvertently motivating 
irresponsible or reckless behaviour. The Committee 
considers that no element of the remuneration package  
will encourage inappropriate risk-taking by any member  
of senior management.

88

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Policy

Remuneration Policy table

The individual elements of the remuneration packages offered to executive directors are summarised in the following table:

Base salary (fixed pay)

 – Purpose and link to strategy

To aid the recruitment, retention and motivation of high-performing colleagues.

 – Operation

Normally reviewed annually.

To reflect their skills, experience and importance to the business.

The review reflects a range of factors including merit levels, internal relativity, 
external market data and cost. Our overall policy, having due regard to the factors 
noted, is normally to target salaries at market level taking into consideration 
FTSE51-150 and retailers of a similar size.

Salaries for new appointments as executive directors will be set in accordance with 
the Recruitment Policy set out on pages 94 to 96.

The Committee takes into consideration the impact of base salary increases on the 
package as a whole, as other elements of pay (such as pension contributions) are 
generally based on a percentage of salary.

Ordinarily, increases for executive directors will be in line with increases across 
the Group. Increases beyond those granted across the Group may be awarded in 
certain circumstances, such as changes in responsibilities, progression in the role 
and significant increases in the size, complexity or value of the Group.

Salary levels for current directors are shown in the Annual Remuneration Report.

 – Maximum opportunity

 – Performance assessment / targets Salaries are normally reviewed annually by the Committee at the appropriate 

meeting having due regard to the individual’s experience, performance and added 
value to the business.

Benefits (fixed pay)

 – Purpose and link to strategy

 – Operation

 – Maximum opportunity

In line with the Company’s strategy to keep remuneration weighted to variable pay 
that incentivises outperformance, a modest range of benefits is provided.

Benefits may vary based on the personal choices of the director.

Provision of relocation or other related assistance may be provided to support the 
appointment or relocation of a director.

Executive directors are entitled to a combination of benefits which include, but are 
not limited to:

 – car allowance or the use of a driver for company business;

 – private medical cover;

 – life assurance;

 – holiday and sick pay; and

 – a range of voluntary benefits including the purchase of additional holiday.

Executive directors will be eligible for other benefits which are introduced for the 
wider workforce on broadly similar terms.

Any reasonable business-related expenses (including the tax thereon) can be 
reimbursed if determined to be a taxable benefit.

Should an executive director be recruited from, or be based in, a non-UK location, 
benefits may be determined by those typically provided in the normal country of 
residence and / or reflect local market legislation.

Relocation or other related assistance could include, but is not limited to, removal 
and other relocation costs, tax equalisation, tax advice and accommodation costs.

The cost to the Group of providing such benefits will vary from year to year in 
accordance with the cost of providing such benefits, which is kept under regular 
review.

 – Performance assessment / targets Not applicable. 

89

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report —   
Remuneration Policy continued

Pension (fixed pay)

 – Purpose and link to strategy

 – Operation

 – Maximum opportunity

A pension is provided which is consistent with that provided to other Corporate 
employees in the UK and in line with our strategy to keep remuneration weighted to 
variable pay that incentivises outperformance.

Defined contribution plans are offered to all employees. A defined benefit pension 
plan continues in operation for Dixons’ longer-serving employees, which is now 
closed to new participants and future accrual.

Executive directors may choose to receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension 
contributions.

Current executive directors will receive normal Company pension contribution of up 
to 10% of base salary, which can be taken in whole or in part as a cash allowance 
in lieu of pension. Any executive director appointed after 5 September 2019 will 
receive a pension contribution in line with the level paid to the majority of the UK 
workforce across the Group, up to 10% of base salary, which can be taken in whole 
or in part as a cash allowance in lieu of pension.

 – Performance assessment / targets Not applicable.

Annual performance bonus (variable pay)

 – Purpose and link to strategy

 – Operation

 – Maximum opportunity

Annual performance bonuses are in place to incentivise the delivery of stretching, 
near-term business targets based on our business strategy.

These bonuses provide a strong link between reward and performance and drive 
the creation of further shareholder value.

The principles and approach are consistently applied across the Group ensuring 
alignment to a common vision and strategy.

They are based on a balanced approach ensuring appropriate behaviours are 
adopted and encouraging a longer-term focus.

Bonus payments are determined after the year end and subject to a minimum profit 
threshold being achieved before payment is due.

For threshold level of performance, a bonus of up to 20% of the maximum potential 
award is payable. A sliding scale determines payment between the minimum and 
maximum bonus payable.

The annual bonus is typically determined in June based on the audited performance 
over the previous financial year.

One third of any bonus earned will be deferred into shares for a period of two years, 
with the remaining two-thirds paid in cash. Any bonus earned is non-pensionable. 
Where any bonus is deferred dividends (or equivalents) may accrue.

Performance is reviewed by the Committee using its judgement where necessary 
to assess the achievement of targets. The Committee retains the discretion to 
adjust downwards bonus payments where achievement of targets would result in 
a payment of a bonus at a level which would not be consistent with the interests of 
the Company and its shareholders.

Recovery and withholding provisions apply for material misstatement, misconduct, 
calculation error, reputational damage and corporate failure, enabling performance 
adjustments and / or recovery of sums already paid. These provisions will apply for 
up to three years after payment.

Maximum annual bonus potential for all executive directors is 150% of base salary. 
No bonus is payable if the minimum profit threshold is not achieved.

 – Performance assessment / targets All measures and targets are reviewed and set by the Committee at the beginning of 

the financial year with a view to supporting the achievement of the Group strategy.

The bonus scheme has targets based on a balanced scorecard. The balanced 
scorecard may include both financial and non-financial measures, such as 
employee, customer and strategic measures. The weighting of measures will be 
determined by the Committee each year. Financial measures (such as profit and 
cash) will represent the majority of the bonus opportunity, with other measures 
representing the balance. 

90

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Long-term incentive scheme (variable pay): Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

 – Purpose and link to strategy

Long-term incentive schemes are transparent and demonstrably aligned with the 
interests of shareholders over the long-term.

 – Operation

The LTIP is designed to reward and retain executives over the longer-term, whilst 
aligning an individual’s interests with those of shareholders and in turn delivering 
significant shareholder value.

Discretionary awards of nil-priced options or conditional share awards are granted 
over Dixons Carphone shares.

Awards will be granted annually and will usually vest after three years subject to 
continued service and the achievement of performance conditions.

The level of vesting is dependent on achievement of performance targets, usually 
over a three-year period. No more than 25% of the maximum will be payable for 
threshold level of performance.

The post-tax number of share awards vesting will be subject to a further two-
year holding period, during which they cannot be sold, unless in exceptional 
circumstances and with the Committee’s permission.

Dividend equivalents may be accrued on the shares earned from any award.

Awards will be subject to recovery and withholding provisions for material 
misstatement, misconduct, calculation error, reputational damage and corporate 
failure, enabling performance adjustments and / or recovery of sums already paid. 
These provisions will apply for up to three years after vesting.

If employment ceases during the vesting period, awards will ordinarily lapse in full, 
unless the Committee exercises its discretion.

The Committee has the discretion in certain circumstances to grant and / or settle 
an award in cash. For the executive directors this would only be used in exceptional 
circumstances.

In the event of a change of control, any unvested awards will vest immediately, 
subject to satisfaction of performance conditions and reduction on a time-
apportioned basis.

 – Maximum opportunity

Grants under the LTIP are subject to overall dilution limits.

The normal maximum grant per participant in any financial year will be a market 
value of 250% of base salary, with up to 375% in exceptional circumstances, 
e.g. recruitment.

More details on the proposed award levels for executive directors in 2020/21 are 
set out in the Annual Remuneration Report on page 111 and full details will be 
disclosed at grant.

 – Performance assessment / targets Performance targets are reviewed by the Committee prior to each grant and are set 

to reflect the key priorities of the business at that time.

The Committee determines the metrics from a range of measures, including but 
not limited to, market-based performance measures such as TSR and financial 
metrics such as free cash flow. The Committee retains the flexibility to introduce 
new measures in the future if considered appropriate given the business context, 
although TSR and free cash flow will each not be weighted any less than 30% 
of the total award. Material changes will be subject to consultation with major 
shareholders.

The actual metrics applying for each award will be set out in the Annual 
Remuneration Report and any changes in the metrics will be explained. 

91

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report —   
Remuneration Policy continued

All employee share plans

 – Purpose and link to strategy

 – Operation

Maximum opportunity

Encourages employees to make a long-term investment in the Company’s shares 
and therefore be aligned to the long-term success of the Company.

Executive directors are eligible to participate in the Group all-employee share 
schemes, but not the Colleague Shareholder Scheme, on the same terms as other 
eligible employees.

The same limits apply to executive directors as to all other participants in the 
schemes and are in line with the appropriate regulations.

The Committee reserves the right to increase the savings limits for future schemes 
in accordance with the statutory limits in place from time to time.

 – Performance assessment / targets None of the schemes are subject to any performance conditions.

Share ownership guidelines

 – Purpose and link to strategy

 – Operation

Provides close alignment between the longer-term interests of executive directors 
and shareholders in terms of the Company’s long-term success.

The Company requires executive directors to retain a certain percentage of base 
salary in the Company’s shares, with a five-year period in which to reach these 
limits. Executive directors are also required to retain a proportion of these shares 
post the cessation of employment.

The shares which count towards this requirement are beneficially-owned shares 
(both directly and indirectly).

 – Maximum opportunity

Not applicable.

 – Performance assessment / targets The Company requires all executive directors to retain 200% of base salary in the 

Company’s shares during employment. Any executive director appointed after 
5 September 2019 will also be required to retain shares equivalent to 200% of their 
base salary on leaving for a period of 12 months and then 100% of their base salary 
for a further period of 12 months.

Details of the directors’ shareholdings are shown in the table on page 109.

Non-executive directors and Chair of the Board / Deputy Chair fees

 – Purpose and link to strategy

To provide a competitive fee for the performance of non-executive director duties, 
sufficient to attract high calibre individuals to the role.

 – Operation

 – Maximum opportunity

The fees are set to align with the duties undertaken, taking into account 
market rates, and are normally reviewed on an annual basis. Factors taken into 
consideration include the expected time commitment and specific experience.

Additional fees are payable for acting as the Senior Independent Director or as 
Chair of any Board committee, and for membership of a Board Committee.

Non-executive directors do not participate in the annual performance bonus or the 
long-term incentive plans or pension arrangements.

Any reasonable business-related expenses (including the tax thereon) can be 
reimbursed if determined to be a taxable benefit.

For material, unexpected increases in time commitments, the Board may pay extra 
fees on a pro-rated basis to reflect additional workload.

Aggregate annual limit of £2,000,000 imposed by the Articles of Association for 
directors’ fees (not including fees in relation to any executive office or Chair of the 
Board, Deputy Chair, Senior Independent Director or Committee Chair fees).

 – Performance assessment / targets Not applicable.

Notes:
(1)  The Committee intends to honour all commitments previously provided to executive directors and current employees.

92

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Selection of Performance Metrics
The policy provides flexibility for the Committee to determine the measures to be used in the Annual Performance Bonus 
and the LTIP. The measures used currently, and their purposes are set out below.

Measure
EBIT
Average net debt
Net promoter score

Where used
Annual Performance Bonus
Annual Performance Bonus
Annual Performance Bonus

Employee engagement

Annual Performance Bonus

Cumulative free cashflow LTIP

Relative TSR

LTIP

Purpose
Key measure of annual financial delivery
Focus on the business’s cash position 
Captures the overall perception of our business in the eyes of 
our customers
Reflects how well we engage our colleagues – a factor which 
we know to be a key driver of retention and performance
A principal measure of the financial health of the business 
including the management of working capital, captured over a 
multi-year period
Seeks to measure the growth in shareholders’ investment 
in Dixons Carphone (share price movements plus dividends 
paid) relative to other similar companies

Illustration of Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy scenario chart below illustrates the level and mix of potential total remuneration the ongoing 
executive directors could receive under the Remuneration Policy at three levels of performance: minimum, target and 
maximum.

Remuneration Policy scenario chart

)
s
0
0
0
£
(

n
o
(cid:31)
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

£6,000

£5,000

£4,000

£3,000

£2,000

£1,000

£0

£4,958

52%

26%

21%

£4,091

42%

32%

26%

£2,791

34%

28%

38%

£1,024

100%

£1,498

35%
29%

36%

£540

100%

£2,216

43%

32%

24%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum + 50%
share price
growth

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Alex Baldock

Jonny Mason

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

Long term incen(cid:31)ves

£2,695

53%

27%

20%

Maximum +50%
share price
growth

Notes:
(1)  Fixed pay is based on the basic salary payable at 1 August 2020, taxable benefits and pension contributions.
(2) 

 Annual variable pay represents the annual bonus entitlement. No bonus is assumed at the minimum performance level. Target performance 
assumes a payment of 90% of salary (i.e. 60% of maximum) and at maximum performance a payment of 150% of base salary.
 Long-term incentives relate to the Long Term Incentive Plan. No awards vest at the minimum performance level. Target performance 
assumes a vesting of 110% of salary (i.e. 55% of maximum award) and maximum performance vesting of 200% of salary. The LTIP reflects 
the scaled back award level of 200% made in 2020 (normal maximum: 250%).
 The chart above does not take into account the impact of share price appreciation, other than the fourth bar, which assumes a growth in the 
share price of 50% over the vesting period for long-term incentive awards.

(3) 

(4) 

93

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report —   
Remuneration Policy continued

Remuneration Committee discretions
The Committee operates the annual bonus plan, long-term 
incentive and all-employee plans in accordance with their 
respective rules, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules (or 
overseas equivalent) where relevant. The Committee retains 
discretion, consistent with market practice, over a number 
of areas relating to the operation and administration of these 
plans. These include but are not limited to:

Remuneration policy for the wider workforce
Dixons Carphone employs a large number of colleagues 
across different countries. Our reward framework is 
structured around a set of common principles with 
adjustments made to suit the needs of the different 
businesses and employee groups. Reward packages 
differ for a variety of reasons including the impact on the 
business, local practice, custom and legislation.

 – entitlement to participate in the plan;

 – when awards or payments are to be made;

 – size of award and / or payment (within the rules of the 

plans and the approved policy);

 – determination of a good leaver for incentive plan purposes 
and the appropriate treatment based on the rules of each 
plan;

 – discretion as to the measurement of performance 

conditions and pro-rating in the event of a change of 
control;

 – any adjustment to awards or performance conditions for 
significant events or exceptional circumstances; and

 – the application of recovery and withholding provisions.

Shareholder and employee consultation
The Committee has a policy to consult with its major 
shareholders when making any significant changes to 
the Remuneration Policy of the Company. Any feedback 
received is taken into consideration when determining 
future policy. The Committee also takes into consideration 
remuneration guidance issued by leading investor bodies, 
in addition to the principles of good governance relating to 
directors’ remuneration as set out in the Code.

Whilst employees are not formally consulted on executive 
remuneration, a number of them are shareholders and as 
such are able to exercise their influence. The Committee 
welcomes the introduction of the ‘employee voice’ initiative. 
During the year, an International Colleague forum was 
established to unify the existing country forums into a 
single, listening and engagement forum for colleagues. 
Tony DeNunzio, the Deputy Chair and Senior Independent 
Director attends the UK forum meetings with the Chief 
People Officer and Andrea Gisle Joosen, Independent 
Non-Executive Director attends the Nordics colleague 
forum meetings. Attendance at these forums provides a 
welcomed opportunity to directly engage with the wider 
workforce and to bring colleagues’ views to both the 
Committee and Board discussions. In addition, we monitor 
our employee discussion boards and employee forums to 
ensure employee feedback in general is considered in all 
our strategy execution. The Company also conducts regular 
employee surveys throughout the business. The Committee 
is kept informed of general employment conditions across 
the Group, including the annual pay review outcomes.

In determining salary increases to apply across the wider 
workforce, the Company takes into consideration Company 
performance and other market metrics as necessary. When 
setting the policy for executive directors, the Committee 
takes into consideration salary increases throughout the 
Company as a whole.

The Company actively encourages wide employee share 
ownership. The Colleague Shareholder Scheme provides 
the opportunity for all colleagues, subject to eligibility 
criteria, to become shareholders in the Company and the 
Company has put in place the structure and plan rules 
for a SIP, for introduction at a future date. In addition, the 
Group’s UK & Irish employees, who meet the eligibility 
criteria, are already invited to join the Company’s UK & 
Ireland approved SAYE.

Discretionary share plans are also extended to both senior 
management and other key members of the workforce, as 
the Company feels that it is important to incentivise and 
retain these employees over the longer-term in order for the 
Company to continue to grow.

Recruitment or promotion policy
On appointment or promotion, base salary levels will be 
set taking into account a range of factors including market 
levels, experience, internal relativities and cost. If an 
individual is appointed on a base salary below the desired 
market positioning, the Committee retains the discretion to 
re-align the base salary over one to three years, contingent 
on individual performance, which may result in a higher 
rate of annualised increase above ordinary levels. If the 
Committee intends to rely on this discretion, it will be noted 
in the first Remuneration Report following an individual’s 
appointment. Other elements of annual remuneration will 
be in line with the policy set out in the Remuneration Policy 
table. As such, variable remuneration will be capped as set 
out in the Policy table.

The following exceptions will apply:

 – in the event that an internal appointment is made or 
an executive director joins as a result of a transfer 
of an undertaking, merger, reconstruction or similar 
reorganisation, the Committee retains the discretion 
to continue with existing remuneration provisions and 
the provision of benefits. This discretion will not be 
used in respect of pension contributions in excess of 
the Committee’s commitment to ensure that any newly 
appointed executive director will receive a pension 
contribution in line with the level paid to the majority of 

94

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20In addition to the annual remuneration elements noted 
above, the Committee may consider buying out, on a like-
for-like basis, bonuses and / or incentive awards that an 
individual forfeits from a previous employer in accepting the 
appointment. The Committee will have the authority to rely 
on Listing Rule 9.4.2(2) or exceptional limits of awards of up 
to 375% of base salary within the Long Term Incentive Plan. 
If made, the Committee will be informed by the structure, 
time horizons, value and performance targets associated 
with any forfeited awards, while retaining the discretion 
to make any payment or award deemed necessary and 
appropriate. The Committee may also require the appointee 
to purchase shares in the Company in accordance with its 
shareholding policy.

the UK workforce across the Group, up to 10% of base 
salary.

 – as deemed necessary and appropriate to secure an 

appointment, the Committee retains the discretion to 
make additional payments linked to relocation (including 
any tax thereon);

 – for an overseas appointment, the Committee will have 
discretion to offer cost-effective benefits and pension 
provisions which reflect local market practice and relevant 
legislation;

 – the Committee may set alternative performance 
conditions for the remainder of the initial annual 
bonus performance period, taking into account the 
circumstances and timing of the appointment; and

 – the Committee retains the discretion to provide an 

immediate interest in Company performance by making 
a long-term incentive award on recruitment (or shortly 
thereafter if in a prohibited period) in accordance with 
the Policy Table under its existing long-term incentive 
schemes or such future schemes as may be introduced 
by the Company with the approval of its shareholders. 
The Committee will determine, at the time of award, the 
level of the award, the performance conditions and time 
horizon that would apply to such awards, taking into 
account the strategy and business circumstances of the 
Company.

Service contracts will be entered into on terms similar to 
those for the existing executive directors, summarised in 
the recruitment table below. However, the Committee may 
authorise the payment of a relocation and / or repatriation 
allowance, as well as other associated international mobility 
terms and benefits, such as tax equalisation and tax advice.

95

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report —   
Remuneration Policy continued

With respect to the appointment of a new Chair of the Board or non-executive director, terms of appointment will be 
consistent with those currently adopted. Variable pay will not be considered and as such no maximum applies. With 
respect to non-executive directors, fees will be consistent with the policy at the time of appointment. If necessary, to 
secure the appointment of a new Chair of the Board not based in the UK, payments relating to relocation and / or housing 
may be considered.

Elements of remuneration on appointment are set out in the Recruitment table below.

A timely announcement with respect to any director’s appointment and remuneration will be made to the 
regulatory news services and posted on the Company’s corporate website.

Recruitment table for executive directors

Area

Service contract and 
incentive plan 
provisions

Feature

Notice period

Policy

 – Up to 12 months from either side.

Entitlements on termination

 – As summarised in the Policy on loss of office.

Restrictive covenants

 – Provisions for mitigation and payment in lieu of notice.

Variable elements

 – Gardening leave provisions.

 – Non-compete, non-solicitation, non-dealing and confidentiality 

provisions.

 – The Committee has the discretion to determine whether 

an individual shall participate in any incentive in the year of 
appointment.

 – The Committee shall have the discretion to determine 

appropriate bonus performance targets if participating in the 
year of appointment.

 – To be determined on appointment, taking into account factors 
including market levels, experience, internal relativities and 
cost.

Annual remuneration

Salary 

Salary progression

 – If appointed at below market levels, salary may be re-

aligned over the subsequent one to three years subject to 
performance in role. In this situation, the Committee reserves 
the discretion to make increases above ordinary levels.

 – This initial market positioning and intention to increase pay 

above the standard rate of increase in the Policy table (subject 
to performance) will be disclosed in the first Remuneration 
Report following appointment.

Benefits and allowances

 – The Committee retains the discretion to provide additional 

benefits as reasonably required. These may include, but are 
not restricted to, relocation payments, housing allowances 
and cost of living allowances (including any tax thereon).

96

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Policy on loss of office
Service contracts contain neither liquidated damages nor a 
change of control clause.

The Company shall have a right to make a payment in 
lieu of notice in respect of basic salary, benefits, including 
car allowance and pension contributions, only for the 
director’s contractual period of notice or, if termination is 
part way through the notice period, the amount relating to 
any unexpired notice to the date of termination. There is 
an obligation on directors to mitigate any loss which they 
may suffer if the Company terminates their service contract. 
The Committee will take such mitigation obligation into 
account when determining the amount and timing of any 
compensation payable to any departing director.

A director shall also be entitled to a payment in respect of 
accrued but untaken holiday and any statutory entitlements 
on termination. No compensation is paid for dismissal, save 
for statutory entitlements.

A director shall be entitled to receive a redundancy payment 
in circumstances where, in the judgement of the Committee, 
they satisfy the statutory tests governing redundancy 
payments. Any redundancy payment shall be calculated 
by reference to the redundancy payment policy in force 
for all employees in the relevant country at the time of the 
redundancy and may include modest outplacement costs.

If a director’s employment terminates prior to the relevant 
annual bonus payment date, ordinarily no bonus is payable 
for that financial year. The Committee shall retain discretion 
to make a pro-rated bonus payment in circumstances 
where it would be appropriate to do so having regard to 
the contribution of the director during the financial year, the 
circumstances of the departure and the best interests of the 
Company.

Any entitlements under long-term incentive schemes 
operated by the Company shall be determined based on 
the rules of the relevant scheme. The default position of 
the Long Term Incentive Plan is that awards will lapse on 
termination of employment, except where certain good 
leaver circumstances exist (e.g. death, ill-health, injury, 
disability, redundancy, transfer of an undertaking outside 
of the Group or retirement or any other circumstances at 
the Committee’s discretion) whereby the awards may vest 
on cessation, or the normal vesting date, in both cases 
subject to performance and time pro-rating. Although, the 
Committee can decide not to pro-rate an award (or pro-rate 
to a lesser extent) if it regards it as appropriate to do so in 
the particular circumstances.

The Committee shall be entitled to exercise its judgement 
with regard to settlement of potential claims, including but 
not limited to wrongful dismissal, unfair dismissal, breach of 
contract and discrimination, where it is appropriate to do so 
in the interests of the Company and its shareholders.

In the event that any payment is made in relation to 
termination for an executive director, this will be fully 
disclosed in the following Annual Remuneration Report.

A timely announcement with respect to the termination of 
any director’s appointment will be made to the regulatory 
news service and posted on the Company’s corporate 
website.

Service agreements
Service agreements for executive directors
Each of the executive directors’ service agreements 
provides for:

 – the reimbursement of expenses incurred by the executive 

director in performance of their duties;

 – 25 days’ paid holiday each year for Alex Baldock and 

Jonny Mason;

 – sick pay; and

 – notice periods whereby Alex Baldock has a notice period 
of 12 months from either party and Jonny Mason has a 
notice period of 12 months from the Company and six 
months from him.

In situations where an executive director is dismissed, 
the Committee reserves the right to make additional exit 
payments where such payments are made in good faith, 
such as:

 – in discharge of a legal obligation; and

 – by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising 
in connection with the termination of the director’s office 
and employment.

Letters of appointment
Each of the non-executive directors has a letter of 
appointment. The Company has no age limit for directors. 
Non-executive directors derive no other benefit from their 
office, except that the Committee retains the discretion to 
continue with existing remuneration provisions, including 
pension contributions and the provision of benefits, where 
an executive director becomes a non-executive director. 
It is Company policy not to grant share options or share 
awards to non-executive directors. The Chair of the Board 
Deputy Chair and the other non-executive directors have a 
notice period of three months from either party.

Appointments are reviewed by the Nominations Committee 
and recommendations made to the Board accordingly.

External appointments
The Board supports executive directors should they chose 
to take non-executive directorships as a part of their 
continuing development and agrees that the executive 
directors may retain their fees from one such appointment. 
Currently neither of the executive directors hold any non-
executive directorships.

97

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report 

—

Remuneration Report —   
Remuneration Policy continued

Availability for inspection
The service agreements for the executive directors and 
the letters of appointments for the non-executive directors 
are available for inspection during business hours at the 
Company’s registered office and are made available at 
annual general meetings. Also scanned copies are available 
on request from cosec@dixonscarphone.com.

Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, authority is given to the 
Company to honour any commitments previously entered 
into with the current or former directors.

Dilution Limits
All the Company’s equity-based incentive plans incorporate 
the current Investment Association Share Capital 
Management Guidelines (‘Guidelines’) on headroom 
which provide that overall dilution under all plans should 
not exceed 10% over a ten-year period in relation to the 
Company’s issued share capital (or reissue of treasury 
shares). In addition, the Long Term Incentive Plan operates 
with a 5% in ten-year dilution limit (excluding historic 
discretionary awards). The Company regularly monitors 
the position and prior to making any award the Company 
ensures that it will remain within these limits. Any awards 
which will be satisfied by market purchase shares are 
excluded from such calculations. As at 14 July 2020, the 
Company’s dilution position, which remains within the 
current Guidelines, was 5.2% for all plans (against a limit of 
10%) and 3.8% for the Long Term Incentive Plan (against a 
limit of 5%).

98

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Remuneration Report 

—

Annual Remuneration 

Report

Remuneration Report —
Annual Remuneration Report 

Introduction
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance 
with Part 3 of Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 (as amended), and contain those elements required by 
section 9.8.6R and stipulated in 9.8.8 of the Listing Rules. 
This Annual Remuneration Report will be put to an advisory 
vote at the Annual General Meeting on 10 September 2020.

Remuneration Committee membership and attendance

Meetings
•  The Remuneration Committee meets as and when 

 – determining the fees of the Chair of the Board and Deputy 

Chair;

 – considering and making recommendations to the Board 

on the remuneration of the executive directors and senior 
management relative to performance and market data;

 – approving contracts of employment which exceed defined 
thresholds of total remuneration or have unusual terms or 
termination periods;

 – considering and agreeing changes to the Remuneration 
Policy or major changes to employee benefit structures; 

 – reviewing the reward and benefits structures across the 

required and at least twice a year.

group for all levels of colleagues; and

•  The Committee attended 6 scheduled meetings and 3 
unscheduled meeting during the period under review.

•  The Committee has met once since the year end.

Committee membership and attendance 

The members of the Remuneration Committee are 
shown in the table below along with their attendance 
at scheduled meetings for the period under review. 
Biographical details on each member can be found on 
pages 54 to 55.

 – approving and operating employee share-based incentive 
schemes and associated performance conditions and 
targets.

Activities during the year
The principal activities of the Committee during 2019/20 
included:

 – reviewing and approving the Directors’ Remuneration 

Report;

Scheduled 
meetings

 – assessing the performance of executive directors against 
pre-determined targets set for the 2018/19 annual bonus 
and approving the payments;

Current members

Tony DeNunzio (Chair)
Andrea Gisle Joosen
Gerry Murphy

6 of 6
6 of 6
6 of 6

Only members of the Remuneration Committee are entitled 
to attend Committee meetings. The Chair of the Board, 
Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer, 
General Counsel and Company Secretary, Chief People 
Officer, Group Reward Director, Head of Executive Reward 
and Share Plans and other members of senior management, 
and representatives from the Company’s remuneration 
advisor (Aon Hewitt) attended the relevant Committee 
meetings by invitation.

No director participates in discussions about their own 
remuneration.

The Company Secretary, or his nominee, acts as 
Secretary to the Committee and attends all meetings. The 
Committee’s deliberations are reported by its Chair at 
the subsequent Board meeting and the minutes of each 
meeting are circulated to all members of the Board following 
approval.

Responsibilities
Responsibility for the establishment of an overall 
remuneration policy for the Group lies with the Board. The 
Committee has the following principal duties:

 – making recommendations to the Board on the Company’s 

framework of executive remuneration;

 – agreeing the design of the 2019/20 annual bonus 
including performance measures and targets;

 – agreeing the design of the 2019/20 share awards 

including the performance measures, reviewing the TSR 
peer group, considering whether awards should be scaled 
back in light of a fall in the Company’s share price and 
setting targets; 

 – approving share awards to senior management under the 

2016 Long Term Incentive Plan;

 – agreeing the terms for the Sharesave;

 – approving plans to make ongoing use of the Colleague 

Shareholder Scheme for new joiners;

 – consulting with shareholders on remuneration matters, 

including the 2019 AGM voting outcome for the 
Remuneration Report and the dilution impact of ongoing 
awards under the Colleague Shareholder Scheme;

 – approving the Deferred Share Bonus Plan rules;

 – reviewing the Gender Pay submission;

 – monitoring the developments in the corporate governance 

environment and investor expectations; and

 – monitoring and ensuring alignment of remuneration 

practices across the Group.

99

Corporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20continued

Remuneration Report —   
Annual Remuneration Report continued

Statement of voting at shareholder meetings
The Company is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue in respect of directors’ remuneration and takes an active 
interest in voting outcomes. Where there are substantial votes against resolutions, explanatory reasons will be sought, and 
any actions in response will be communicated to shareholders.

The following table sets out the voting results in relation to the approval of the remuneration policy when it was last put to 
shareholders at the annual general meeting 2019:

Resolution

Votes for

%

Votes against

%

Withheld

Approval of directors’ remuneration policy

831,610,451

89.26

100,031,252

10.74

33,572,688

The following table sets out the voting results in relation to the resolutions put to the annual general meeting 2019:

Resolution

Votes for

%

Votes against

Approval of annual remuneration report

738,083,754

76.54

226,263,505

%

23.46

Withheld

867,132

Shareholder Engagement
2019 AGM Remuneration Report voting outcome 
The 2018/19 Directors’ remuneration report was passed with 76.54% votes cast in favour at the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) held on 5 September 2019. The Committee acknowledged that this meant that a significant minority of 
shareholders did not support the resolution.

Prior to and after the AGM results, the Company and the Committee consulted with those shareholders and shareholder 
advisers who voted against the resolution and / or raised their concerns in order to better understand the issues behind the 
vote. From these discussions the primary concerns raised were:

•  

the level of bonus payments for 2018/19 given the assessment of business performance; and

•  

the number of shares in the 2019 LTIP award given the lower share price.

In the context of the concerns raised with respect to the 2018/19 bonus outcome, the Remuneration Committee 
recognised that the outcome was a difficult judgement at the point during the business transformation when it was 
taken. The Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer joined the business in April 2018 and August 
2018 respectively, at the start of the transformation and the 2018/19 targets when set represented a stretching view of 
performance in the context of the plan approved by the Board and market consensus. The executive directors delivered 
the financial targets for 2018/19 in line with this plan, exceeding the EBIT threshold and the Company’s guidance issued in 
2018.

The executive directors also both voluntarily deferred all of their cash bonus for 2018/19 into share awards that will not 
vest for 2 years. The executive directors volunteered to do this as they were keen to align themselves more strongly with 
shareholders. On this basis the Committee considered that the bonus pay out level was appropriate.

With regard to the LTIP award size, the Committee did consider whether a scale back of the award was required based 
on business performance, share price and market practice at the time. A review of comparable companies highlighted 
that many had not scaled back awards despite a similar share price fall. The Committee noted that there was already 
a reduction in the allocation amount from the prior year from 275% to 250% of salary, in line with the implementation 
of the new Remuneration Policy, and the Committee believed that the award levels were appropriate in the context of 
incentivising a new management team embarking on a major transformation of the business. However, the Committee 
understands that some shareholders took a different view and will be mindful of this when assessing the size of future 
awards.

Since the AGM, the Company has sought further engagement with our shareholders and the proxy agencies. As part of this 
engagement, the Company has either met with, or written to, shareholders representing over 70% of the Company’s share 
capital and invited them to attend meetings with their choice of the Group Chair of the Board, Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee or Chair of the Audit Committee.

The Remuneration Committee and the Board has welcomed the opportunity to have constructive discussions on 
remuneration with our shareholders. The Committee has considered the feedback received when assessing the level 
of award for the 2020 LTIP and determined that a reduction of 20% in this year’s award is appropriate. This decision is 
explained further in the Chair’s opening letter.

Colleague Shareholder Scheme changes and dilution limits
In March 2020 we wrote to our major shareholders and the Investment Association regarding proposals to recategorise our 
Colleague Shareholder Scheme (“CSS”) from a discretionary scheme (subject to the 5% dilution limit) to an all employee 

100

HEAD_0 1st line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20scheme (subject to the 10% dilution limit). We believed this to be consistent with the spirit of the scheme, and therefore 
this change effectively remedies a technical anomaly. The CSS is awarded to all eligible colleagues with the exclusion of 
senior management. The technical anomaly results from different share award values at different levels in the organisation 
and the fact that senior management are deliberately excluded. However, the CSS is effectively an all colleague scheme.

Following the feedback received during the consultation process, and given the strong support received from shareholders 
for this scheme and the recognition of our aim to increase all colleague share ownership within the business, the 
Committee will put a resolution to shareholders at the AGM to allow us to treat the CSS as an all-employee scheme and 
count its dilution just within our overall 10% limit on share usage. 

Advice
The Committee retained Aon Hewitt throughout 2019/20 as independent advisors. Aon Hewitt, who were appointed by 
the Committee in 2016 following a competitive tender process, are engaged to provide advice to the Committee and 
to work with the directors on matters relating to the Group’s executive remuneration and its long-term incentives. They 
are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and operate under its code of conduct in relation to the provision 
of executive remuneration advice in the UK and have confirmed that they adhered to the Code during 2019/20 for all 
remuneration services provided to the Group. Aon Hewitt received fees of £75,255 (2018/19: £180,000) in relation to the 
provision of those services. Fees are charged on a time and expenses basis. During the year, Aon Hewitt also provided 
other ad hoc remuneration services outside the scope of the Committee to the Company.

Remuneration details for 2019/20
The following sections set out how the Remuneration Policy was implemented during 2019/20 and how it will be 
implemented for the following year.

Single figure of directors’ remuneration for the year ended 2 May 2020 (audited information)

Basic salary  
and fees 
£’000(1)

Pension 
contributions(2) 
£’000

Annual bonus 
£’000

Taxable  
benefits(3) 
£’000

Total  
emoluments 
£’000

LTIP  
payments 
£’000

Total 
remuneration 
£’000

Executive
Alex Baldock
Jonny Mason 

Non-executive
Eileen Burbidge
Tony DeNunzio
Andrea Gisle Joosen
Lord Livingston of 
Parkhead(4)
Fiona McBain
Gerry Murphy

850
470

1,320

64
138
70

296
74
69

711

85
47

132

0
0
0

0
0
0

0

2,031

132

0
0

0

0
0
0

0
0
0

0

0

103
13

116

1
2
5

1
6
0

15

131

1,038
530

1,568

65
140
75

297
80
69

726

2,294

—
—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

0

0

1,038
530

1,568

65
140
75

297
80
69

726

2,294

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

 Due to the impact of Covid-19, all members of the Board agreed to a temporary 20% reduction in base pay and fees from 5 April 2020 to 
28 June 2020. Base pay amounts waived by Alex Baldock and Jonny Mason for the period from 5 April 2020, were £12,480 and £6,900, 
respectively. Andrea Gisle Joosen is paid on a lunar payroll cycle and therefore the impact of the 20% reduction on basic fees paid in the 
financial year is slightly different than for other non-executives, who are on a monthly payroll cycle. The reduction was applied from 5 April 
2020 for all.
 Pension contributions comprise the Company’s contribution or allowance in lieu. The contribution amount was 10% of salary for Alex 
Baldock and Jonny Mason.
 Taxable benefits for executive directors include private medical insurance and car allowance or driver benefit amounts. £101,863 for Alex 
Baldock relates to the grossed-up element payable to cover the tax liability for his car and driver, arising from business activities considered 
taxable by HMRC. For non-executive directors they include routine travel expenses relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence 
costs incurred in connection with attendance at Board meetings and other Board business during the year, which are considered taxable by 
HMRC.
Ian Livingston has a deferred pension in the Dixons Retirement and Employee Security Scheme.

101

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report —   
Annual Remuneration Report continued

Single figure of directors’ remuneration for the year ended 28 April 2019 (audited information)

Basic salary  
and fees 
£’000(1)

Pension 
contributions(2) 
£’000

Annual bonus 
£’000(3)

Taxable  
benefits(4) 
£’000

Total  
emoluments 
£’000

LTIP  
payments 
£’000

Total 
remuneration 
£’000

Executive
Current directors
Alex Baldock
Jonny Mason(1)
Former directors
Humphrey Singer(1)

Non-executive
Current directors
Eileen Burbidge(5)
Tony DeNunzio
Andrea Gisle Joosen
Lord Livingston of 
Parkhead(8)
Fiona McBain(7)
Gerry Murphy
Former directors
Jock Lennox(6)

850
339

77

1,266

22
140
70

300
72
70

47

721

85
34

10

129

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

619
244

—

863

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

1,987

129

863

65
9

2

76

1
3
5

—
13
—

—

22

98

1,619
626

89 

2,334

23
143
75

300
85
70

47

743

3,077

—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

1,619
626

89 

2,334

23
143
75

300
85
70

47

743

3,077

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

 Remuneration is shown for the period served on the Board. Jonny Mason was appointed to the Board on 13 August 2018. Humphrey 
Singer stepped down from the Board and left the Company on 20 June 2018.
  Pension contributions comprise the Company’s contribution or allowance in lieu together with the salary supplement which is based on the 
difference between basic salary and the scheme earnings cap set by the Company. The contribution amount was 10% of salary for Alex 
Baldock, Jonny Mason and Humphrey Singer.
 100% of Alex Baldock and Jonny Mason’s bonus entitlement has been voluntarily deferred into a share award. The award will vest two 
years from the grant date, unless the executive director is dismissed for gross misconduct.
 Taxable benefits for executive directors include private medical insurance and car allowance or driver benefit amounts. For non-executive 
directors they include routine travel expenses relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence costs incurred in connection with 
attendance at Board meetings and other Board business during the year, which are considered to be taxable by HMRC.

(5)  Eileen Burbidge was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2019.
(6) 

 Jock Lennox stepped down as Chair of the Audit Committee on 6 September 2018 but remained a member of the Audit Committee until he 
stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2018.

(7)  Fiona McBain was appointed Chair of the Audit Committee on 6 September 2018.
(8) 

Ian Livingston has a deferred pension in the Dixons Retirement and Employee Security Scheme.

Annual bonus for 2019/20 (audited information)
The maximum bonus opportunity for executive directors was 150% of base salary based on performance in the 12-month 
period to the end of the financial year. The maximum is payable at the maximum level of performance, 20% of the 
maximum opportunity is payable on achievement of threshold performance (30% of base salary) and 60% on achievement 
of target performance (90% of base salary). No bonus is payable if the minimum EBIT threshold is not achieved.

Prior to the onset of the Covid-19 restrictions, Group performance was on track to deliver a bonus out-turn above 
threshold. However, as a result of significantly reduced revenues caused by the pandemic closures in the last two months 
of the year, the profit underpin was missed for the year as a whole. The Committee considered whether it was appropriate 
to over-ride this mechanism in light of ten months of strong performance and the exceptional and wholly external reasons 
why the year’s target was missed. However, the executive team did not believe paying a bonus would have been the 
right course of action at a time when the focus should be on protecting the business and its cashflow for the benefit of 
all our stakeholders. The Committee accepted and welcomed the executive team’s position on this issue. Therefore, 
notwithstanding the performance of the underlying measures shown in the table below, as the EBIT threshold was not met 
the Committee determined that there will be no annual bonus paid for 2019/20.

102

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Measure

Adjusted EBIT
Average net (debt) – variance vs 
budget
Customer Net Promoter Score

Employee engagement score(1)

Total

Total Awarded

As a percentage of 
maximum bonus 
opportunity

50%

20%
15%

15%

Threshold

£234m

(£50m)
64.5%

63%

Target

£254m

0
65.7%

65%

Maximum

£284m

£50m
66.6%

67%

Actual

£194m

£87m
67.9%

62%

Potential Bonus % 
Achieved

0%

20%
15%

0%

35%

 Nil

(1) 

 Due to Covid-19, the Nordics business group did not carry out their annual engagement survey and so, as the Group target is a weighted 
average based on targets set for each region, in the absence of a Nordics result, both the target and outcome are shown excluding this 
region.

The Committee determined at the beginning of the year that the disclosure of performance targets was commercially 
sensitive and therefore these were not disclosed in last year’s directors’ remuneration report. This was because targets 
were set within the context of a longer-term business plan and this disclosure could give information to competitors 
to the detriment of business performance. The Committee has, however, disclosed in the table above the targets on a 
retrospective basis and the actual performance against these. The 2019/20 targets when set represented a stretching view 
of performance in the context of the plan approved by the Board and market consensus.

Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIP) and other share awards (audited information)
LTIP Awards made during 2019/20
Nil cost option awards of 250% of base salary were made to executive directors on 25 July 2019. 

The awards made on 25 July 2019 have two equally weighted performance conditions. Half of the awards will be subject to 
the achievement of a relative TSR performance condition, measured against a bespoke comparator group comprised of 22 
European Special Lines Retailers and other comparable companies at the start of the performance period. Awards made in 
years prior to 2019/20, were measured against the FTSE 51-150 group of companies, but that group is subject to different 
business dynamics and pressures to the Company. The Committee identified an alternative group of companies with 
similar characteristics for measurement. Looking at the closeness of share-price movement, relative share-price volatility 
and analysis of the business risk profile - a retail group was deemed to provide a better measure of outperformance. The 
Committee considered a UK-only peer group as well as a European group, with the latter providing a far larger sample of 
companies (and therefore a more robust comparator group) with little decline in quality of comparison versus the UK peers. 
The Committee therefore concluded that a peer group made up of UK and European Special Lines retailers would be the 
best group against which to measure performance. The list of companies included in the group is provided below.

The remaining half of the awards will be subject to the achievement of a cumulative free cash flow target. 

The relative TSR condition will be assessed over a three-year period, with vesting determined as follows:

Rank of Company TSR against Comparator Group TSR

% of TSR element vesting

Below Median
Median
Between Median and Upper-Quartile
Upper Quartile or above

0%
25%
Pro rata between 25% and 100% on a straight-line basis
100%

Comparator Group: AO World, Ceconomy Ag, Dufry AG, Dunelm Group, Esprit, Fenix Outdoor International AG, Fielmann 
AG, FNAC Darty SA, Grandvision N.V., JD Sports Fashion, Kingfisher, Maisons Du Monde S.A., Marks & Spencer Group., 
Mobilezone Holding Ag, Pets At Home Group, SMCP S.A.S., Sports Direct International, Superdry, Valora Holding AG, 
WH Smith, XXL ASA, Zur Rose Group AG. 

The free cash flow performance condition is measured cumulatively over the three-year performance period. The 
percentage of the award vesting will be as follows:

Cumulative free cash flow up to the end of the 2021/22 financial year

% of the free cash flow element vesting

Below £500m
£500m
Between £500m and £586m
£586m
Between £586m and £674m
Above £674m

0%
10%
Pro rata between 10% and 25% on a straight-line basis
25%
Pro rata between 25% and 100%
100%

103

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report —   
Annual Remuneration Report continued

The free cash flow targets were set taking into account a number of inputs including market consensus at the time of the 
award and the external environment within which the Company is operating. Calculations of the achievement against the 
targets will be independently performed and approved by the Committee. Free cash flow is defined in the glossary on 
page 205; however the Committee retains discretion to adjust for exceptional items which impact cash flow during the 
performance period and will make full and clear disclosure of any such adjustments in the directors’ remuneration report, 
together with details of the achieved levels of performance, as determined by the above definitions, at the end of the 
performance period.

Awards will be subject to recovery and withholding provisions for material misstatement, misconduct, calculation error, 
reputational damage and corporate failure, enabling performance adjustments and / or recovery of sums already paid. 
These provisions will apply for up to three years after vesting.

The awards are subject to a two-year post vesting holding period, during which the executive director is not permitted to 
sell any shares vesting, other than those required to settle any tax obligations.

The table below sets out the LTIP awards made to the executive directors in 2019/20:

Nil Cost Options 
awarded

Share Price at 
date of award 
£

Face Value 
£(1)

End of 
Performance 
Period

Vesting Date

Minimum value at 
threshold vesting 
£(2)

Alex Baldock – 250% of salary(3)
Jonny Mason – 250% of salary(4)

1,737,530
960,752

1.223
1.223

2,125,000
1,175,000

1 May 2022  25 July 2022
25 July 2022
1 May 2022

371,875
205,625

(1)  The face value is calculated based on the number of options awarded multiplied by the share price at the date of award.
2) 

 The minimum value at threshold vesting is calculated on 50% of the award operating with a threshold vesting of 25% of maximum, and 
50% with a threshold vesting of 10% of maximum.
 Nil cost option awards were made to Alex Baldock on 25 July 2019 and the share price used to calculate the number of shares granted was 
the mid-market price on the day prior to grant, being 24 July 2019 (£1.223).
 Nil cost option awards were made to Jonny Mason on 25 July 2019 and the share price used to calculate the number of shares granted was 
the mid-market price on the day prior to grant, being 24 July 2019 (£1.223).

(3) 

(4) 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan Awards made during 2019/20
On 25 July 2019 the following nil cost options were granted to Alex Baldock and Jonny Mason under the Dixons Carphone 
2018/19 Deferred Share Bonus Plan (“DSBP”):

Alex Baldock 
Jonny Mason 

Nil Cost Options awarded

506,490
199,494

Share Price used to grant 
award (1) 
£

1.223
1.223

Face Value 
£(2)

619,438
243,981

Vesting Date

25 July 2021
25 July 2021

(1) 

 The share price used to calculate the numbers of shares granted was using the mid-market price on the day prior to grant, being 24 July 
2019. 

(2)  The face value is calculated based on the number of options awarded multiplied by the share price used to grant the award.

Each award (a nil cost option) will be satisfied using market purchase shares and will ordinarily vest and become 
exercisable on the second anniversary of grant. 

Vesting of awards made under 2016 Long Term Incentive Plan (audited information)
Awards granted in June 2017 under the 2016 Long Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP’) vested on 29 June 2020. The 
performance period for this award ended on 2 May 2020. 

Neither of the current executive directors have awards in respect of this grant as the awards were made before they joined. 
However, the former executive directors, Sebastian James and Andrew Harrison, were both granted awards in June 2017 
and were granted good leaver status on leaving, resulting in their awards being pro-rated for time.

Based on the achieved level of performance, the threshold required for vesting for both of the performance measures has 
not been met. The Committee decided whether any discretion should be applied to the vesting outcomes and determined 
that the awards lapsed on reaching their vesting date.

104

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
The performance measures for the award and the outcomes are shown below.

TSR Target 
Level of Performance

TSR Performance over performance period
Vesting Level

EPS Target 
Level of Performance

EPS Growth over performance period
Vesting %

Below Threshold

Below Median 
0%

Threshold

Median 
25%

Maximum

Achieved

Upper Quartile 
100%

Below median
0%

Below Threshold

0%
0%

Threshold

7.5%
25%

Maximum

20%
100%

Achieved

-66%
0%

Performance graph
The graph below shows the Group’s performance measured through TSR on a holding of £100 in the Company’s shares, 
compared with the FTSE 350 Index, since 29 March 2010.

The FTSE 350 has been used as it is a broad market which includes the Company and a number of its competitors.

Total shareholder return
Source: FactSet

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

29 Mar 
2010

31 Mar 
2011

31 Mar 
2012

31 Mar 
2013

29 Mar 
2014

02 May 
2015

30 Apr 
2016

29 Apr 
2017

28 Apr 
2018

27 Apr 
2019

02 May 
2020

Dixons Carphone plc
FTSE 350 Index

This graph shows the value, by 2 May 2020, of £100 invested in Dixons Carphone on 29 March 2010, compared with the value of £100 invested 
in the FTSE 350 Index on the same date.
The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.
The start date of the graph reflects the date of admittance to the London Stock Exchange of Dixons Carphone, previously called Carphone 
Warehouse Group plc.

105

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
Remuneration Report —   
Annual Remuneration Report continued

Group Chief Executive pay
The following table shows, over the same ten-year period as the performance graph, the Group Chief Executive’s single 
total figure of remuneration, the amount of bonus earned as a percentage of the maximum remuneration possible, and the 
vesting of long-term awards as a percentage of the maximum number of shares that could have vested, where applicable.

Year

2019/20

2018/19
2017/18

2017/18

2016/17

2015/16

2014/15
2014/15

2013/14
2013/14

2012/13
2011/12
2010/11

Alex Baldock(5)

Alex Baldock
Alex Baldock

Sebastian James

Sebastian James

Sebastian James

Sebastian James
Andrew Harrison

Andrew Harrison
Roger Taylor

Roger Taylor
Roger Taylor
Roger Taylor

CEO single 
 figure of 
remuneration(1) 
£’000

Annual 
bonus 
payout a gainst 
maximum 
%

Long-term incentive 
vesting rates against 
maximum opportunity 
%

1,038

1,619
75

2,716(3)

1,795

1,616

1,687
420

679
159

958
474
1,193

0

58%(4)
0%

0%

83%

68%

100%
100%

54%
n/a

55%
0%(2)  
82%

n/a

n/a
n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

(1) 

(2)  
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

 Excludes remuneration received from long-term incentive schemes established by Old Carphone Warehouse prior to the demerger from 
TalkTalk because that company is not part of the current Group. Details of remuneration associated with Old Carphone Warehouse 
incentive schemes were provided in that company’s annual report for the year ended 31 March 2012. Future reports will include long-term 
incentives operated by the current Group when they have vested.
 Roger Taylor waived a bonus of 25% maximum potential and instead chose for it to be paid directly to charity.
 The single figure includes the taxable benefit relating to the waiving of the loan from the Dixons Share Plan award.
 Alex Baldock voluntarily deferred 100% of his annual bonus into a share award, vesting two-years from grant.
 As a result of Covid-19, Alex Baldock voluntarily agreed to a temporary 20% base pay reductions with effect from 5 April 2020 to 28 June 
2020.  

Percentage change in remuneration
The table below provides the percentage change in remuneration for the Group Chief Executive and the percentage 
change for all UK head office-based employees as this group provides the best like-for-like comparison. The majority of the 
UK head office-based employees (c. 85%) work for the UK & Ireland business and are bonused against the performance of 
that business.

Salary and fees
(3)
Taxable benefits 
Annual bonuses(4)

Group Chief 
Executive

UK head office 
employees

0%(1)
0%
-100%

1%(1)(2)
0%
-100%

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

 A 2% base pay increase was applied for 2019/20 for the Group Chief Executive and UK head-office based staff, however the Chief Executive 
and his direct reports voluntarily agreed to a temporary 20% base pay reductions with effect from 5 April 2020 to 28 June 2020.  
 Changes in salary relating to changes in roles and / or responsibilities have been excluded from the increase presented for the wider Group.
 The percentage change in taxable benefits is considered to be 0% since there have been no material changes in Group benefits.
 No bonus was paid out for 2019/20 for either the UK & Ireland or Group, due to the EBIT performance threshold not being met by the 
business areas.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table sets out both the total cost of remuneration for the Group compared with adjusted EBIT and profits 
distributed for 2019/20 and the prior year. Adjusted EBIT was chosen by the Committee as it is the most appropriate 
measure of the Group’s performance. Adjusted EBIT is defined in the glossary on page 203.

106

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
Dividends paid(1)  
Adjusted EBIT

Total staff costs – continuing operations(2)

Average employee numbers – continuing operations(2)  

(1)  Extracted from note 24 to the Group financial statements.
(2)  Extracted from note 4 to the Group financial statements.
(3) There were no share buybacks in 2018/19 or 2019/20.

2019/20 
£million

78
194

1,123

2018/19 
£million

116
363

Change %

-32.76%
-46.56% 

1,170

-4.02%

Number

42,209

Number

Change %

42,990

-1.82%  

CEO Pay Ratio
The legislation requires the publishing of the ratio of total remuneration of the Group Chief Executive to the 25th, 50th and 
75th equivalent percentile of full-time equivalent colleagues.

The ratio is shown in the table below:

Financial Year

Methodology

P25 (Lower Quartile)

P50 (Median)

P75 (Upper Quartile)

2019/20
2018/19

Option A
Option A

54:1
79:1

48:1
65:1

37:1
50:1

Of the three calculation approaches available in the regulations, we have chosen Methodology A because we believe it to 
be the most appropriate and robust way for the Company to calculate the ratio.

In determining the figures, the following should be noted:

 – The single total figure of remuneration of our UK colleagues was calculated as at 30 April 2020 and ranked using 

2019/20 P60 and P11D data, employer pension contributions and payments under the Company share schemes, in line 
with the reporting regulations. P60 data was used as it also includes the value of any overtime payments made in the 
year.

 – The 2018/19 corporate bonus was excluded from the P60 figure as it related to earnings paid in respect of the prior year.

 – Part time colleagues’ earnings have been annualised on a full-time equivalent basis.

 – Joiners and leavers were excluded from the ranking.

 – The 25th, 50th and 75th percentile colleagues’ single total figure of remuneration was then identified and compared to 

the CEO pay, as shown in the single total figure of remuneration table on page 106.

The following table provides base salary and total remuneration information in respect of the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile 
colleagues, on a full-time equivalent basis.

Financial Year

Remuneration

Group Chief Executive

P25 (Lower Quartile)

P50 (Median)

P75 (Upper Quartile)

2019/20

Base salary
Total remuneration

£850,455
£1,038,737

£19,206
£19,206

£20,202
£21,590

£26,704
£27,704

The Committee has confirmed that the ratio is consistent with the Company’s wider policies on colleague pay and reward, 
taking into account a range of factors including market practice, experience and National Living Wage requirements.

Last year, the CEO pay ratio was disclosed on a voluntary basis. The pay ratio has improved since last year primarily 
because there was no 2019/20 bonus received by the CEO this year.

Service agreements
Service contracts
The following table summarises key terms of the service contracts in place with the executive directors:

Alex Baldock
Jonny Mason

Date of contract

3 Apr 18
13 Aug 18

More details are set out in the Service agreements section of the report on pages 107 to 108.

Letter of appointment
Non-executive directors are normally appointed for three-year terms, subject to annual re-election at the annual general 
meetings, although appointments may vary depending on length of service and succession planning considerations. 
Appointments are reviewed annually by the Nominations Committee and recommendations made to the Board 
accordingly. The contracts in respect of the Chair of the Board’s, Deputy Chair’s and non-executive directors’ services can 
be terminated by either party, the Company or the director, giving not less than three months’ notice.

107

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report —   
Annual Remuneration Report continued

The date of the letters of appointment are shown below:

Eileen Burbidge
Tony DeNunzio
Andrea Gisle Joosen
Lord Livingston of Parkhead
Fiona McBain
Gerry Murphy

Letters of appointment

1 Jan 19
16 Dec 15
6 Aug 14
16 Dec 15
1 Mar 17
6 Aug 14

More details are set out in the Service agreements section of the report on pages 107 to 108. 

External directorships
The policy relating to external directorships is outlined in the Remuneration Policy. No Executive Director held external 
directorships during 2019/20.

Leavers and joiners (audited information)
Full details were provided in last year’s Remuneration Report on the changes in executive directors that took place during 
2018/19. No changes took place in 2019/20 and no payments.

Payments to Past Directors (audited information)
No payments were made to past directors during 2019/20.

Directors’ interests in LTIP (audited information)

Date of grant

At 
 27 April 
2019

Awarded 
in the 
year

Lapsed or 
forfeited in 
the year

Exercised 
in the 
year

At 
 2 May 2020

Date from 
which first 
exercisable

Expiry of the 
exercise period

Exercise 
Price (p)  

25 July 2019
25 July 2019
22 Jun 2018
3 Apr 2018
3 Apr 2018

— 1,737,530
506,490
—
—
1,197,182
—
455,641
— 
989,078 

25 July 2019
25 July 2019
13 Aug 2018
13 Aug 2018
13 Aug 2018

—
—
734,583
267,121
81,435 

960,752
199,494
—
—
— 

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

— 1,737,530
—
506,490
— 1,197,182
455,641
—
989,078 
—

25 July 2022
25 July 2021
22 Jun 2021
3 Apr 2021
3 Apr 2021

25 July 2029
25 July 2029
22 Jun 2028
3 Apr 2028
3 Apr 2028

3,390,353

1,495,568

—
—
—
—
—

960,752
199,494
734,583
267,121

25 July 2022
25 July 2021
13 Aug 2021
13 Aug 2021
81,435  13 Aug 2021

25 July 2029
25 July 2029
13 Aug 2028
13 Aug 2028
13 Aug 2028

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

1,962,456

280,929

Alex Baldock
2016 LTIP
2018/19 DSBP
2016 LTIP
2016 LTIP
Section 9.4.2
Total (with performance 
conditions)
Total (without 
performance 
conditions)
Jonny Mason
2016 LTIP
2018/19 DSBP
2016 LTIP
2016 LTIP
Section 9.4.2
Total (with performance 
conditions)
Total (without 
performance 
conditions)

Directors’ interests in Sharesave (audited information)

Date of grant

Exercise  
price  
(p)

At 
27 April 
2019

Awarded in 
the year

Lapsed or 
cancelled in 
the year

Exercised in 
the year

At 2 May 
2020

Date from 
which first 
exercisable

Expiry of 
the exercise 
period

Alex Baldock

Sharesave

10 Sep 
2019

97.28

—

13,939

13,939

—

—

—

—

13,939

13,939

1 Oct 
2024

1 Apr 
2025

108

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ shareholding (audited information)
The Company share ownership guidelines are designed to encourage shareholding in the Company for executive directors. 

The level of shareholding requirement for executive directors is 200% of base salary to be achieved five years from their 
appointment date. 

Beneficially owned shares (including any interests held by connected persons e.g. spouse) count towards the guidelines, 
together with: 

 – unvested awards, on a ‘net-of-tax’ basis, granted under any deferred bonus arrangement or other plan/arrangement with 

no post-grant performance conditions; and 

 – shares subject to an unexpired holding period (including any shares held under a vested but unexercised option), on a 

‘net-of-tax’ basis and provided that no further performance targets must be met.

Details of directors’ interests in shares of the Company are shown in the following table:

27 April 
 2019

27 April 
 2019

Purchased or awarded in the year 

2 May 
 2020 

2 May 
 2020 

Shares awarded 
(without 
performance 
conditions)

Beneficially 
owned shares 
(including any 
interests held 
by connected 
persons

Shares 
Purchased in 
year

Shares awarded 
(without 
performance 
conditions)

Total beneficial 
interests 
under share 
ownership 
guidelines(9) 

Total beneficial 
share interests 
 as a 
% of 
salary(10)

Sharesave

Executive directors

Alex Baldock(1)(11)
Jonny Mason(2)(11)

989,078
81,435

225,533
100,000

150,000
75,000

506,490
199,494

13,939

1,176,889
322,909

97%
48%

Non-executive directors

Eileen Burbidge(3)

Tony DeNunzio(4)
Andrea Gisle Joosen(5)
Lord Livingston of 
Parkhead(6)
Gerry Murphy(7)
Fiona McBain(8)

—

—
—

—
—
—

0

100,000
20,176

105,631
50,000
19,129

4,200

100,000
4,800

100,000
50,000
9,000

 —

 —
 —

 —
—
 —

 —

 —
 —

 —
—
 —

 4,200

 200,000
 24,976

205,631
100,000
28,129

— 

—
— 

— 
— 
— 

(1)  Alex Baldock purchased 150,000 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.14 per share.
(2)  Jonny Mason purchased 75,000 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.14 per share.
(3)  Eileen Burbidge purchased 4,200 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.14 per share.
(4)  Tony DeNunzio purchased 100,000 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.13 per share.
(5)  Andrea Gisle Joosen purchased 4,800 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.14 per share.
(6)  Lord Livingston of Parkhead purchased 100,000 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.14 per share.
(7)  Gerry Murphy purchased 50,000 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.15 per share.
(8)  Fiona McBain purchased 9,000 shares on 21 June 2019. The purchase price was £1.11 per share.
(9)  This figure is calculated on a ‘net of tax and commission basis’, as appropriate.
(10)  The percentage is based on base salary as at 2 May 2020 (before the 20% temporary reduction) and an average share price over the month 

to 2 May 2020 of £0.7127.

(11) Executive directors have five years from their appointment date to reach their shareholding requirement of 200%.

There were no changes in the directors’ share interests between 2 May 2020 and the date of this Report.

Non-executive directors’ and Chair of the Board’s fees
The fees for the independent non-executive directors, including the Deputy Chair, are determined by the Board (excluding 
non-executive directors) after considering external market research and are reviewed on an annual basis. Factors taken 
into consideration include the required time commitment, specific experience and / or qualifications. A base fee is payable 
and additional fees are paid for chairing and membership of committees. The Chair of the Board is not involved in the 
setting of his own salary, which is dealt with by the Remuneration Committee annually. Non-executive directors receive no 
variable pay and receive no additional benefits, except in situations where an executive director becomes a non-executive 
director, and benefit and pension arrangements continue.

109

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
Remuneration Report —   
Annual Remuneration Report continued

The fees were reviewed during 2019/20 and remain unchanged. The Chair of the Board and Deputy Chair receive all-
inclusive fees reflecting their duties. Other independent non-executive directors received a basic fee of £60,000 and 
additional fees as set out in the table below for chairing or membership of committees.

Chair of the Board(1)   
Deputy Chair(2)
Chair of Audit Committee(3)
Member of Audit Committee
Member of Nominations Committee
Member of Remuneration Committee

2019/20 
£’000(4)

2018/19 
£’000

300
140
15
5
5
5

300
140
15
5
5
 5

(1)  The Chair of the Board’s fee includes Chairship of the Nominations Committee.
(2) 

 The Deputy Chair’s fee includes the Senior Independent Director, Chairship of the Remuneration Committee, and membership of the 
Nominations Committee fees.

(3)   The Chair of the Audit Committee fee includes fees for attending the board meetings of the two main operating subsidiaries.
(4)    Due to the impact of Covid-19, all non-executive directors agreed to a temporary 20% reduction in fees with effect from 5 April 2020 to 

28 June 2020. The figures represented do not reflect this 20% reduction, as it is temporary in nature.

How the Remuneration Policy will be applied in 2020/21
Executive directors

i) Base Salary
The following salaries will apply during the 2020/21 financial year:

Current directors
Alex Baldock
Jonny Mason

Salary at 
2 May 2020 
£’000(1)

Increase in salary in 
2020/21  
£’000

Salary at 1 August 2020 
£’000

867
479

0
0

867
479

(1) 

 Due to the impact of Covid-19, the executive directors agreed to a temporary 20% reduction in fees with effect from 5 April 2020 to 28 June 
2020. The figures represented do not reflect this 20% reduction, as it is temporary in nature.

ii)   Pension Contributions
Company pension contributions or allowance in lieu of 10% of base salary will be paid. The Committee is also mindful 
of investor expectations regarding pension contribution rates and is exploring ways to achieve alignment of the pension 
contributions for the current executive directors with those of the wider workforce.

iii)   Annual performance bonus
The maximum annual bonus for 2020/21 will be 150% of base salary. Measures are selected to reflect the Group’s key 
objectives and for 2020/21 the bonus will include a clawback facility in order to demonstrate the Company’s objective to 
reinforce a culture of ‘Treating Customers Fairly’. A minimum EBIT threshold must be achieved before any bonus is paid 
out. One-third of any bonus earned will be deferred into shares for two years after payment. The Committee recognises 
that significant uncertainties remain as the country (and therefore the Company) moves out of lockdown, and therefore 
will review the bonus position as the year progresses, using its overriding discretion, if appropriate, in a manner that 
recognises the context of the business and shareholder experience, but maintains the incentive effective necessary to spur 
our recovery. The Committee will also use its discretion when reviewing bonus pay outs should it be demonstrated that a 
windfall gain has been received as a result of the use of any government subsidies received during the Covid-19 period. 
The Committee feels that specific targets relating to the 2020/21 bonus scheme are commercially sensitive and as such 
will not be disclosed. Retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance against them will be provided in next year’s 
Remuneration Report.

The performance metrics and their weightings for 2020/21 are shown in the table below:

Adjusted EBIT
Average net debt
Customer Net Promoter Score
Employee engagement

Weighting (as a percentage of 
maximum bonus opportunity

50%
20%
15%
15%

Recovery and withholding provisions apply for material misstatement, misconduct, calculation error, and reputational 
damage and corporate failure, enabling performance adjustments and / or recovery of sums already paid. These provisions 
will apply for up to three years after payment.

110

HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20 
 
  
 
 
 
iv)   LTIP
Awards will be made later this year under the 2016 Long Term Incentive Plan. The normal level of awards, following the 
change in Policy in 2019, is 250% of salary for each of the executive directors. However, the Committee has considered 
carefully whether it is appropriate to grant this full amount and concluded it is not; rather awards will be made at 200% of 
salary, a 20% reduction on the normal level.

In reaching this conclusion, the Committee weighed several competing considerations. Since last year’s LTIP awards were 
made the Company’s share price has fallen from £1.22 to around 87p at the time this year’s award was determined on 
13 July 2020. Ordinarily, based on investors’ guidance, this would trigger calls for awards to be scaled back. However, 
immediately prior to the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, the share price had risen to around £1.42, an increase of over 
16%. This is relevant since guidance from several investor bodies including the Investment Association is that share price 
falls related solely to Covid-19 should not necessarily trigger scale-back of awards so long as the Committee monitors 
the eventual vesting and is prepared to adjust for windfall gains. On the other hand, the Committee was conscious of the 
context of the 2019 AGM vote on remuneration, in which some shareholders voted against the remuneration report as a 
result of the 2019 LTIP awards not having been scaled back.

In our judgement, proceeding with a full award would have ignored this context and shareholders’ recent experience. 
Equally, to have granted a number of shares with reference to the share price in 2018 and based on a share price 
depressed as a result of Covid-19 would have been punitive. While wishing to respond appropriately to shareholder 
concerns, we kept in mind the need to continue to reward and motivate an executive team that is continuing to make 
excellent progress on a major transformation programme while navigating unprecedented external challenges.

We believe that a scale back of 20% in award size strikes an appropriate balance between these considerations. The 
number of shares to be awarded was set as a fixed number of shares on 13 July 2020, based on 200% of the executives’ 
respective salaries and the closing share price on 10 July 2020; the Board retains the flexibility to make adjustments if the 
share price moves significantly between the 10 July 2020 and the actual award date; awards will be made within six weeks 
of the announcement of our full-year results.

In light of the evolving external environment, we will set the targets for this award later than normal to allow a clearer 
picture to emerge on our emergence from lock-down and to gauge the market expectation of the long-term performance of 
the business. Full details of these targets will be disclosed when the awards are made.

Awards will be subject to recovery and withholding provisions for material misstatement, misconduct, calculation error, 
reputational damage and corporate failure, enabling performance adjustments and / or recovery of sums already paid. 
These provisions will apply for up to three years after vesting. Any shares vesting as a result of these awards, net of tax 
and national insurance, will be required to be held for a further two years post vesting.

Compliance
As required by the Regulations, resolutions to approve this Remuneration Report will be proposed at the 2020 Annual 
General Meeting.

Tony DeNunzio CBE 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
14 July 2020

111

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are 
required to prepare the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework. Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group and of the 
profit or loss of the Company and the Group for that period. 

In preparing the Company financial statements, the directors are required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 – make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

 – state whether Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ has been followed, subject to any 

material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

 – prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 

continue in business.

 – In preparing the consolidated financial statements, IAS 1: ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ requires that directors:

 – properly select and apply accounting policies;

 – present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 

understandable information; 

 – provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to enable users 
to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group’s financial position and 
financial performance; and

 – make an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and 
the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Group’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 – the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair 

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole;

 – the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of 

the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and

 – the annual report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and the Company’s performance, business model and 
strategy.

By Order of the Board 

Alex Baldock
Group Chief Executive
14 July 2020

112

Jonny Mason
Group Chief Financial Officer
14 July 2020

HEAD_0 1st lineCorporate GovernanceDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20  
 
 
 
Independent

Auditor’s Report

Independent
Auditor’s Report 

Report on the audit of the financial statements

1.  Opinion
In our opinion:

 – the financial statements of Dixons Carphone plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true and fair 

view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 2 May 2020 and of the Group’s loss for the 53 week 
period then ended;

 –  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

 –  the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

 –  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as 

regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 –  the consolidated income statement;

 –  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

 –  the consolidated balance sheet;

 –  the consolidated statement of changes in equity;

 –  the consolidated cash flow statement; 

 –  the Company balance sheet;

 –  the Company statement of changes in equity; and

 –  the related notes 1 to 33 of the Group financial statements and notes C1 to C10 of the Company financial statements.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable 
law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including 
FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2.  Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. The non-audit services provided to the Group and Company for the year are disclosed in note 3 to the 
financial statements. We confirm that the non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to 
the Group or the Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

113

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statementscontinued

Independent   
Auditor’s Report continued

3.  Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

 –  revenue recognition – valuation of UK network receivables; 

 –  Carphone Warehouse restructuring; 

 –  tax provisioning; 

 –  the going concern basis of accounting; and

 –  impairment of UK&I Electricals goodwill, central assets and Company investments.

Last year we included a key audit matter in respect of the allocation of goodwill and 
impairment in relation to the Mobile and Electricals UK & Ireland (UK&I) groups of cash 
generating units (CGUs). The allocation of goodwill in relation to the Mobile and Electricals 
UK&I groups of CGUs was a one-off matter triggered by the change in Operating Segments 
in the previous financial year. All goodwill allocated to the Mobile group of CGUs was 
impaired in the previous financial year. Our key audit matter has been revised for this year 
to be in respect of impairment of the UK&I Electricals goodwill, central assets and Company 
investments.

Last year we included a key audit matter in respect of the IT infrastructure environment. 
Management has taken appropriate remedial action to address the most significant findings 
identified by our evaluation of the Group’s controls over certain information systems. As a 
result, this matter no longer reflects an area requiring a significant proportion of our audit 
effort, and therefore we no longer consider this to be a key audit matter. 

Following the Group’s announcement of the restructuring of the Carphone Warehouse 
business on the 17 March 2020, we have identified an additional key audit matter in the 
current year. This has been identified due to the judgement required in determining the 
valuation of the provisions associated with the restructuring.

Due to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, the level of audit effort, judgement and 
complexity in the area of going concern has significantly increased. Accordingly, this is a key 
audit matter in the current year.

The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £9.5m which was 
determined on the basis of considering a number of different metrics used by investors and 
other readers of the financial statements. These included:

 – adjusted profit before tax;

 – total assets; and

 – revenue.

Materiality

We have changed the basis on which we have determined materiality in the current period 
to reflect the volatility in the results of the Group arising from the impact of Covid-19. For 
further details refer to section 6 of this report.

Scoping

Our full scope audit procedures provided coverage at the Group’s key locations, being 
the retail operations in the UK and Nordics, representing 94% of the Group’s revenue. 

Significant changes in 
our approach

We  have  identified  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and  restructuring  of  the 
Carphone Warehouse business as additional key audit matters as set out above. 

114

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedFinancial Statementscontinued

4.  Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement

Going concern is the basis of 
preparation of the financial statements 
that assumes an entity will remain 
in operation for a period of at least 
12 months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements.

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

4.1. Going concern
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in note 1a to the financial 
statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification 
of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and Company’s ability to 
continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

We considered as part of our risk assessment the nature of the Group, its 
business model and related risks including where relevant the impact of 
both the Covid-19 pandemic and Brexit, the requirements of the applicable 
financial reporting framework and the system of internal control. We 
evaluated the directors’ assessment of the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, including challenging the underlying data and key 
assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluated the directors’ 
plans for future actions in relation to their going concern assessment.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) 
and report if the statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit.

Refer to section 5.2 for details of our work regarding going concern.

4.2. Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether 
they were consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the 
audit, including the knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ 
assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, we are required to state whether we have anything material 
to add or draw attention to in relation to:

Viability means the ability of the Group 
to continue over the time horizon 
considered appropriate by the directors. 

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

 –  the disclosures on pages 20-23 that describe the principal risks, 

procedures to identify emerging risks, and an explanation of how these 
are being managed or mitigated;

 – the directors’ confirmation on page 112 that they have carried out 
a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity; or

 –  the directors’ explanation on page 29 as to how they have assessed the 
prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why 
they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to 
whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able 
to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to 
the prospects of the Group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

115

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

5.  Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Revenue recognition – valuation of UK network receivables

The Group sells mobile phone contracts on behalf of a number of mobile 
operators. The valuation of gross network receivable and commission contract 
assets (2 May 2020: £1,005m, 27 April 2019: £1,294m), being commission for 
which there is a contractual entitlement based on mobile phone connections 
already made, and for which there are no ongoing performance obligations, is 
subject to significant management judgement. 

Included within the gross value are contract assets of £546m (27 April 2019: 
£702m). These are recognised where the performance obligations have been 
met but the right to consideration from the customer is conditional on something 
other than passage of time. The valuation is based on management’s estimate 
of the extent to which it is highly probable that recognised revenue will not be 
subject to a material reversal in the future. 

The valuation of the expected receivable is determined by four key assumptions: 

 – the expected level of customer spend in excess of their current contracted 

amount (known as out of bundle spend);

 – the forecast customer default rate within the contract period; 

 – the forecast rate of customer renewals with the same network provider; and

 – the expected customer behaviour beyond the initial contract period.

We have focused our risk related to the valuation of contract assets on the 
determination of these four key assumptions for the largest operators with which 
the Group has a relationship. Due to the level of judgement involved, we have 
determined that there is potential for manipulation of this balance.

The value of these assumptions influences the level of network commission 
revenue that the Group recognises. A change in these assumptions can also 
lead to the adjustment of revenue that has been recognised in prior periods. 
In determining these assumptions the Group considers historical activity by 
customers and operators and makes an assessment as to how this activity 
will change in the future. These future variations can be influenced by external 
factors, including customer behaviour, operator behaviour and changes to 
market regulations.

The downward revaluation of the opening network commission contract asset 
was recognised as a reversal of revenue of £47m. The reversal of revenue 
is related to a number of events or conditions that have changed since 
the previous balance sheet date including the Group’s announcement of a 
significant strategic change for the Carphone Warehouse business and the 
impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s assessment of future expected consumer 
behaviour as described in footnote iv in note 15. 

Key audit matter description

116

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements5.1. Revenue recognition – valuation of UK network receivables (continued)

As described in note 15, in determining the revenue to recognise the Group 
applies a constraint to the total amount of commission that the Group will 
receive over the life of the relationship between the customer and the operator. 
This commission is recognised in full in the month of connection between 
the consumer and the operator as the Group has completed its performance 
obligation relating to connection. When estimating these future assumptions the 
Group does so to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in 
the amount of revenue recognised will not occur in a future period. 

As described in note 1e to the Group financial statements, remeasurement of 
prior period assumptions due to changes in consumer behaviour, or where more 
recent information becomes available, are recognised as revenue in the income 
statement. Any changes in prior period assumptions, and their consequential 
impact on revenue, are eliminated from the Group’s adjusted profit before tax 
which is a key alternative performance measure.

The key judgements and estimates involved are described in more detail in the 
Audit Committee report on page 74, in the key sources of estimation uncertainty 
disclosed in note 1t and in note 15 to the Group financial statements. 

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit matter

We obtained an understanding of the senior management review control of the key 
assumptions used to determine the UK network receivables balance. 

We tested the valuation of revenue recognised through review of the contractual 
arrangements and performed procedures to assess the reasonableness of the four 
key assumptions. We challenged:

 – the forecast customer spend assumptions by comparison to actual customer 

spending data trends from the network operators and with reference to external 
market data;

 – the forecast customer default rate by comparison to the actual rates of default seen 
in the latest data from the networks and with reference to default rates observed in 
the most recent external market data; 

 – the forecast rate of customer renewals with the same network provider by 

comparison to the latest renewals data from the network operators and with 
reference to other external market data; and

 – the expected customer behaviour beyond the initial contract period by comparison 
to actual rates of customers continuing their contract after their fixed contract term 
and with reference to external market data and analysis. 

In considering the assumptions we analysed existing and forthcoming changes in 
regulation and wider macro-economic environment. We considered whether these 
could lead to behavioural changes which would impact the amount of revenue 
recognised in the current year. Such changes could also risk the reversal of revenue 
recognised in previous accounting periods and the recoverability of the receivable 
on the balance sheet. Specifically, we considered expected behavioural changes 
relating to the events described in footnote iv in note 15 and challenged the quantum 
of constraint applied contract asset recognised at year end. We considered whether 
management’s assumptions in respect of the impact of possible behavioural changes 
and the resulting impact on the valuation of the UK network receivables balance 
were reasonable. We considered whether the reversal of revenue recognised was 
appropriate as a result of events occurring in the period.

We assessed the changes in assumptions in relation to the revenue recognised 
for current year connections between consumers and operators, and in relation to 
revenue recognised in previous accounting periods. In doing so we verified that the 
amount of revenue recognised in each circumstance is consistent with the captions 
disclosed in note 15. We assessed the disclosures relating to the treatment of out 
of period revaluations as an adjusting item in the reconciliation of adjusted profit 
before tax, a key alternative performance measure.

117

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

Key observations

We consider the treatment adopted in relation to the valuation of the UK network 
commission receivable and the related assumptions applied by management to 
be appropriate. 

We agree that the disclosures relating to network commissions, summarised 
in note 15, provide an appropriate understanding of the estimates taken by 
management and how changes in these estimates have influenced the total 
revenue recognised from network commissions in the year.

We consider that the reversal of revenue relating to prior periods is correctly 
stated and relates to the factors stated in note 15, part iv. 

5.2. The going concern basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern 
basis. Management has concluded that there are no material uncertainties which 
may cast significant doubt over the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern for at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements. 

In undertaking their assessment of going concern, which is supported by the 
cash flows of the Group, management reviewed the forecast future performance 
and anticipated cash flows. Management has updated their 2020/21 budget 
and three year forecasts to take into account their estimate of the impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic and the financial support provided by the government to 
the Group. As part of their assessment, management considered the financing 
available to the Group, forecast compliance with the associated debt covenants 
and potential cost saving actions that the Group could take.

At 2 May 2020, the Group had net cash and overdrafts of £120m and committed 
facilities of £1,360m, of which £324m had been drawn down. These facilities 
consist of three revolving credit facilities (£800m and £250m expiring in October 
2022; and £266m expiring in April 2021) and a €50m term loan expiring in 
October 2020. These facilities contain covenants relating to the Group’s 
leverage and fixed charges cover ratios.

On 23 March 2020, the Group closed all its retail outlets in the UK. These started 
to reopen, albeit on a restricted basis, from 15 June 2020. During this period the 
Group’s primary sources of revenue were from the online business in the UK and 
Greece, and from the Nordics business where the majority of the store estate 
remained open through enacting strict social distancing measures. The impact 
of the Covid-19 pandemic is described further on page 136.

The implications of Covid-19 are evolving and there is significant uncertainty in 
respect of future potential financial impacts as a result. Should the impacts of 
the pandemic on trading conditions be more prolonged or severe than those 
currently considered by the Directors, the Group would need to implement 
additional operational or financial measures. In particular, there is significant 
judgement in managements’ assessment of the reductions in cash inflows, the 
risk of further government restrictions in the future, the impact of mitigations 
initiated by the Group and compliance with the conditions of the Group’s facility 
arrangements. 

Due to the impact of the pandemic there is significantly more judgement applied 
in developing short-term cash flow forecasts, particularly from the UK store 
estate, and in assessing the long-term impacts of the pandemic on consumer 
spending in all territories.

Key audit matter description

118

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements5.2. The going concern basis of accounting (continued)

Management has considered a range of scenarios in assessing the impact 
of Covid-19 as detailed on page 136, which includes a reverse stress test 
of assumptions that would need to occur for the Group to require additional 
sources of financing. The scenarios considered by management primarily model 
an impact on forecast revenue and operating profit margin against their initial 
budget, the impact of cost savings primarily related to the transformation of 
the Mobile business, and mitigations initiated by the Group. Full details of the 
scenarios applied by management are set out in detail on page 136.

Taking into account the sensitivities, management has concluded that the Group 
and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future and they continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the annual financial statements. 

We have identified a key audit matter related to the going concern basis of 
accounting as a result of the judgement required to conclude there is not a 
material uncertainty related to going concern. The key audit matter is pinpointed 
to the assumptions and mitigations to which the fixed charge cover ratio 
covenant is most sensitive to. This reflects that this covenant is the most 
sensitive to downside assumptions in forecast trading performance.

Further details of the Directors’ assessment are included within the Strategic 
Report on pages 2 to 30, the Audit Committee Report on page 71 to 79 and in 
note 1a to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit matter

In responding to the identified key audit matter we completed the following audit 
procedures:

 – obtained an understanding of key controls over management’s going 

concern models, including the review of the inputs and assumptions used 
in those models and evaluated whether such controls had been effectively 
implemented;

 – tested the accuracy of management’s models, including agreement to the 
most recent board approved budgets and forecasts which included the 
impact of Covid-19;

 – we challenged the key assumptions of these forecasts by:

 –  

reading analyst reports, industry data and other external information and 
comparing these with management’s estimates;

 –   comparing forecast sales with the Group’s performance during the 

period of closure due to the initial Covid-19 pandemic. This included 
the performance of the online operations of the business during March, 
April and May 2020 while the Group’s UK store estate was closed and 
performance of the online operations and the stores once the estate 
reopened in June 2020. We also challenged the future performance of the 
UK store estate with reference to the performance of the Nordics business 
segment which did not close, and the post re-opening trading in Ireland 
and Greece; 

 –   considering the forecast revenue from the Nordics business segment with 

reference to its performance throughout March to May 2020;

 –   challenging management’s assessment of the impact of mitigations 
initiated by the Group to reduce costs and manage cash flows;

 –   understanding the level of further mitigations available to the Group 

beyond those included within the forecast. This included challenging the 
extent to which these mitigations are within the control of management 
against historical financial information and costs included in the 
management’s underlying forecasts;

119

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

5.2. The going concern basis of accounting (continued)

 –  assessed the impact of reasonably possible downside scenarios on the 
Group’s funding position, including requesting the Directors to perform 
additional sensitivity analysis to reflect a more severe or prolonged period 
of uncertainty. This included an assessment of the likelihood of the ‘reverse 
stress test’ scenario;

 – reviewed the basis of the calculation per the loan agreement to the calculation 
that management performed for determining the forecast fixed charge cover 
ratio covenant at each covenant measurement point; 

 – reviewed correspondence relating to the availability of the Group’s financing 

arrangements, including the reduction in the hurdle rate for assessing 
covenant compliance for October 2020 obtained by the Group in relation to its 
revolving credit facilities. We also reviewed the Group’s covenant compliance 
over the forecast period and challenged whether the forecast covenant 
calculations were in accordance with the specified terms of the facility 
agreements and included all appropriate revenue and costs; 

 – assessed the accuracy of the forecast fixed charges included in 

management’s forecast compliance with the fixed charges cover ratio 
covenant; and

 – assessed the sufficiency of the Group’s disclosure concerning the going 

concern basis and uncertainties arising.

Management’s forecasts, reasonably possible downside scenarios and reverse 
stress test, indicate that the Group has sufficient financial resources over the 
going concern period. 

We are satisfied with management’s conclusion that there are no material 
uncertainties over the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. 

We reviewed the disclosures prepared by the Directors set out on pages 135 to 
137 and consider them to be appropriate.

Key observations

5.3. Carphone Warehouse Restructuring 

Key audit matter description

120

Following the announcement of the closure of all standalone Carphone 
Warehouse stores, we identified a key audit matter in relation to the valuation 
of restructuring provisions. Impairment of IFRS 16 right of use assets as a 
result of the closure of the Carphone Warehouse property estate totals £32m. 
Additionally, Carphone Warehouse related restructuring provisions form a 
significant part of the total reorganisation and property provisions disclosed in 
note 21. The total reorganisation and property provisions held at 2 May 2020 are 
£25m and £40m respectively. Accounting for these provisions is complex and 
involves management making a number of forward-looking estimates such as 
future redundancy costs, property-related costs and IT costs.

Furthermore, there is incentive for management to inappropriately identify costs 
as relating to the restructuring of the Carphone Warehouse business, as these will 
be treated as an adjusting item which directly impacts the value of adjusted profit 
before tax which is a key metric for the Group. Therefore we have also pinpointed 
our key audit matter to the classification of costs related to the restructuring.

Due to the incentive for management to inappropriately identify costs as relating 
to the restructuring of the Carphone Warehouse business, we have determined 
that there is potential for manipulation through the misleading presentation of 
the costs associated with this restructuring programme.

Further information in this area is discussed in note 21 to the financial 
statements, in the Audit Committee report and in section A5 of the alternative 
performance measures (APMs) appendix to the Annual Report.

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements5.3. Carphone Warehouse Restructuring  (continued)

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit matter

We obtained an understanding of the senior management review control of the 
valuation of the restructuring provisions and which costs were determined to 
relate to restructuring of the Carphone Warehouse business.

We obtained management’s estimation of the total costs associated with 
the restructure. For each component of the provision we have performed 
procedures to assess, based on current facts and circumstances, whether 
the estimates made by management are appropriate. In order to assess 
the valuation of the individual elements of the provision we assessed the 
completeness and accuracy of the data used by management. This included 
agreeing amounts to payslips, agreeing to actual property costs incurred and 
challenging whether the allocated IT costs were specific to the restructuring of 
the business. 

We challenged management on the classification of adjusted items attributed to 
the Carphone Warehouse restructuring against the Group’s accounting policy, 
as set out in the APMs appendix to the Annual Report.

Key observations

We concur with the amounts recognised in relation to the Carphone Warehouse 
restructuring provisions. 

We agree that the related adjusted items included in management’s 
reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax, a key alternative performance 
measure, are appropriately disclosed as being in respect of the Carphone 
Warehouse restructuring. 

5.4. Tax Provisioning 

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit matter

The nature of the Group’s operations and related transactions can give 
rise to uncertain tax treatments, thereby requiring the use of estimates and 
assumptions which may be subsequently challenged by the relevant tax 
authorities. In some instances the Group has recognised a provision in relation 
to certain historical treatments. Additionally, the Group has disclosed a 
contingent liability of £220m in relation to uncertain tax positions, excluding any 
penalties and interest, as set out in note 31 and note 1t. 

Our key audit matter is focused on the valuation of the provision in respect 
of the two largest exposures in the UK, and completeness of the disclosed 
potential range of tax exposures, based on the status of discussions with HMRC 
in respect of certain open enquiries arising from pre-merger legacy corporate 
transactions in the Carphone Warehouse group. 

Further information in this area is discussed in the Audit Committee report, in the 
key sources of estimation uncertainty disclosed in note 1t and in note 31 to the 
Group financial statements.

We utilised internal tax specialists to evaluate and test management’s 
assumptions in respect of these tax-related provisions, including assessment 
against local tax legislation and review of supporting documentation. In 
assessing the provisions and disclosures we have considered the tax 
environment in which the Group operates, the outcome of past settlements and 
the status of matters being discussed with tax authorities. 

Our tax specialists reviewed correspondence with tax authorities as well as 
reviewing the opinions or other support received from external advisors and 
legal counsel which management has utilised in calculating the provisions. 

Our specialists also held discussions with, and assessed the competency, 
capabilities and objectivity of, management’s external advisors in determining 
the extent of any amount that could become payable. 

121

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

5.4. Tax Provisioning (continued)

Key observations

We concur with the amounts recognised and amount disclosed as a contingent 
liability in relation to tax provisioning for these certain open matters, and 
believe that management’s provisioning methodology includes a reasonable 
consideration of all uncertain positions.

5.5  Impairment of UK&I Electricals goodwill, central assets and Company investments 

Key audit matter description 

In light of the impact of Covid-19, there is a heightened risk of impairment in 
respect of the UK&I Electricals goodwill of £1,840m, allocable central assets and 
Company investments in subsidiaries of £2,670m.

£1,840m of goodwill is reviewed by management for impairment within the UK&I 
Electricals group of cash generating units (CGUs). As set out in note 8b to the 
Group financial statements, management assess the recoverable amount of the 
group of CGUs by calculating its value in use using projections covering a five-
year period.

There is judgement required by management in determining their forecasts, 
particularly in respect of the later and terminal years of their five-year period 
projections. 

As disclosed in note 8 we note that a reasonably possible change in 
management’s forecast annual operating profit by the end of their Strategic Plan 
forecasts in 2023/24 would result in headroom of the UK&I combined groups 
of CGUs being eroded to nil. We note there is uncertainty in the assumptions 
underlying these forecasts, particularly in respect of forecast operating profit. 
Management has included a key source of estimation uncertainty in note 1t, and 
provided associated sensitivity disclosures in respect of the long term operating 
profit of the UK&I Electricals group of CGUs as set out in note 8.

Management has reviewed the recoverability of the investment in subsidiaries 
held by the Company at 2 May 2020 by comparing to the total value in use 
of their forecasts for the Group. As stated in note C4, as at 2 May 2020, 
management’s forecasts for the Group value the business significantly higher 
than the valuation implied by the Group’s market capitalisation. 

Further information in this area is discussed in the Audit Committee report on 
page 75 and in note 8 to the Group financial statements.

122

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements5.5  Impairment of UK&I Electricals goodwill, central assets and Company investments (continued)

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit matter

We have completed the following procedures:

 – obtained an understanding of key controls relating to the review and approval 

of the impairment review and evaluated whether such controls had been 
effectively implemented;

 – tested the mechanical accuracy of the model and cash flow forecasts and 
assessed whether the methodology used in determining the recoverable 
amount is consistent with IAS 36;

 – challenged the key assumptions used by management in their impairment 

review through comparison to historical performance and external evidence. 
In particular, we challenged management in respect of their forecast 
improvement in operating profit. We assessed this by:

 –   considering the extent to which the possible effects of Covid-19 should 
be included in the impairment models and assessing the impact of the 
pandemic with reference to the recent performance of the Group while the 
store estate was closed and subsequent to the reopening of stores in key 
territories;

 –   challenging management on the overall valuation of their forecasts by 

benchmarking the minimum EBIT multiple valuation required to support 
the carrying value of assets against the EBIT multiple of comparator 
companies;

 –   considering the reasonableness of management’s short term cash flow 
forecasts, including cost savings related to the transformation of the 
Mobile business that the Group expects to achieve, which form a key 
part of management’s value in use model used to derive the recoverable 
amount of the group of CGUs. We assessed whether the Group was 
committed to these plans to the extent that the cost savings can be 
included in an impairment assessment under IAS 36; and 

 –   evaluating management’s assessment of the sensitivity to forecast 

operating profit margin required to indicate an impairment. We compared 
the breakeven operating profit margin to the margins achieved by 
comparator companies;

 – engaged our internal valuation specialist to assess the appropriateness of the 

discount rate; 

 – benchmarked the long term growth rates to applicable macro-economic and 

market data;

 – challenged management’s rationale for the premium of the net assets of the 

Group and Company above the market capitalisation of the Group;

 – assessed the completeness of assets being included in the asset base and 

the appropriateness of any liability balances included by management;

 – evaluated management’s assessment of assets which cannot be allocated on 
a reasonable and consistent basis to the UK&I Electricals group of CGUs; and

 – we assessed the completeness and accuracy of disclosures included in note 

1t and 8 against the requirements of IAS 1 and IAS 36 respectively. 

123

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

5.5  Impairment of UK&I Electricals goodwill, central assets and Company investments (continued)

Key observations

We considered that the related disclosures in note 1t, and associated sensitivity 
disclosures in note 8, appropriately summarise the uncertainties associated with 
this assumption. We concur with management’s conclusion that no impairment 
of the goodwill or central assets allocated to the UK&I Electricals group of CGUs 
is required.

We concur with management’s conclusion that no impairment of the Company 
investments is required.

6.  Our application of materiality

6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in 
planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£9.5m (2018/19: £12.4m)

£9.0m (2018/19: £11.7m) 

Consolidated financial statements

Company financial statements

Company materiality equates to 0.33% 
of net assets, which is capped at 95% 
of group materiality. 

Net assets was selected as an 
appropriate benchmark for determining 
materiality, as the Company acts as a 
holding company.

Basis for determining materiality

We considered the following metrics:

 – Adjusted profit before tax

 – Total assets

 – Revenue

Using professional judgement we 
determined materiality to be £9.5m. 

In the prior year, materiality was 
determined on the basis of 5% of 
adjusted profit before tax, taking into 
account the amortisation of acquisition 
intangibles and pension finance costs 
due to their recurring nature.

In determining our benchmark for 
materiality we considered a number 
of different metrics used by investors 
and other readers of the financial 
statements. 

This approach is a change from the 
prior year to reflect the volatility in the 
results of the Group arising from the 
impact of Covid-19.

Materiality for the current year 
represents 7.5% of adjusted profit 
before tax (2018/19: 4.1%), 0.12% 
of total assets (2018/19: 0.16%) and 
0.09% of revenue (2018/19: 0.12%).

Rationale for the benchmark applied

124

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. Group performance 
materiality was set at 70% of group materiality for the 2019/20 audit (2018/19: 70%). In determining performance 
materiality, we considered the following factors:

a. 

 The impact of Covid-19 and industry wide pressure on the financial statements, the judgements taken by management 
and the associated disclosures;

b.   Our risk assessment, including our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment and our reliance on controls 

in the Nordics; and 

c. 

 Our past experience of the audit, including the low value of profit impacting misstatements identified in prior periods 
and management’s willingness to correct any misstatements identified.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.5m 
(2018/19: £0.6m), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of 
the financial statements.

7.  An overview of the scope of our audit

7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including group-wide 
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. Based on that assessment, we focused our 
group audit scope primarily on the audit work of the retail operations in the UK and the Nordics, which is consistent with 
the previous year. Each of these components requires a local statutory audit. 

These locations represent the principal business units and account for approximately 94% of the Group’s revenue from 
continuing operations (2018/19: 93%). Each location was selected to provide an appropriate basis for undertaking audit 
work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. Our audit work at these locations was executed at 
levels of materiality applicable to each individual entity which were lower than group materiality and ranged from £5.7m to 
£6.7m (2018/19: £8.6m to £9.3m). 

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment 
Dixons Carphone plc is reliant on the effectiveness of a number of IT applications and controls to ensure that financial 
transactions are processed and recorded completely and accurately. 

UK control environment 
The revenue earned from extended warranty service agreements with customers relies upon a single financial reporting 
system, the general IT controls of which we found to be operating effectively. As a result, in the UK, we relied on the 
operating effectiveness of controls over this operating cycle. We also tested and relied upon the operating effectiveness of 
controls associated with the Dixons supplier funding operating cycle, as this does not rely upon automated controls. 

Due to the IT deficiencies identified in prior years, we did not plan to rely on the effectiveness of the controls over other 
operating cycles as these rely on automated controls. 

As a result of the IT deficiencies identified in the prior and current years, we completed additional substantive procedures. 
Whilst, for audit purposes, the additional procedures performed mitigated the risk presented by the deficiencies, 
management is in the course of performing further stabilisation activities associated with the Group’s IT infrastructure.

General IT controls continue to be a focus area for management and the Audit Committee. Further information is set out in 
the risk management and internal control section of the Audit Committee report on page 75.

Nordics control environment 
In the Nordics, we relied upon controls across the following operating cycles: inventory, supplier funding, cash, property, 
plant & equipment, trade payables, revenue and cost of goods sold. 

We tested and relied upon the operating effectiveness of two finance systems. In assessing the general IT controls of these 
systems, we identified some minor control deficiencies in both systems. We completed additional procedures to mitigate 
the risk arising from these control deficiencies. As a result, where required, we relied upon the operating effectiveness of 
these IT systems for our testing of the above operating cycles.

125

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

7.3. Working with other auditors
The same audit team is responsible for both the Group and UK component audit work, incorporating the services of 
Deloitte India for certain areas of the UK component audit work where these business processes are led by the Group’s 
outsourced service provider in India.

The Group audit team engaged a component audit team from Deloitte Norway to perform an audit of the Nordics sub-
consolidation. The Group audit team held regular communication with the component auditor ahead of and during the year 
end audit process. Oversight of the component audit team included reviewing the audit work of the component audit team 
via video conferencing. 

At the Dixons Carphone plc parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical 
procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated 
financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit or audit of specified account balances.

8.  Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required 
to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material misstatements of the other 
information include where we conclude that:

 – Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual report and 

financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

 – Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or

 – Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the directors’ statement 

required under the Listing Rules relating to the Company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly 
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

9.  Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

126

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements10.  Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Details of the extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud and non-
compliance with laws and regulations are set out below.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

11.  Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
We identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and 
then design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, including obtaining audit evidence that is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities

11.1. 
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance 
with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

 – the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the Group’s 

remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

 – results of our enquiries of management, internal audit and the audit committee about their own identification and 

assessment of the risks of irregularities; 

 – any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures 

relating to:

 –  

identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of 
non-compliance;

 –   detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged 

fraud;

 –  

the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

 –  the valuation of management’s provision in respect of future customer compensation in relation to the mis-selling of 

Geek Squad mobile phone insurance policies;

 –  the matters discussed among the audit engagement team including significant component audit teams and involving 

relevant internal specialists, including tax, valuations, insurance, pensions, IT and industry specialists regarding how and 
where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for 
fraud and identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas: valuation of UK network receivables, the going 
concern basis of accounting, Carphone Warehouse restructuring and supplier funding. In common with all audits under 
ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on 
provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, 
Listing Rules, pensions legislation, tax legislation and FCA regulation. 

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial 
statements but compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. 
These included the Group’s health and safety, insurance selling and environmental regulations.

127

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsIndependent   
Auditor’s Report continued

Audit response to risks identified

11.2. 
As a result of performing the above, we identified the valuation of UK network receivables, the going concern basis of 
accounting and Carphone Warehouse restructuring as key audit matters related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit 
matters section of our report explains the matters in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed 
in response to those key audit matters. 

 In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

 – reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with 

provisions of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

 – assessing the valuation of UK&I Electricals supplier funding related accruals that require the most significant level of 

management judgment by confirming a sample of items directly with the supplier;

 – enquiring of management, the audit committee and external legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and 

claims;

 – performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 

misstatement due to fraud;

 – reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing 

correspondence with HMRC; and

 – in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries 
and other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a 
potential bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal 
course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
including internal specialists and significant component audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-
compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

12.  Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 – the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 

statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 – the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13.  Matters on which we are required to report by exception

13.1. 
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

 – the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

128

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration

13.2. 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration have not been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with 
the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.  Other matters

Auditor tenure

14.1. 
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Board on 31 July 2003 to audit the 
financial statements of the Group for the year ending 29 March 2003 and subsequent financial periods. The period of 
total uninterrupted engagement as the Group’s auditor, including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 18 
years, covering the years ending 2003 to 2020. The period of engagement as the Company’s auditor, following a group 
restructuring, since being incorporated in 2009, is 10 years, covering the years ending 2011 to 2020.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee

14.2. 
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance 
with ISAs (UK).

15.  Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Stephen Griggs (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

14 July 2020

129

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsConsolidated Income

Statement

Consolidated Income
Statement 

Continuing operations
Revenue

Loss before interest and tax

Finance income
Finance costs

Net finance costs

Loss before tax

Income tax expense

Loss after tax – continuing operations

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
 2019 
£m

10,170

10,433

(28)  

(223)   

10
(122)   

(112)  

11
 (47)  

 (36)  

(140)  

(259)  

(21)  

(161)  

(52)   

(311)  

Note

2,3

2,3

5

6

Loss after tax – discontinued operations

25

(2)  

(9)  

Loss after tax for the period

Loss per share (pence)

Basic – continuing operations
Diluted – continuing operations
Basic – total
Diluted – total

7

(163)  

(320)   

(13.9)  p
(13.9)  p
(14.1)  p
(14.1)  p

(26.8)  p
(26.8)  p
(27.6)  p
(27.6)  p 

130

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated 

Statement of

Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income 

Loss after tax for the period

Items that may be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent years:
Cash flow hedges
  Fair value movements recognised in other comprehensive income  
  Reclassified and reported in income statement 
Exchange loss arising on translation of foreign operations
Tax on items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent years:
Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension schemes – UK

– Overseas
Fair value through other comprehensive income financial assets

(Losses) / gains arising during the period

Tax on actuarial movements on defined benefit pension schemes

Other comprehensive expense for the period (taken to equity)

Total comprehensive expense for the period

Note

23

22
22
13

6 

Year ended 
2 May 
 2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
 2019 
£m

(163)  

(320)  

26
12
(39)  
 —

 (1)  

(3)  
(1)  

(8)  
(39)   

(51)  

10
(19)  
(30)  
 2

(37)   

(128)  
(1)  

1
22 

(106)   

(52)  

(143)   

(215)  

(463)   

131

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated 

Balance Sheet

Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant & equipment
Right-of-use assets*
Lease receivable*
Investments
Interests in joint ventures and associates
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventory
Lease receivable*
Trade and other receivables
Derivative assets
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents**

Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative liabilities
Contingent consideration
Income tax payable*
Loans and other borrowings**
Lease liabilities*
Liabilities held for sale
Provisions*

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Loans and other borrowings
Lease liabilities*
Retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions

2 May 
 2020 
£m

27 April 
 2019 
(restated) 
£m

28 April 
2018 
(restated) 
£m

Note

2,803
469
240
1,114
4
10
—
294
259
5,193

970
1
831
76
—
660
2,538
7,731

(2,017)  
(52)  
(1)  
(78)  
(584)  
(258)  
—
(114)   
(3,104)  

(131)  
(2)  
(280)  
(1,186)  
(550)  
(162)  
(36)  
(2,347)  
(5,451)  
2,280

2,840
464
276
—
—
18
—
387
282 
 4,267

1,156
—
1,039
18
—
665
 2,878
7,145

(2,350)  
(6)  
(1)  
(76)  
(559)  
(3)  
—
(86)   
 (3,081)  

(252)  
 (4)  
(288)  
(80)  
(579)  
(156)  
(65)   
 (1,424)  
 (4,505)  
 2,640

3,088
478
394
—
—
17
1
507
240
4,725

1,145
—
1,154
27
17
1,383
3,726
8,451

(2,505)  
(7)  
(1)  
(72)  
(1,218)  
(3)  
(2)  
(67)  
(3,875)  

(318)  
(12)  
(329)  
(82)  
(472)  
(135)  
(32)  
(1,380)  
(5,255)  
3,196

8
9
10
11
12
13

15
6

14
12
15
26

16

17
26
18

19
20

21

17
18
19
20
22
6
21

23

Total liabilities
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Accumulated profits***
Other reserves***
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent company
* 

1
2,263
1,610
(678)  
3,196
 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior year comparative numbers 
have not been restated. Lease liabilities for the year ended 27 April 2019 relate solely to finance lease obligations recognised in accordance with 
IAS 17. See note 32 for details of transitional impacts.
 Cash and cash equivalents and loans and other borrowings have been restated to meet the presentational requirements of IAS 32 as further 
described in note 1. This has had no impact on net assets.
In order to provide better visibility of reserves, the Group has restated the comparative periods to reclassify certain reserves balances.
 The Group has separately presented ‘other reserves’ for the first time in the period. This is to separately disclose the hedging, investment in own 
shares, and investment revaluation reserves which were previously presented within accumulated profits. Other reserves also include the previously 
disclosed translation and demerger reserves. These are described in detail and a full reconciliation of these reserves is provided in note 23.

1
2,263
791
(775)  
2,280

1
2,263
1,089
(713)   

 2,640

**  

*** 

The financial statements were approved by the directors on 14 July 2020 and signed on their behalf by:

Alex Baldock 
Group Chief Executive
Company registration number: 7105905

132

Jonny Mason 
Group Chief Financial Officer

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated 

Statement of

Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statement of
Changes in Equity 

At 28 April 2018*
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 15  

(net of tax)

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 9  

(net of tax)

Adjusted balance at 28 April 2018
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive income and expense recognised 
directly in equity

Total comprehensive income and expense for the period
Amounts transferred to the carrying value of inventory 

purchased during the year

Equity dividends
Net movement in relation to share schemes

At 27 April 2019
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16 
Taxation on IFRS 16 transition adjustment
Adjusted balance at 27 April 2019
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive expense recognised  
  directly in equity

Total comprehensive income for the period
Amounts transferred to the carrying value of inventory 
purchased during the year
Equity dividends
Net movement in relation to share scheme
Purchase of own shares

At 2 May 2020

Share 
capital 
£m

Share 
premium 
reserve 
£m

Note

 Other 
reserves* 
£m

Accumulated 
profits 
£m

Total equity 
£m

1

2,263

(678)  

1,610

3,196

—

—

1
—

—

—

—
—
—

1 
—
—
 1
—

—

—

—
—
—
—

1

—

—

2,263
—

—

—

—
—
—

2,263 
—
—
2,263
—

—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—

(678)  
—

(36)  

(36)  

1
—
—

(713)  
—
—
(713)  
—

(9)  

(9)  

(41)  
—
—
(12)  

4

(1)  

4

(1)  

1,613
(320)  

3,199
(320)  

(107)  

(427)  

(143)  

(463)  

—
(116)  
19

1,089 
(45)  
8
1,052
(163)  

1
(116)  
19

2,640
(45)  
8
2,603
(163)  

(43)  

(206)  

(52)  

(215)  

—
(78)  
23
—

(41)  
(78)  
23
(12)  

2,263

(775)  

791

2,280

24

32
32

24

* 

 In order to provide better visibility of reserves, the Group has restated the comparative periods to reclassify certain reserves balances. The 
Group has separately presented ‘other reserves’ for the first time in the period. This is to separately disclose the hedging, investment in own 
shares, and investment revaluation reserves which were previously presented within accumulated profits. Other reserves also include the 
previously disclosed translation and demerger reserves. These are described in detail and a full reconciliation of these reserves is provided 
in note 23.

133

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash 

Flow

Statement

Consolidated Cash Flow
Statement 

Operating activities
Cash generated from operations*
Contributions to defined benefit pension scheme
Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities
Net cash outflow arising from acquisitions
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant & equipment
Proceeds on sale of business
Acquisition of property, plant & equipment and other intangibles

Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities
Interest paid*
Capital repayment of lease liabilities*
Purchase of ordinary shares
Equity dividends paid
Drawdown / (repayment) of borrowings 
Facility arrangement fees paid

Net cash flows from financing activities

Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at beginning of the period
Currency translation differences

Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at end of the period

Note

27

Year ended 
 2 May 
 2020 
£m 

Year ended 
 27 April 
 2019 
£m 

649
(46)  
(20)  

583

(3)  
—
2
(191)  

(192)  

(106)  
(219)  
(12)  
(78)  
36
(4)   

(383)  

377
(46)  
(45)   

286 

(1)  
9
8
(166)  

(150)   

(23)  
(8)
—
(116)  
(61)  
(1)   

(209)   

8

(73)   

106
6

120

185
(6)   

106 

* 

 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior year comparative numbers 
have not been restated. For the year ended 27 April 2019 capital repayments on lease liabilities relate solely to finance leases recognised in 
accordance with IAS 17. Prior period cash generated from operations includes lease rental expenses that fall within the scope of IFRS 16 in 
the current period. The transitional impact is further described in note 32.

134

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group
Financial Statements 

1 Accounting policies

a) Basis of preparation
Dixons Carphone plc (the Company) is a public company 
limited by shares incorporated in the United Kingdom, which 
is registered in England and Wales under the Companies 
Act 2006.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
on a going concern basis in accordance with IFRS as 
adopted by the EU, IFRS issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board, those parts of the Companies 
Act 2006 applicable to those companies reporting under 
IFRS and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The financial statements have been presented in Pound 
Sterling, the functional currency of the Company based 
on the Group’s primary economic environment, and on 
the historical cost basis except for the revaluation of 
certain financial instruments and defined benefit pension 
obligations, as explained below. All amounts have been 
rounded to the nearest £1m, unless otherwise stated.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ effective for the 
current financial year from 28 April 2019 using the modified 
retrospective approach. Comparatives for the prior reporting 
period have not been restated and continue to be reported 
under IAS 17: ‘Leases’, as permitted under the specific 
transitional provisions of IFRS 16. The reclassifications 
and the adjustments arising from the new leasing standard 
are therefore recognised in opening reserves as at 28 April 
2019. Further details on the adoption and transitional 
impacts of IFRS 16 are described in note 32.

Alternative performance measures (APMs)
In the prior year, the financial statements included 
presentation of alternative performance measures in 
addition to IFRS measures. In the current year, the financial 
statements present only IFRS measures which are in line 
with the basis of preparation disclosed above. The alternative 
performance measures used by the group are included within 
the glossary and definitions section of the Annual Report on 
page 202. This includes further information on the definitions, 
purpose, and reconciliation to IFRS measures.

Going concern
Going concern is the basis of preparation of the financial 
statements that assumes an entity will remain in operation 
for a period of at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. The Group and 
Company’s business activities, factors likely to affect future 
development, performance and position, as well as the 
principal risks are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 
20 to 23. The Group and Company’s funding arrangements 
and processes for managing its exposure to liquidity 
risk are set out in notes 19 and 26. The Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future and they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual 
financial statements. The Directors have reached this 
conclusion based on the following considerations.

Key judgements
The key judgement that the Directors have considered in 
forming their conclusion is the potential impact of Covid-19 
on future revenue and earnings. In relation to forecast 
revenue the primary consideration is the likelihood and 
future impact of a recurrence of Covid-19 which could result 
in the closure of stores in the Group’s key markets. The 
Directors have also considered the longer-term economic 
outlook in the countries where the Group operates. In 
forming their conclusion, the Directors have reviewed the 
trading performance during the first lockdown period, which 
varied across the countries where the Group operates, 
between 18 March 2020 and 14 June 2020, the trading 
performance since restrictions have been lifted in the 
Group’s key markets and have considered the extent to 
which the observed level of trading activity should influence 
the trading forecasts over the lookout period, particularly in 
light of the uncertain economic environment.

In forming their conclusions, Management have considered 
the potential mitigating actions that the Group could 
take to preserve liquidity and ensure compliance with the 
Group’s financial covenants. In doing so, judgement has 
been applied in determining whether such actions would 
be reasonably possible to execute as well as the financial 
impact of taking such actions.

Operational impact of the virus
Stores
 – In line with Government regulations, the Group’s stores in 
Greece closed on 18 March 2020 and all UK and Ireland 
stores closed on 24 March 2020. Our Nordics stores 
predominantly remained open throughout the period. Our 
stores in Greece were then fully reopened between 11 - 
18 May 2020, and our stores in UK and Ireland began to 
reopen from 15 June 2020 and 18 May 2020 respectively.

 – In our stores we have ensured colleague and customer 
safety through measures including protective barriers 
for cashiers, contactless payment, pre-paid pickups and 
increased cleaning and hygiene actions.

Online
 – Across the Group, the online sales channel remained 
operational, and as described on page 8, the Group 
benefitted from an increase in online activity. To ensure 
delivery colleague safety, shift patterns were adjusted 
to reduce potential congestion and rosters are designed 
to keep colleagues in the same pairs and the same 
vehicle wherever possible. Among many measures, 
our colleagues are equipped with masks and full safety 
equipment, and deliveries are done on a no-contact 
basis. We ask customers to keep a safe distance from our 
colleagues while they are delivering to, or working in or 
near, their homes.

 – Our distribution centres have introduced extensive 

measures to keep our colleagues safe, including social 
distancing in all areas, one-way systems, signage and 
tannoy reminders, regular cleaning and sanitisation of all 
frequently touched surfaces.

135

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

1 Accounting policies continued

a) Basis of preparation continued

Head office and customer service 
All UK contact centres and offices have enabled working 
from home for all colleagues by providing laptops and 
increasing VPN access. Our UK head office building 
has been closed since 20 March 2020 with continuity of 
operations maintained. 

Mitigations implemented
In responding to the impact of the pandemic the Group 
has initiated a number of mitigations that are relevant for 
assessing cashflows during the going concern period:

Utilised Government cost support – We furloughed over 
16,500 store, supply chain and support colleagues across 
territories who were temporarily not working due to 
Covid-19. All UK&I furloughed colleagues are paid at 80% 
of their salary, with the Company making up any difference 
beyond the Government subsidy limits. In 2019/20 the UK 
job retention scheme combined with the UK business rates 
suspension and International government support measures 
lowered net operating costs by c.£30m. We expect these 
measures to reduce net operating costs by c.£80m in 
2020/21.

Reduced central costs - All Executive and Board members 
took a temporary 20% pay reduction and other senior 
leaders took a temporary 10% pay reduction, effective from 
5 April to 28 June 2020, and non-essential expenditure was 
stopped. 

Reduced capital expenditure – The Group capital 
expenditure in 2019/20 was £191m, slightly lower than 
previous guidance of around £200m. Due to the delay 
to transformation projects, we would expect 2020/21 
expenditure to be closer to run rate of £175m than the 
previously expected £240m. The Group has the ability to 
control capital expenditure and will continue to evaluate the 
right level for 2020/21 as the Covid-19 situation develops.

Streamlined working capital – We moved some of our rents 
to monthly payments and, where offered, have accepted 
extended payment terms from some of our large, global 
suppliers. Our normal inventory commitment is 4-14 weeks 
in advance, depending on product.

Delayed tax payments – At the end of 2019/20 the Group 
had a cash benefit from Government backed tax payment 
delays of c.£70m which will reverse through 2020/21. In 
addition, UK VAT payments due between March and July 
2020 will be deferred until March 2021.

Spread pension payments – The Group’s annual pension 
contribution will now be paid in monthly instalments, instead 
of an annual lump sum.

Not declared a final dividend – The Group paid an interim 
dividend of 2.25p per share (£26m total) in January. The 
Board has decided not to pay a final dividend for 2019/20. 
Dividend payments will not be resumed at least until 

our standby debt facilities have been cancelled. Given 
the current uncertain environment, the Board will keep 
the payment of dividends under review to establish the 
appropriate time and level to recommence payment.

Modelling and potential future impact of Covid-19
In their consideration of going concern, the Directors have 
reviewed the Group’s future cash forecasts and profit 
projections, which are based on market data and recent 
past experience. Given the global political and economic 
uncertainty resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic, it is 
difficult to estimate with precision the impact on the Groups 
prospective financial performance. We have therefore 
modelled a range of Covid-19 scenarios into our going 
concern considerations. 

The Directors have also modelled a ‘downside worst 
case’ scenario which assumes that the Group’s stores are 
required to shut in all territories in the event of a second 
Covid-19 outbreak during our peak Christmas trading period 
later in the year, with a gradual reopening throughout the 
following two months. The scenario assumes Group sales 
decrease by approximately £800m throughout the closure 
and following two months. Throughout this second closure, 
which we have modelled within our peak trading period, 
we have assumed no government support across our 
territories. This modelled ‘downside worst case’ scenario 
is significantly worse than the initial Covid-19 outbreak 
we have witnessed to date given our stores in the Nordics 
markets did not close in this period. In this scenario once 
the stores reopen this is followed by ongoing reduced sales 
against pre Covid-19 levels for the remainder of the going 
concern period across all of the Group’s key markets. 
The scenario models a recessionary impact of 15% for 
the UK&I and Greece markets, and 7% within the Nordics 
markets over the remainder of the going concern 12 month 
period. The scenario models approximately £1.4bn lower 
sales over the 12 month going concern period compared 
to a similar 12 month period of the pre-Covid-19 budget 
for 2020/21. During this period, online in these territories 
would continue operating at a level similar to that seen 
during the first period of lockdown but would not include 
any increase for recovery of store sales during the following 
two month period, which is again a worse case than has 
actually occurred during the first period of lockdown. This 
‘downside worst case’ scenario includes a number of cost 
savings and cash mitigations that are within the Group’s 
control and would need to be implemented. Throughout this 
‘downside worst case’ scenario the Group would not breach 
any of their financing covenants and would not require any 
additional sources of financing.

As a result of the uncertainties surrounding the forecasts 
due to the Covid-19 pandemic, the Group has also 
modelled a reverse stress test scenario. The reverse stress 
test models the decline in sales that the Group would 
be able to absorb before requiring additional sources of 
financing in excess of those that are committed. Such a 
scenario, and the sequence of events which could lead to it, 
is considered to be remote. 

136

HEAD_0 1st lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements1 Accounting policies continued

a) Basis of preparation continued

Financing
The Group has extended its committed debt facilities with 
an additional £266m RCF and now has total committed 
facilities in excess of £1,350m. At the year end the Group 
had net debt of £284m and access to over £1bn of 
unutilised committed facilities. The Group has a number of 
financing facilities that contain covenants terms requiring 
the Group to comply with certain financial covenants. The 
financial covenants are tested semi-annually in line with our 
October interim reporting and April year end reporting. The 
covenants relate to fixed charge cover (1.75x) and leverage 
(2.5x) ratios. These covenants are normally met with 
significant headroom and are outside times of peak liquidity 
demands for the Group which tends to be in February and 
March following peak trading inventory purchases. As at 
2 May 2020 the financial covenants were met. As a result 
of the Covid-19 outbreak and the uncertainty caused, the 
Group requested and received a reduction in the hurdle 
rate for assessing covenant compliance for October 2020. 
The additional £266m RCF expires in April 2021. The other 
RCF’s totalling £1bn expire in October 2022 and the €50m 
term loan expires in October 2020. 

Under the ‘downside worst case’ Covid-19 scenario 
as explained above, factoring in the cost savings and 
mitigations within the Group’s control, the Group is forecast 
to comply with all financial covenants throughout the going 
concern period. 

Going concern conclusion 
The additional RCF and the reduction in the hurdle rate 
for assessing covenant compliance agreed with the banks 
combined with the other measures taken mean that, even 
under the Covid-19 scenarios modelled (excluding the 
reverse stress test), the business would continue to have 
significant liquidity headroom on its existing facilities and 
against the revolving credit facility financial covenants for 
the going concern period. As a result, the Board believes 
that the Group is well placed to manage its financing and 
other significant risks satisfactorily and that the Group will 
be able to operate within the level of its facilities for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, the Board considers 
it appropriate for the Group to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing its financial statements. The long-term 
impact of Covid-19 is uncertain and should the impacts of 
the pandemic on trading conditions be more prolonged or 
severe than what the Directors consider to be reasonably 
possible, the Group would need to implement additional 
operational or financial measures.

Restatement of prior periods
Within the period, it was determined that the Group’s cash 
and overdrafts within notional cash pooling arrangements 

did not meet the requirements for offsetting in accordance 
with IAS 32: ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ and 
cannot be presented net in the balance sheet. For 
presentational purposes, amounts have therefore been 
restated for the preceding period ended 27 April 2019 and 
the beginning of the preceding period being 28 April 2018 
in accordance with IAS 8: ‘Accounting Policies, Changes 
in Accounting Policies and Errors’. The impact of this 
change is to increase both cash and cash equivalents and 
overdrafts within current loans and other borrowings for the 
year ended 27 April 2019 by £540m (2017/18: £1,155m) in 
the Group’s Consolidated balance sheet.

This has had no impact on net assets as seen on the face of 
the Consolidated balance sheet.

b) Accounting convention and basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the 
financial statements of the Company and entities controlled 
by the Company (its subsidiaries). Control is achieved where 
the Company has the power over the investee; is exposed, 
or has rights, to variable return from its involvement with 
the investee; and has the ability to use its power to affect its 
returns.

The results of subsidiaries and joint ventures acquired or 
sold during the year are included in the consolidated income 
statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the 
effective date of disposal as appropriate, which is the date 
from which the power to control passes. Where necessary, 
adjustments are made to the financial statements of 
subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with those used by the Group. All intercompany transactions 
and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

c) Foreign currency translation and transactions
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated to the Group’s functional currency using the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction. The Group 
uses foreign exchange (‘FX’) forward contracts to hedge 
material transactions denominated in foreign currencies, as 
outlined in section (q).

Material monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are hedged, mainly using forward foreign 
exchange contracts to create matching liabilities and assets 
and are retranslated at each balance sheet date.

The results of overseas operations are translated each 
month at the monthly rate, and their balance sheets are 
translated at the rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. 
Goodwill and acquisition intangible assets are held in the 
currency of the operation to which they relate. Exchange 
differences arising on the translation of net assets, goodwill 
and results of overseas operations are recognised in the 
translation reserve.

137

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

1 Accounting policies continued

c) Foreign currency translation and transactions 
continued

All other exchange differences are included in profit or loss 
in the year in which they arise.

Where a foreign operation is disposed of, the gain or loss 
on disposal recognised in profit or loss is determined after 
taking into account the cumulative currency translation 
differences that are attributable to the operation. The 
principal exchange rates against UK Sterling used in these 
financial statements are as follows:

Euro
Norwegian Krone
Swedish Krona
US Dollar

2020

1.14
11.71
12.18
1.26

Average 

2019

1.14
10.96
 11.80
1.30 

2020

1.14
12.93
12.31
1.25

Closing

2019

1.16 
11.23
12.29
 1.29

d) Revenue and supplier income 
Revenue
Revenue primarily comprises sales of goods and services 
excluding sales taxes. Revenue is measured based on the 
consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled 
in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties. The Group recognises 
revenue when it transfers control of a product or service to 
a customer. The following accounting policies are applied 
to the principal revenue generating activities in which the 
Group is engaged:

 – network commission revenue is recognised at a point in 
time on completion of the performance obligation under 
the individual contract with the Mobile Network Operator 
(MNO), as outlined in section (e);

 – revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the point 
of sale or, where later, upon delivery to the customer;

 – revenue earned from the sale of customer support 

agreements is recognised in full as each performance 
obligation is satisfied under the contracts with the 
customer. Where consideration is received in advance 
of the performance of the obligations being satisfied, a 
contract liability is recognised. Due to the cancellation 
options and customer refund clauses, contract terms 
have been assessed to either be monthly or a series of 
day to day contracts with revenue recognised respectively 
in the month to which payment relates, or on a ‘straight-
line’ basis;

 – revenue arising on services (including delivery and 

installation, product repairs and product support) is 
recognised when the obligation to the customer is 
fulfilled; and

 – insurance revenue relates to the sale of third-party 

insurance products. Sales commission received from third 
parties is recognised when the insurance policies to which 

it relates are sold, there are no ongoing performance 
obligations, and it is highly probable that there will not 
be a material reversal of revenue. The Group recognises 
a contract asset in relation to this revenue. Any amount 
previously recognised as a contract asset is reclassified 
to trade receivables at the point at which it is becomes 
billable and is no longer conditioned on something other 
than the passage of time. Revenue from the provision of 
insurance administration services is recognised over the 
life of the relevant policies when the Group’s performance 
obligations are satisfied.

Income received from suppliers such as volume rebates
The Group’s agreements with suppliers contain a price for 
units purchased as well as other rebates and discounts 
which are summarised below:

Volume Rebates: This income is linked to purchases made 
from suppliers and is recognised as a reduction to cost 
of goods sold as inventory is sold. Unearned rebates that 
relate to inventory not sold are recognised within the value 
of inventory at the period end. Where an agreement spans 
period ends, judgement is required regarding amounts to be 
recognised. Forecasts are used as well as historical data in 
the estimation of the level of income recognised. Amounts 
are only recognised where the Group has a clear entitlement 
to the receipt of the rebate and a reliable estimate can be 
made.

Customer discount support: This income is received from 
suppliers on a price per unit basis. The level of estimation is 
minimal as amounts are recognised as a reduction to cost 
of goods sold based on the agreement terms and only once 
the item is sold.

Marketing income: This income is received in relation 
to marketing activities that are performed on behalf of 
suppliers. Marketing income is recognised over the period 
as set out in the specific supplier agreements and is 
recognised as a reduction to the relevant expense line within 
the income statement.

Supplier funding amounts that have been recognised and 
not invoiced are shown within accrued income on the 
balance sheet. Cash inflows for supplier funding received 
are classified as operating cashflows, being part of the 
variable margin on sales.

e) Network commissions
The Group operates under contracts with a number of 
Mobile Network Operators (‘MNOs’). Over the life of these 
contracts the service provided by the Group to each MNO 
is the procurement of connections to the MNOs’ networks. 
Each connection made to an MNO’s network relates to an 
individual consumer. The consumer enters into a contract 
with the MNO for the MNO to supply the ongoing airtime 
over that contract period.

The Group earns a commission for the service provided to 
each MNO (‘network commission’). Revenue is recognised 
at the point the individual consumer signs a contract with 

138

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
1 Accounting policies continued

e) Network commissions continued

the MNO. Consideration from the MNO becomes receivable 
over the course of the contract between the MNO and the 
consumer. A judgement associated with this recognition is 
the unit of account used in measurement. As there is a large 
population of homogeneous items, in measuring the amount 
of revenue to recognise the Group has determined that the 
number and value of consumers provided to each MNO 
in any given month (a ‘cohort’) represents the best unit of 
account.

The level of network commission earned is based on a 
share of the monthly payments made by the consumer 
to the MNO, including contractual monthly line rental 
payments together with a share of ‘out-of-bundle’ spend, 
spend after the contractual term, and amounts due from 
customer upgrades performed directly by the network. The 
total consideration receivable is determined by consumer 
behaviour after the point of recognition. The transaction 
price includes elements of variability and is therefore an 
area of estimation.

The method of measuring the value of the revenue and 
contract asset in the month of connection is to estimate all 
future cash flows that will be received from the network and 
discount these based on the expected timing of receipt.

A constrained estimate of the determined commission 
is recognised in full in the month of connection of the 
consumer to the MNO as this is the point at which we have 
completed the service obligation relating to the consumer 
connection.

Transaction price is estimated based on extensive historical 
evidence obtained from the networks and an adjustment 
is made for expected and possible changes in consumer 
behaviour including as a result of regulatory changes 
impacting the sector. The consideration for a cohort of 
consumers is estimated by modelling the expected value of 
the portfolio of individual sales. Revenue is only recognised 
to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant 
reversal in the amount of revenue recognised will not occur. 
Management makes a quarterly, and the directors a twice-
yearly, assessment of this data. This is based on the best 
estimate of expected future trends. 

Network commission revenue recognised on fulfilment of 
the service obligation results in a contract asset as the 
amount that will ultimately be collected is variable based 
on consumer behaviour . Over time, and dependent on 
the future behaviour of the consumer, amounts initially 
recognised as contract assets become payable by 
the network to the Group and are transferred to trade 
receivables.

Contract assets are measured at present value. 
Assumptions are therefore required, particularly in relation 
to levels of consumer default within the contract period, 

expected levels of consumer spend, and consumer 
behaviour beyond the initial contract period.

In addition to remeasurement due to changes in consumer 
behaviour, changes to revenue may also be made where, 
for example, more recent information becomes available 
enabling the recognition of previously unrecognised 
commission. Any such changes are recognised as revenue 
in the income statement.

In contracts in which the consideration for the transfer of 
services to customers is conditional on something other 
than the passage of time, these amounts are accounted 
for as a contract asset within ‘trade and other receivables’ 
in the statement of financial position. Amounts receivable 
that are no longer conditional on something other than the 
passage of time are accounted for as trade receivables.

f)  Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held 

for sale

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group 
which represents a significant separate line of business, 
either through its activity or geographical area of operation, 
which has been sold, is held for sale or has been closed.

Where the sale of a component of the Group is considered 
highly probable at the balance sheet date and the business 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition, it is 
classified as held for sale. Such classification assumes the 
expectation that the sale will complete within one year from 
the date of classification. Assets and liabilities held for sale 
are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value 
less costs to sell. Once classified as held for sale, intangible 
assets and property, plant & equipment are no longer 
amortised or depreciated.

g) Share-based payments
Equity settled share-based payments are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant and expensed on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the 
number of shares that will eventually vest.

Where share-based payments are subject only to service 
conditions or internal performance criteria (such as EPS 
targets), fair value is measured using either a Binomial 
model or a Black Scholes model. Where share-based 
payments have external performance criteria (such as TSR 
targets) a Monte Carlo model is used to measure fair value.

For all schemes, the number of options expected to vest 
is recalculated at each balance sheet date, based on 
expectations of leavers prior to vesting. For schemes 
with internal performance criteria, the number of options 
expected to vest is also adjusted based on expectations 
of performance against target. No adjustment is made for 
expected performance against external performance criteria. 
The movement in cumulative expense since the previous 
balance sheet date is recognised in the income statement, 
with a corresponding entry in reserves.

139

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

1 Accounting policies continued

h) Retirement benefit obligations
Company contributions to defined contribution pension 
schemes and contributions made to state pension schemes 
for certain overseas employees are charged to the income 
statement on an accruals basis when employees have 
rendered service entitling them to the contributions.

For defined benefit pension schemes, the difference 
between the market value of the assets and the present 
value of the accrued pension liabilities is shown as an asset 
or liability in the consolidated balance sheet. The calculation 
of the present value is determined using the projected unit 
credit method.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in actuarial 
assumptions together with experience adjustments and 
actual return on assets are recognised in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income and expensed as they 
arise. Such amounts are not reclassified to the income 
statement in subsequent years.

Defined benefit costs recognised in the income statement 
comprise mainly of net interest expense or income with 
such interest being recognised within finance costs. Net 
interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the 
net defined benefit liability or asset taking into account any 
changes in the net defined benefit obligation during the year 
as a result of contribution or benefit payments.

i) Leases
IFRS 16 – For the year ended 2 May 2020
The Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ effective for the 
current financial year from 28 April 2019 using the modified 
retrospective approach. Comparatives for the prior reporting 
period have not been restated and continue to be reported 
under IAS 17: ‘Leases’, as permitted under the specific 
transitional provisions of IFRS 16. The reclassifications 
and adjustments arising from the new leasing standard 
are therefore recognised in opening reserves as at 28 April 
2019. Further details on the adoption and transitional 
impacts of IFRS 16 are described in note 32.

A lease is classified as a contract, or part of a contract, that 
conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a 
period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group as a lessor
The Group is a lessor predominantly when subleasing retail 
store properties that are no longer open for trading. Leases 
for which the Group is a lessor are classified as finance or 
operating leases. Whenever the terms of the lease transfer 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the 
lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other 
leases are classified as operating leases.

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on 
a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. 
Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an 
operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the 

leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term.

Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are 
recognised as receivables at the amount of the Group’s net 
investment in the leases. Finance lease income is allocated 
to accounting periods so as to reflect a constant periodic 
rate of return on the Group’s net investment outstanding in 
respect of the leases.

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for 
the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. 
The sublease is classified as a finance or operating lease 
by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head 
lease. For the prior period, in accordance with IAS 17, the 
intermediate lessor was required to classify the sublease by 
reference to the underlying assets. Because of this change, 
the Group has reclassified certain sublease agreements 
as finance leases and recognised financial lease asset 
receivables as outlined in note 12.

The Group as a lessee
The Group’s leasing activities predominantly relate to 
retail store properties and distribution properties as well 
as distribution vehicle fleet. The Group assesses whether 
a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the 
contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and 
a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease 
arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months 
or less) and leases of low value assets (which comprise IT 
equipment and small items of office furniture). For these 
leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an 
operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease with no corresponding right-of use asset.

Lease liabilities
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of 
the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted by using the Group’s weighted average 
incremental borrowing rate and subsequently held at 
amortised cost in accordance with IFRS 9.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease 
liability comprise:

 – Fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed 
payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

 – Variable lease payments that depend on an index or 
rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the 
commencement date;

 – The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under 

residual value guarantees;

 – The exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is 

reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

 – Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the 

lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate 
the lease.

140

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements1 Accounting policies continued

i) Leases continued

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a 
corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) 
whenever:

 – The lease term has changed or there is a significant event 
or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the 
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which 
case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the 
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

 – The lease payments change due to changes in an index or 
rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 
residual value, in which cases the lease liability is 
remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments 
using an unchanged discount rate (unless the lease 
payments change is due to a change in a floating interest 
rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used).

 – A lease contract is modified and the lease modification 
is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case 
the lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term 
of the modified lease by discounting the revised lease 
payments using a revised discount rate at the effective 
date of the modification.

The Group did not make any such adjustments during the 
periods presented.

The Group as a lessor 
Rental income from operating leases is recognised on 
a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. 
Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an 
operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the 
leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term. 

The Group as a lessee 
Finance leases 
Assets held under finance leases are capitalised at their 
fair value on acquisition or, if lower, at the present value 
of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the 
inception of the lease and depreciated over their estimated 
useful lives or the lease term if shorter. The corresponding 
obligation to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a 
liability. Lease payments are apportioned between finance 
charges and reduction of the lease obligation. Finance 
charges are charged to the income statement over the term 
of the lease in proportion to the capital element outstanding. 

Operating leases 
Rental payments under operating leases are charged to the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the period 
of the lease. Contingent rentals arising under operating 
leases are recognised as an expense in the period in which 
they are incurred. Benefits received and receivable as 
an incentive to enter into operating leases are amortised 
through the income statement over the period of the lease.

Right-of-use assets
The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of 
the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at 
or before the commencement day, less any lease incentives 
received, any initial direct costs and any dilapidation costs. 
They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses.

j) Taxation
Current tax
Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid or 
recovered using the prevailing tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet 
date and adjusted for any tax payable in respect of previous 
years.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period 
of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.

Right-of-use assets are assessed on an ongoing basis to 
determine whether circumstances exist that could lead to 
the conclusion that the net book value is not supportable as 
further described in note 1m.

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are 
not included in the measurement of the lease liability and 
the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised 
as an expense in the period in which the event or condition 
that triggers those payments occurs.

IAS 17 – For the comparative year ended 27 April 2019
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the 
terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership to the lessee. The determination of 
the classification of property leases is made by reference 
to the land and buildings elements separately. All leases 
not classified as finance leases are classified as operating 
leases.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all temporary 
differences between the carrying amount of an asset or 
liability in the balance sheet and the tax base value and 
represent tax payable in future periods. Deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except 
where the Group is able to control the reversal of the 
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. No 
provision is made for tax which would have been payable on 
the distribution of retained profits of overseas subsidiaries 
or associated undertakings where it has been determined 
that these profits will not be distributed in the foreseeable 
future.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the asset can be utilised. Current and 

141

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

This amortisation is recognised in adjusting items as an 
administrative expense.

Software and licences
Software and licences include costs incurred to acquire the 
assets as well as internal infrastructure and design costs 
incurred in the development of software in order to bring the 
assets into use.

Internally generated software is recognised as an intangible 
asset only if it can be separately identified, it is probable 
that the asset will generate future economic benefits 
which exceed one year, and the development cost can be 
measured reliably. Where these conditions are not met, 
development expenditure is recognised as an expense 
in the year in which it is incurred. Costs associated 
with developing or maintaining computer software are 
recognised as an expense as incurred unless they increase 
the future economic benefits of the asset, in which case 
they are capitalised.

The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, 
direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. 
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it 
increases the future economic benefits embodied in the 
specific asset to which it relates.

Software is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value or 
estimated loss on disposal. Amortisation is provided to write 
off the cost of assets on a straight-line basis between three 
and ten years, and is recorded in administrative expenses.

Intangible assets are assessed on an ongoing basis to 
determine whether circumstances exist that could lead to 
the conclusion that the net book value is not supportable. 
Where assets are to be taken out of use, an impairment 
charge is levied. Where the intangible assets form part 
of a separate CGU, such as a store or business unit, 
and business indicators exist which could lead to the 
conclusions that the net book value is not supportable, the 
recoverable amount of the CGU is determined by calculating 
its value in use. The value in use is calculated by applying 
discounted cash flow modelling to management’s projection 
of future profitability and any impairment is determined by 
comparing the net book value with the value in use.

m) Property, plant & equipment
Property, plant & equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment 
losses.

With the exception of land, depreciation is provided to write 
off the cost of the assets over their expected useful lives 
from the date the asset was brought into use or capable of 
being used on a straight-line basis.

1 Accounting policies continued

j) Taxation continued

deferred tax is recognised in the income statement except 
where it relates to an item recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income or reserves, in which case it is 
recognised directly in other comprehensive income or 
reserves as appropriate.

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that 
are expected to apply in the years in which the timing 
differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and 
laws that have been enacted, or substantially enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each 
other when they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
tax jurisdiction and when the Group intends to settle its 
current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Deferred tax 
balances are not discounted.

k) Goodwill
On acquisition of a subsidiary or associate, the fair value of 
the consideration is allocated between the identifiable net 
tangible and intangible assets and liabilities on a fair value 
basis, with any excess consideration representing goodwill. 
At the acquisition date, goodwill is allocated to each group 
of Cash Generating Units (‘CGUs’) expected to benefit from 
the combination and held in the currency of the operations 
to which the goodwill relates.

Goodwill is not amortised, but is assessed annually for 
impairment, or more frequently where there is an indication 
that goodwill may be impaired. Impairment is assessed 
by measuring the future cash flows of the group of CGUs 
to which the goodwill relates, at the level at which this is 
monitored by management. Where the future discounted 
cash flows or recoverable amount is less than the carrying 
value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recognised in the 
income statement.

On disposal of subsidiary undertakings and businesses, the 
relevant goodwill is included in the calculation of the profit 
or loss on disposal.

l) Intangible assets
Acquisition intangibles
Acquisition intangibles comprise brand names and 
customer relationships purchased as part of acquisitions 
of businesses and are capitalised and amortised over 
their useful economic lives on a straight-line basis. These 
intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and, where appropriate, provision for 
impairment in value or estimated loss on disposal.

Amortisation is provided to write off the cost of assets on a 
straight-line basis on the following:

Brands

7% – 20% per annum

Customer relationships

13% – 50% per annum

142

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements1 Accounting policies continued

m) Property, plant & equipment continued

Rates applied to different classes of property, plant & 
equipment are as follows:

Land and buildings

1.7% – 4% per annum

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 10% – 33.3% per annum

Property, plant & equipment are assessed on an ongoing 
basis to determine whether circumstances exist that 
could lead to the conclusion that the net book value is not 
supportable. Where assets are to be taken out of use, an 
impairment charge is levied. Where the property, plant & 
equipment form part of a separate CGU, such as a store, 
and business indicators exist which could lead to the 
conclusions that the net book value is not supportable, the 
recoverable amount of the CGU is determined by calculating 
its value in use. The value in use is calculated by applying 
discounted cash flow modelling to management’s projection 
of future profitability and any impairment is determined by 
comparing the net book value with the value in use.

n) Financial assets
Financial assets are recognised in the Group’s balance 
sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the investment. The Group’s financial assets 
comprise cash and cash equivalents, receivables which 
involve a contractual right to receive cash from external 
parties, and financial assets designated as at FVTOCI. 
Financial assets comprise all items shown in notes 12, 13, 
15 and 16 with the exception of prepayments and contract 
assets.

When the Group recognises a financial asset, it classifies 
it in accordance with IFRS 9. Trade receivables are initially 
measured at their transaction price. Where there is a 
significant financing component, trade and other receivables 
are discounted at contract inception using a discount 
rate that is at an arm’s length basis and which would be 
reflected in a separate financing transaction between the 
Group and the customer. All other financial instruments 
(except for trade receivables) are initially measured at fair 
value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to 
the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. 

Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables 
(excluding derivative financial assets) and lease receivables 
are classified as held at amortised cost. The Group has 
elected to classify its investment in listed shares as FVTOCI, 
recognising the movement in the investment’s fair value 
in other comprehensive income. These are long-term 
investments and the Group considers this classification to 
be more relevant.

All of the Group’s assets are subject to impairments driven 
by the expected credit loss (ECL) model as further stipulated 
in note 15 and 26.

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows expire or the Group has transferred 
the financial asset in a way that qualifies for derecognition in 
accordance with IFRS 9.

o) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value, and on a weighted average cost basis. 
Cost comprises direct purchase cost and those overheads 
that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to 
their present location and condition less any attributable 
discounts and bonuses received from suppliers in respect 
of that inventory. Net realisable value is based on estimated 
selling price, less further costs expected to be incurred to 
disposal. Provision is made for obsolete, slow moving or 
defective items where appropriate.

p) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in 
hand, bank overdrafts and short term highly liquid deposits 
which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in 
value. Bank overdrafts, which form part of cash and cash 
equivalents for the purpose of the cash flow statement, are 
shown under current liabilities.

Cash and cash equivalents include restricted cash which 
predominantly comprises funds held by the Group’s 
insurance businesses to cover regulatory reserve 
requirements.

q) Borrowings and other financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities are those which involve a 
contractual obligation to deliver cash to external parties at 
a future date. Financial liabilities comprise all items shown 
in notes 17 to 20. Financial liabilities are recognised in the 
Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party 
to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial 
liabilities (or a part of a financial liability) are derecognised 
when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, 
cancelled or expires. In the event that the terms in which the 
Group are contractually obliged are substantially modified, 
the financial liability to which it relates is derecognised and 
subsequently re-recognised on the modified terms.

Where the Group has the right and intention to offset in 
relation to financial assets and liabilities under IAS 32, these 
are presented on a net basis. See note 26 for a description 
of the financial assets and liabilities presented on a net 
basis.

Borrowings
Borrowings in the Group’s balance sheet represent 
bank loans drawn under committed and uncommitted 
facilities. Borrowings are initially recorded at fair value less 
attributable transaction costs. Transaction fees such as 
bank fees and legal costs associated with the securing of 
financing are capitalised and amortised through the income 
statement over the term of the relevant facility. All other 
borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in 
the period in which they are incurred.

143

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

1 Accounting policies continued

q) Borrowings and other financial liabilities continued

Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated 
at amortised cost with any difference between cost and 
redemption value being recognised in the income statement 
over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest 
basis.

Under the classifications stipulated by IFRS 9, borrowings, 
finance lease obligations and trade and other payables 
(excluding derivative financial liabilities) are classified as 
‘financial liabilities measured at amortised cost’. Derivative 
financial instruments, which are described further in note 
26, are classified as ‘held for trading’ unless designated in a 
hedge relationship.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables (excluding derivative financial 
liabilities) are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost.

Contingent consideration
On initial recognition, contingent consideration is 
measured using the income approach to estimate fair 
value. Contingent consideration that does not qualify 
as a measurement period adjustment is subsequently 
remeasured to fair value at each reporting date with 
changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activity
The Group uses derivatives to manage its exposures to 
fluctuating interest and foreign exchange rates. These 
instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the 
date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to fair value at each prevailing balance 
sheet date and are recorded within assets or liabilities as 
appropriate. The treatment of the resulting gain or loss 
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a 
hedging instrument and if so, the nature of the item being 
hedged. Derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are 
treated as a hedge of a highly probable forecast transaction 
(cash flow hedge) in the case of foreign exchange hedging 
and a hedge of the exposure arising from changes in the 
cash flows of a financial liability due to interest rate risk on 
a floating rate debt instrument in the case of interest rate 
hedging.

At inception the relationship between the hedging 
instrument and the hedged item is documented, as is an 
assessment of the effectiveness of the derivative instrument 
used in the hedging transaction in offsetting changes 
in the cash flow of the hedged item. This effectiveness 
assessment is repeated on an ongoing basis during the 
life of the hedging instrument to ensure that the instrument 
remains an effective hedge of the transaction.

Derivatives classified as cash flow hedges: the effective 
portion of changes in the fair value is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. Any gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income 

144

statement in sales or cost of sales, to match the hedged 
transaction. Amounts recognised in other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve 
are recycled to the income statement, in the same line as 
the recognised hedged item, in the period when the hedged 
item will affect profit or loss. If the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, or no longer meets the criteria for 
hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing 
in other comprehensive income at that time remains in 
other comprehensive income and is recognised when the 
forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income 
statement. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive 
income is immediately transferred to the income statement 
and recognised within finance costs.

Where hedged forecast transactions result in the recognition 
of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains and losses 
previously recognised and accumulated in the cash flow 
hedge reserve are subsequently removed and included in 
the initial cost of the non-financial asset or liability. Such 
transfers will not affect other comprehensive income. 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting: these 
are classified at fair value through profit or loss. All changes 
in fair value of derivative instruments that do not qualify for 
hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income 
statement within finance costs.

r) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when a legal or constructive 
obligation exists as a result of past events and it is probable 
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the 
obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation. Provisions are discounted where 
the time value of money is considered to be material.

Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the 
Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting or 
exiting the contract exceed the economic benefits expected 
to be received under the contract. Where the Group has 
assets dedicated to the fulfilment of a contract that cannot 
be redirected, an impairment loss is recognised before a 
separate provision for an onerous contract.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has 
developed a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and 
has raised a valid expectation in those affected that it will 
carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan 
or announcing its main features to those affected by it. The 
measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the 
direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, which 
are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the 
restructuring and not associated with the ongoing activities 
of the entity.

All provisions are assessed by reference to the best 
available information at the balance sheet date.

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements1 Accounting policies continued

s) Government grants 
Government grants are not recognised until there is 
reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the 
conditions attaching to them and that the grants will be 
received. 

Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on 
a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group 
recognises as expenses the related costs for which the 
grants are intended to compensate. Government grants 
that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses 
already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate 
financial support to the Group with no future related costs 
are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they 
become receivable.

t)  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 

estimation uncertainty

Critical accounting judgements and estimates used in 
the preparation of the financial statements are continually 
reviewed and revised as necessary.

Whilst every effort is made to ensure that such judgements 
and estimates are reasonable, by their nature they are 
uncertain, and as such changes may have a material impact.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Defined benefit pension schemes
The surplus or deficit in the UK defined benefit pension 
scheme that is recognised through the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income and expense is 
subject to a number of assumptions and uncertainties. 
The calculated liabilities of the scheme are based on 
assumptions regarding inflation rates, discount rates and 
member longevity. Such assumptions are based on actuarial 
advice and are benchmarked against similar pension 
schemes. Refer to note 22 for further information.

Revenue recognition – network commissions 
For certain transactions with MNOs, the quantum of 
commission receivable on mobile phone connections 
depends on consumer behaviour after the point of sale. 
This leads to a judgement over the unit of account for 
measurement of the amounts arising from the MNO and 
an estimate over the transaction price due to the variability 
of revenue. A level of constraint is applied to the revenue 
recognition to ensure revenue is only recognised when it is 
highly probable there will not be a significant reversal. By 
the nature of this constraint, applied in line with IFRS 15: 
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’, it is possible 
that additional revenue will be recognised in future periods 
from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods. For 
example, the network commission receivables are routinely 
increased each year in line with RPI, however as part of the 
variable revenue constraint, the Group does not include 
this RPI estimate in the revenue recognised at point of sale. 
For the year ended 2 May 2020, the revenue recognised 
includes a value of £14m (2018/19: £13m) relating to the 
application of RPI increases on end consumer contracts by 
the respective MNOs relating to performance obligations 
satisfied in prior periods. In addition to this, within the 

current period, given the unprecedented nature of the 
current Covid-19 pandemic and the potential impact on 
consumer behaviour, a further constraint has been applied 
to the network commissions receivable at year end. If 
these risks do not transpire, it is reasonably possible that 
additional revenue may be recognised in future periods 
from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods of 
between nil and £20m.

Further details of the estimations involved with network 
commissions can be found at note 1e and a reconciliation 
of the movements in the network commission receivables 
within the year is included within note 15.

Impairment of non-financial assets
The group tests whether goodwill has suffered any 
impairment on an annual basis based on the value of 
the discounted future cash flows allocated to the group 
of CGUs to which it is allocated. The methodology and 
key assumptions used in assessing the carrying value 
of goodwill are set out in note 8. The key assumptions 
made for long term projections, sales and costs growth 
rates, discount rate and the potential impact of Brexit and 
Covid-19 all include an element of estimation that may 
give rise to a difference between the value ascribed and 
the actual outcomes. Due to the current Covid-19 global 
pandemic, there is an increased level of risk and therefore a 
key source of estimation uncertainty with the growth in sales 
and growth in costs assumptions that drive the operating 
profit forecasts and it is reasonably possible that a change 
in these assumptions could lead to a material change in 
the carrying value of goodwill specifically within the UK & 
Ireland Electricals operating segment, where £1,840m of 
goodwill is allocated, within the next financial year. Further 
details of the key assumptions used and the sensitivity 
analysis in respect of the recoverable amount of UK & 
Ireland Electricals goodwill is disclosed in note 8.

Critical accounting judgements
Taxation
The Group is subject to income taxes in a number of 
different jurisdictions and judgement is required in 
determining the appropriate provision for transactions 
where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The 
Group recognises a provision when it is probable that an 
obligation to pay tax will crystallise as a result of a past 
event. The quantum of provision recognised is based on 
the best information available and has been assessed by 
in-house tax specialists, and where appropriate third-party 
taxation and legal advisers, and represents the Group’s 
best estimate of the most likely outcome. Where the 
final outcome of such matters differs from the amounts 
initially recorded, any differences will impact the income 
tax and deferred tax provisions in the year to which such 
determination is made. Tax laws that apply to the Group’s 
businesses may be amended by the relevant authorities, for 
example as a result of changes in fiscal circumstances or 
priorities. Such potential amendments and their application 
to the Group are monitored regularly and the requirement 
for recognition of any liabilities (or changes in existing 
provisions) assessed where necessary. 

The Group has recognised provisions in relation to uncertain 
tax positions of £83m at 2 May 2020 (2018/19: £98m). Due 

145

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

1 Accounting policies continued

t)  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 

estimation uncertainty continued

to the nature of the provisions recorded, the timing of the 
settlement of these amounts remains uncertain. 

Furthermore, the Group is currently cooperating with HMRC 
in relation to open tax enquiries arising from pre-merger 
legacy corporate transactions in the Carphone Warehouse 
group. One of the underlying pre-merger transactions 
under enquiry is considered to have a “more likely than 
not” chance of resulting in settlement. The Group therefore 
determined, due to this level of risk, that a provision was 
appropriate and this was recognised in the 2018/19 financial 
statements. This enquiry is still open and the treatment 
as a provision continues to be deemed appropriate, with 
£39m (comprising both the amount of tax due on settlement 
together with interest up to 2 May 2020) included within 
the uncertain tax provisions balance explained above as at 
2 May 2020. Refer to note 6 for further information.

In addition, the Group has a further open tax enquiry arising 
from a separate pre-merger legacy corporate transaction. 
Based on the strength of third-party legal advice it is not 
considered “more likely than not” that this enquiry will 
result in an economic outflow to the Group and therefore 
no provision has been made. The potential range of tax 
exposures relating to this enquiry is estimated to be 
approximately £nil - £220m excluding interest and penalties. 
Interest on the upper end of the range is approximately 
£50m up to 2 May 2020. Penalties could range from nil 
to 30% of the principal amount of any tax. This potential 
outflow has been disclosed as a contingent liability within 
note 31.

u) Recent accounting developments
In the current year, the Group has applied a number of 
amendments to IFRS Standards and Interpretations issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 
that are effective for the financial year beginning 28 April 
2019. Their adoption has not had any material impact 
on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in these 
financial statements with the exception of IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ 
as discussed above and disclosed further in note 32. The 
Group has considered the following standards whose 
impact is not deemed to be material:

IFRIC 23: ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’

Amendments to IFRS 9 Prepayment Features with Negative 
Compensation

Amendments to IAS 28 Long-term Interests in Associates 
and Joint Ventures

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle: 
Amendments to IFRS 3: ‘Business Combinations’, IFRS 11: 
‘Joint Arrangements’, IAS 12: ‘Income Taxes’ and IAS 23: 
‘Borrowing Costs’

Amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits Plan 
Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

Certain other new accounting standards, amendments to 
existing accounting standards and interpretations which 
are in issue but not yet effective, either do not apply to the 
Group or are not expected to have any material impact on 
the Group’s net results or net assets:

IFRS 17: ‘Insurance Contracts’

IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) Sale or Contribution 
of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint 
Venture

Amendments to IFRS 3 Definition of a business

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of material

Conceptual Framework Amendments to References to the 
Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

Amendments to IFRS 9: ‘Financial Instruments’, IAS 39: 
‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and 
IFRS 7: ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ on interest rate 
benchmark reform

2 Segmental analysis
The Group’s operating segments reflect the segments 
routinely reviewed by the Board and which are used 
to manage performance and allocate resources. This 
information is predominantly based on geographical areas 
which are either managed separately or have similar trading 
characteristics such that they can be aggregated together 
into one segment.

The Group’s operating and reportable segments have 
therefore been identified as follows:

 – UK & Ireland Electricals comprises the operations of 
Currys PCWorld and the Dixons Travel business.

 – UK & Ireland Mobile comprises the Carphone Warehouse, 

iD Mobile and Simplify Digital businesses and the 
Connected World Services B2B operations.

 – Nordics operates in Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark 

and Iceland.

 – Greece, consisting of our ongoing operations in Greece.

UK & Ireland Electricals, UK & Ireland Mobile, Nordics and 
Greece are involved in the sale of consumer electronics and 
mobile technology products and services, primarily through 
stores or online channels.

Transactions between segments are on an arm’s length 
basis.

In accordance with IFRS 5, discontinued operations 
are disclosed separately as a single amount within the 
Group’s consolidated income statement after profit after 
tax for continuing operations. Discontinued operations 
are therefore excluded from the segmental analysis. 
Further information on the Group’s operations classified as 
discontinued is outlined in note 25.

146

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements2 Segmental analysis continued
(a) Segmental results

External revenue
Inter-segmental revenue

Total revenue

Year ended 2 May 2020

UK & 
 Ireland 
Electricals 
£m

4,538
86

4,624

UK & 
Ireland 
Mobile  

£m

1,589
98 

1,687

Nordics 
£m

 Greece 
£m

Eliminations 
£m

Total 
£m

3,573
—

3,573

470
—

470

— 10,170
—

(184)  

(184)  

10,170

Profit / (loss) before interest and tax

119

(282)  

115

20

—

(28)  

External revenue
Inter-segmental revenue

Total revenue

Year ended 27 April 2019

UK & 
 Ireland 
Electricals 
£m

4,475
79

4,554

UK & Ireland 
Mobile  

£m

1,998
90

2,088

Nordics 
£m

3,501
—

3,501

 Greece 
£m

Eliminations 
£m

Total 
£m

459
—

459 

— 10,433
—

(169)  

(169)   

10,433

Profit / (loss) before interest and tax

94

(438)  

100

21

—

(223)  

UK & Ireland Electricals
UK & Ireland Mobile
Nordics
Greece

Loss before interest and tax
Finance income
Finance costs

Loss before tax

Year ended 
2 May 
 2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April  
2019 
£m

119
(282)  
115
20

(28)  
10
(122)  

(140)  

94
(438)   
100
21

(223)  
11
(47)  

(259)  

No individual customer represents more than 10% of the Group’s revenue in the current or prior period.

b) Geographical information
Revenues are allocated to countries according to the entity’s country of domicile. Revenue by destination is not materially 
different to that shown by domicile. Non-current assets exclude financial instruments and deferred tax assets.

Revenue
Non-current assets

Capital expenditure

Year ended 2 May 2020 

UK 
£m

5,865
3,184

111

Norway 
£m

1,119
519 

Sweden 
£m

1,121
453

Other 
£m

2,065
729

Total 
£m

10,170
4,885

43 

13 

24 

191

UK 
£m

6,200
2,666

108

Norway 
£m

1,111
429

24

Year ended 27 April 2019

Sweden 
£m

1,081
349 

Other 
£m

Total 
£m

2,041
489

10,433
3,933

14 

20

166

147

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

3 Revenue and profit / (loss) before interest and taxation

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating expenses

Loss before interest and tax

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
 £m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
 £m

10,170
(8,318)  

1,852
(1,880)  

10,433
(8,330)   

2,103
(2,326)  

(28)  

(223)  

The Group’s disaggregated revenues recognised under ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ in accordance with IFRS 
15 relates to the following operating segments and revenue streams:

Sale of goods
Commission revenue
Support services revenue
Other services revenue
Other revenue

Total revenue 

Sale of goods
Commission revenue
Support services revenue
Other services revenue
Other revenue

Total revenue 

UK & 
Ireland 
Electricals 
£m

4,147
5
285
97
4

4,538

UK & 
Ireland 
Mobile 
 £m

397
1,090
—
102
—

1,589

Year ended 2 May 2020 

Nordics  

£m

Greece 
£m

3,218
268
30
57
—

3,573

446
1
17
6
—

470

Total 
£m

8,208
1,364
332
262
4

10,170

Year ended 27 April 2019

UK & Ireland 
Electricals 
£m

UK & Ireland 
Mobile 
 £m

Nordics  

£m

Greece 
£m

4,085
9
275
99
 7

4,475

474
1,401
—
123
— 

1,998

3,161
263
25
52
—

437
1
14
7
— 

Total 
£m

8,157
1,674
314
281
7

 3,501

 459

10,433 

Revenue from support services relates predominantly to customer support agreements, while other services revenue 
comprises delivery and installation, product repairs and product support.

148

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
3 Revenue and profit / (loss) before interest and taxation continued
Profit / (loss) before interest and taxation for continuing operations is stated after charging / (crediting) the following:

Depreciation of property, plant & equipment
Impairment of property, plant & equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets*
Impairment of right-of-use assets*
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles
Impairment of acquisition intangibles
Amortisation of other intangibles
Impairment of other intangibles
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of inventory
Net impairment on financial assets (see note 15)
Loss on disposal of property, plant & equipment
Cost of inventory recognised as an expense
Cash flow hedge amounts reclassified and reported in income statement
Short-term lease expense*
Low value lease expense*
Variable lease expense*
Rentals paid under operating leases*:
  Non-contingent rent
  Contingent rent
Rentals received under operating leases – subleases*
Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets*
Government grant income
Net foreign exchange (gains) / losses
Share-based payments expense
Other employee costs (see note 4)

Restructuring costs**

Regulatory costs**

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

81
5
217
50
25
—
44
9
—
92
11
3
7,789
12
21
1
18

—
—
—
(1)  
(20)  
(2)  
23
1,100 

56

30

91
28
—
—
28
10
55
84
225
87
7
1
8,217
(19)  
—
—
—

308
26
(2)  
—
—
7
21 
 1,149

32

52

* 

 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’, which requires lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets to be 
recognised on the balance sheet. The Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach. As a result, prior year 
comparative numbers have not been restated.
 Right-of-use assets are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and are depreciated over the 
shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.
 Those lease liabilities that are classified as short-term and leases of low value continue to be recognised as operating expenses on a 
straight-line basis over the term of the lease. This is further discussed in note 1i and the initial adoption is described in note 32.

**  Regulatory costs and restructuring costs are further detailed within note A5 of the glossary. 

149

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

3 Revenue and profit / (loss) before interest and taxation continued
Auditor’s remuneration comprises the following:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for their audit of the Company’s 
subsidiaries

Total audit fees

Audit-related assurance services
Review of interim statement
Other assurance services
Total audit and audit-related assurance services
Tax compliance services

Total audit and non-audit fees 

4 Employee costs and share-based payments

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m 

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m 

0.2

1.3 

1.5 

0.3
0.1
1.9 
0.1

2.0

0.1

 1.5

1.6

0.3
—
 1.9
0.1

2.0

a) Employee costs
The aggregate remuneration recognised in the income statement for continuing operations is as follows:

Salaries and performance bonuses
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Share-based payments

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m 

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m 

949
117
34

1,100
23 

1,123

999
120
30 

1,149
21 

 1,170

Aggregate remuneration for discontinued operations are salaries and performance bonuses of £nil (2018/19: £2m) and 
social security costs of £nil (2018/19: £nil).

The average number of employees for continuing operations is:

UK & Ireland Electricals
UK & Ireland Mobile
Nordics
Greece

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
number 

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
number 

20,908
8,585
10,113
2,603

42,209 

21,173
9,304
10,045
2,468

42,990

The average number of employees for discontinued operations is nil (2018/19: 5 ) .

Compensation earned by key management, comprising the Board of Directors and senior executives, is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m 

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m 

6
3

9

10 
6

16

Further information about individual directors’ remuneration, share interests, share options, pensions and other 
entitlements, which form part of these financial statements, is provided in the Remuneration Report.

150

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 Employee costs and share-based payments continued

b) Share-based payments
i) Share option schemes
The Group offers discretionary awards of nil-priced options under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) to senior employees. 
Awards are granted annually and will usually vest after three years subject to continued service. Some awards are also 
subject to the achievement of performance conditions.

All awards granted during the year ended 29 April 2017 are subject to performance conditions based on a combination of 
EPS growth and relative TSR performance against the constituents of the FTSE 51-150 at 1 May 2016.

For subsequent years, awards granted to executive directors and key management are subject to performance conditions. 
For options issued to other senior management, awards are not subject to performance conditions.

For awards granted during the years ended 28 April 2018 and 27 April 2019, performance conditions are based on a 
combination of relative TSR performance against the constituents of the FTSE 51-150 at the beginning of the performance 
period and either EPS growth or cumulative free cash flow. For awards granted during the year ended 2 May 2020, 
performance conditions are based on a combination of relative TSR performance against a bespoke comparator group of 
22 European Special Line Retailers and other comparable companies and cumulative free cash flow.

In February 2019, the Group launched the Colleague Shareholder Award which granted every permanent colleague with 12 
months service at least £1,000 of options which will vest after three years. These awards are not subject to performance 
conditions.

The following table summarises the number and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of share options for these 
schemes:

Outstanding at the beginning of the period
Granted during the period
Forfeited during the period
Exercised during the period

Outstanding at the end of the period
Exercisable at the end of the period

Weighted average market price of options exercised in the period
Weighted average remaining contractual life of awards outstanding
Exercise price for options outstanding

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

Number 
million

WAEP 
£

Number 
million

WAEP 
£

55
26
(16)  
(2)   

63
— 

—
—
—
—

—
—

22
42
(8)  
(1)   

55
 —

—
—
—
— 

—
— 

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 

£1.08
8.8 yrs
£nil

£1.75
9.1 yrs
£nil 

ii) SAYE scheme
The Group has SAYE schemes which allow participants to save up to £500 per month for either three or five years. At 
the end of the savings period, participants can purchase shares in the Company based on a discounted share price 
determined at the commencement of the scheme.

The following table summarises the number and WAEP of share options for these schemes:

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

Outstanding at the beginning of the period
Granted during the period
Exercised during the period
Forfeited during period

Outstanding at the end of the period
Exercisable at the end of the period

Number 
million

WAEP 
£

Number 
million

12
14
—
(11)

15
1

1.90
0.97
0.97
1.71

1.19
1.88

19
—
—
(7) 

12
1 

WAEP 
£

2.00
—
1.65
2.16 

1.90
3.03 

151

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

4 Employee costs and share-based payments continued

b) Share-based payments continued

Weighted average market price of options exercised in the period
Weighted average remaining contractual life of awards outstanding
Range of exercise prices for options outstanding

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

£0.77
2.7 yrs
£0.97 — £3.77 

£2.31
2.3 yrs
£1.65 — £3.77 

iii) Fair value model
The fair value of options was estimated at the date of grant using a Monte Carlo model. The model combines the 
market price of a share at the date of grant with the probability of meeting performance criteria, based on the historical 
performance of the Group.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the period was £0.75 (2018/19: £1.33). The following table lists 
the inputs to the model:

Exercise price
Dividend yield
Historical and expected volatility
Expected option life
Weighted average share price

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

£nil — £0.97
0% — 5.7%
31% — 37%
4 — 10 yrs
£1.24 

£nil
0% — 5.7%
36% — 37%
10 yrs
£1.54 

The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, including 
consideration of the historical volatility of Carphone Warehouse and Dixons prior to the Merger.

iv) Charge to the income statement and entries in reserves
During the year ended 2 May 2020, the Group recognised a non-cash accounting charge to profit and loss of £23m 
(2018/19: £21m) in respect of equity settled share-based payments, with a corresponding credit through reserves.

c) Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’)

Investment in own shares
Maximum number of shares held during the period

2 May 2020

27 April 2019

Market  
value  
£m

Nominal 
value  
£m

8
12

—
— 

Number 
m

10.1
10.4 

Market  
value  
£m

Nominal 
value  
£m

1
5 

—
— 

Number 
m

0.7
2.8 

The number of shares held by the EBT, which are shown in the table above, remain held for potential awards under 
outstanding plans. The costs of administering the EBT are charged to the income statement in the year to which they 
relate. Investment in own shares are recorded at cost and are recognised directly in equity within other reserves.

The EBT acquired 2.1m of the Company’s shares during the year ended 2 May 2020 at nominal value and 9.8m via market 
purchases for cash consideration of £11.8m. For the comparative period 2.2m shares were acquired at nominal value.

The EBT has waived rights to receive dividends and agrees to abstain from exercising their right to vote. The shares have 
not been allocated to specific schemes as further disclosed in the Directors’ Report.

152

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
5 Net finance costs

Unwind of discounts on trade receivables

Finance income

Interest on bank overdrafts, loans and borrowings
Interest expense on lease liabilities(i)
Finance lease interest payable(i) 
Net interest on defined benefit pension obligations
Unwind of discounts on liabilities
Amortisation of facility fees(ii)
Other interest expense

Finance costs

Total net finance costs

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

 10

10 

(15)  
(80)  
—
(14)  
—
(2)  
(11)   

(122)  

(112)  

11

11 

(17)  
—
(6)  
(12)  
(4)  
(2)  
(6)   

 (47)  

(36)   

(i) 

(ii) 

 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior year comparative 
numbers have not been restated. Interest expense on lease liabilities for the year ended 27 April 2019 relates to finance leases recognised in 
accordance with IAS 17.
 All finance costs in the above table represent interest costs of financial liabilities and assets, other than amortisation of facility fees which 
represent non-financial assets.

6 Tax

a) Tax expense
The corporation tax charge comprises:

Current tax
UK corporation tax at 19% (2018/19: 19%  )
Overseas tax

Adjustments made in respect of prior years:
UK corporation tax
Overseas tax

Total current tax

Deferred tax
UK tax
Overseas tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years:
UK corporation tax
Overseas tax

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

Tax related to discontinued operations is included in the figures set out in note 25.

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

9
24 
33

(5)  
1

(4)  
29

(3)  
3

—

(4)  
(4)  

(8)  
(8)  

51
29 
80

(10)  
(5)  

(15)  
65 

(16)   
1

(15)  

2
 — 

2
 (13)  

21

 52

153

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

6 Tax continued

b) Reconciliation of standard to actual (effective) tax rate
The principal differences between the total tax charge shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard 
rate of UK corporation tax to profit / (loss) before taxation are as follows:

Loss before taxation

Tax at UK statutory rate of 19% (2018/19: 19%)
Items attracting no tax relief or liability (i)
Movement in unprovided deferred tax (ii)
Effect of change in statutory tax rate
Differences in effective overseas tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior year – provisions (iii)
Adjustments in respect of prior years - other

Total tax charge

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

(140)   

(259)   

(27)  
7
52
(2)  
3
(17)  
5

21 

(49)  
105
(1)  
4
5
–
(12)  

52

(i) 
(ii) 

(iii) 

Items attracting no tax relief or liability relate mainly to non-deductible depreciation in the UK business.
 Deferred tax assets relating principally to tax losses in the UK business have not been recognised due to uncertainty over the group’s ability 
to utilise the losses in the future.
 As disclosed within our key sources of estimation uncertainty in note 1t, the Group is currently cooperating with HMRC in relation to open 
tax enquiries arising from pre-merger legacy corporate transactions in the Carphone Warehouse group. One of the underlying pre-merger 
transactions under enquiry is considered to have a “more likely than not” chance of resulting in settlement. Due to this level of risk, a 
provision was recognised in the prior year. This enquiry is still open and a release of £17m has been made during the period to reflect the 
current status of discussions. 

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances 
£m

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m

Losses 
 carried 
forward 
£m

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£m

(32)  
1
(8)  
—

— 

(39)   
—

(39)  
(12)  
—

(51)  

79
—
—
18  

— 

97 
—

97
—
(44)  

53

3
2
—
—

— 

5 
—

5
34 
— 

39

55
10
—
(1)    

(1)   

 63
6

69
(13)  
— 

56

Total 
£m

105
13
(8)  
17   

 (1)   

126 
6

132
9
(44)  

97

2 May 
2020 
£m

259
(162)  

97

27 April 
2019 
£m

282
 (156)  

126 

c) Deferred tax

At 28 April 2018
Credited directly to income statement
Charged in respect of discontinued operations
Credited / (charged) to equity

Other

At 27 April 2019
Taxation on IFRS 16 transition adjustment

Adjusted balance at 27 April 2019
(Charged) / credited directly to income statement
Charged to equity

At 2 May 2020

Deferred tax comprises the following balances:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

154

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
6 Tax continued

c) Deferred tax continued
Analysis of deferred tax relating to items credited / (charged) to equity in the period:

Defined benefit pension schemes
Other temporary differences

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

(44)  
—

(44)  

18
(1)   

17 

The Group has total unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to gross tax losses of £1,257m of which £1,242m relates to 
the UK (2018/19: £1,075m). £1,052m of these losses relate to carried forward capital losses in the legacy Dixons group. 
The balance of the losses relates to carried forward trading losses, principally due to the losses realised in the Carphone 
Warehouse business in the UK in the current period and in the prior period.

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in respect of the losses for the period (£183m), other deductible temporary 
differences (£123m) and pension contributions (£266m) expected to reverse after the period of the Group’s 5-year plan 
which is used to determine the availability of future taxable profits. 

There were no temporary differences associated with non-distributable earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax 
liabilities had not been recognised at the end of the current period or the prior period.

The Group has a current tax credit of £5m (2018/19: £5m) recognised through equity in relation to pensions (2018/19: £4m 
in relation to pensions and £1m in respect of other items).

7 Loss per share

Total loss
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total

Weighted average number of shares
Average shares in issue
Less average holding by Group EBT

For basic loss per share
Dilutive effect of share options and other incentive schemes

For diluted loss per share

Basic loss per share
Total (continuing and discontinued operations)
Adjustment in respect of discontinued operations

Continuing operations

Diluted loss per share
Total (continuing and discontinued operations)
Adjustment in respect of discontinued operations

Continuing operations

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

(161)  
(2)  

(163)  

(311)  
(9)   

 (320)  

Million

Million

1,162
(5)  

1,157
25 

1,182

1,160
(1)   

1,159
9 

 1,168

Pence

Pence

(14.1)  
0.2

(13.9)  

(14.1)
0.2

(13.9)

(27.6)  
0.8

(26.8)  

(27.6)  
0.8

(26.8)  

Basic and diluted losses per share are based on the loss for the period attributable to equity shareholders.

155

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

8 Goodwill

Cost 

As at 28 April 2018
Disposals
Foreign exchange

As at 27 April 2019

Disposals
Foreign Exchange 

As at 2 May 2020

Accumulated impairment

As at 28 April 2018 
Impairment

As at 27 April 2019 and 2 May 2020

Carrying amount

As at 28 April 2018
As at 27 April 2019

As at 2 May 2020

a) Carrying value of goodwill
The components of goodwill comprise the following businesses:

UK & Ireland Electricals
UK & Ireland Mobile
Nordics

£m

 3,088
—
(23) 

 3,065

—
(37)  

3,028

£m

—
(225)  

(225)  

£m

3,088
2,840

2,803

27 April 
2019 
£m

1,840
—
1,000

2,840 

2 May 
2020 
£m

1,840
—
963

2,803

No impairment charge has been recognised over goodwill in the current period.

The prior year impairment of £225m related to the full impairment of goodwill in the UK & Ireland Mobile segment due to 
the deterioration of the forecast performance within this segment. The recoverable amount of the UK & Ireland Mobile 
segment as at 27 April 2019 was £317m based on the value in use of this group of cash generating units.

b) Goodwill impairment testing
As required by IAS 36, goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews. These reviews are carried out using the following 
criteria:

 – business acquisitions generate an attributed amount of goodwill;

 – the manner in which these businesses are run and managed is used to determine the CGU grouping as defined in IAS 

36: ‘Impairment of Assets’;

 – the recoverable amount of each CGU group is determined based on calculating its value in use (‘VIU’);

 – the VIU is calculated by applying discounted cash flow modelling to management’s own projections covering a five-year 

period;

 – cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a long-term growth rate equivalent to long-term forecasts 

of Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) growth rates for the relevant market; and

 – the VIU is then compared to the carrying amount in order to determine whether impairment has occurred.

The key assumptions used in calculating value in use are:

 – management’s projections;

 – the growth rate beyond five years; and

 – the pre-tax discount rate.

156

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
8 Goodwill continued

b) Goodwill impairment testing continued
The long term projections are based on Board approved budgets for 2020/21 together with the Board approved five-year 
strategic plan. These projections have regard to the relative performance of competitors and knowledge of the current 
market together with management’s views on the future achievable growth in market share and impact of the committed 
initiatives. The cash flows which derive from these five-year projections include ongoing capital expenditure required to 
develop and upgrade the store network in order to maintain and operate the businesses and to compete in their markets. 
In forming the five-year projections, management draws on past experience as a measure to forecast future performance.

Given the global political and economic uncertainty resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic, the cash flows have been 
adjusted to represent management’s best estimate of the economic conditions that will exist over the five-year period. 
In forming these assumptions, management have incorporated guidance from the governments in which each business 
unit operates and readily available external market information. Further information on the assumptions used for Covid-19 
estimations can be found in the going concern section of the accounting policies note.

Key assumptions used in determining the five-year projections comprise the growth in sales and costs over this period. 
The compound annual growth rate in sales and costs can rise as well as fall year-on-year depending not only on the year 
five targets, but also on the current financial year base. These targets, when combined, accordingly drive the resulting 
profit margins and the profit in year five of the projections which is in turn used to calculate the terminal value in the VIU 
calculation. Historical amounts for the businesses under impairment review as well as from other parts of the Group are 
used to generate the values attributed to these assumptions.

The value attributed to these assumptions for the most significant components of goodwill are as follows:

2 May 2020

27 April 2019

Compound 
annual 
growth in 
sales

Compound 
annual 
growth in 
costs

Growth rate 
beyond five 
years

Pre-tax 
discount 
rate

Compound 
annual 
growth in 
sales

Compound 
annual 
growth in 
costs

Growth rate 
beyond five 
years

UK & Ireland Electricals
UK & Ireland Mobile
Nordics

4.2%
—
3.2%

4.0%
—
3.1%

1.4%
—
1.8%

7.8%

1.3%
— (0.5%)  
2.6%

7.6%

1.3%
(1.5%)  
 2.4%

1.6%
1.6%
1.7% 

Pre-tax 
discount 
rate

9.6%
9.6%
9.4% 

Growth rates used were determined based on third-party long-term growth rate forecasts and are based on the GDP 
growth rate for the territories in which the businesses operate. The pre-tax discount rates applied to the forecast cash 
flows reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs.

c) Goodwill impairment sensitivity analysis
In line with the assumptions noted above and highlighted in note 1t, the Group undertook an impairment review of the UK & 
Ireland Electricals group of CGUs, where £1,840m of goodwill is allocated. The goodwill relating to the UK & Ireland Mobile 
group of CGUs was fully written off in a previous period. Within the Group’s UK & Ireland Electricals operating segment 
and the UK & Ireland Mobile operating segment there are corporate assets that are not allocable to these separate groups 
of CGUs on a reasonable and consistent basis. Accordingly, the Group tests such assets for impairment by comparing the 
combined recoverable amount of the UK & Ireland Electricals and UK & Ireland Mobile group of CGUs with the combined 
carrying value of assets of these respective groups of CGUs including the corporate assets.

These impairment tests are prepared using the methodology required by IAS 36. The recoverable amount, based on 
value in use, shows headroom of £730m above the carrying amount of UK & Ireland Electricals and UK & Ireland Mobile 
combined group of CGUs. Within the value in use model growth in sales and growth in costs assumptions drive the 
operating profit forecasts in line with the Group’s strategic plan. The key assumption within the value in use model is 
therefore the operating profit forecast in the final year of the strategic plan which is underpinned by the recovery from the 
impact of Covid-19 and the delivery of key strategic initiatives. 

In accordance with IAS 36, the Group performed sensitivity analysis on the estimates of recoverable amounts and found 
that the excess of recoverable amount over the carrying amount of the UK & Ireland Electricals and UK & Ireland Mobile 
combined group of CGUs would be reduced to nil as a result of a reasonably possible change in the key assumption. The 
recoverable amount would equal the carrying value if operating profit was reduced by 20% within the value in use model 
in FY24, and then extrapolated for the remainder of the forecast period including the period beyond the strategic plan. 
The Directors do not consider that the relevant change in this assumption would have a consequential effect on other key 
assumptions.

For the Nordics group of CGUs, where £963m of goodwill is allocated, the Directors do not consider that any reasonably 
possible changes to the key assumptions would reduce the recoverable amount to its carrying value.

157

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

9 Intangible assets

Balance at 28 April 2019
Additions
Reclassification from property, plant & equipment
Amortisation
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Balance at 2 May 2020

Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses

Balance at 2 May 2020

Balance at 29 April 2018
Additions
Reclassification from property, plant & equipment
Amortisation
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Balance at 27 April 2019

Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses

Balance at 27 April 2019

Acquisition intangibles

Brands 
£m

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Sub-total 
£m

Software 
and licences 
£m

246
—
—
(24)  
—
(4)   

218

367
(149)  

218

3
—
—
(1)  
—
— 

2

73
(71)  

2

249
—
—
(25)  
—
(4)   

220

440
(220)  

220

215
90
3
(44)  
(9)  
(6)  

249

712
(463)  

249

Acquisition intangibles

Brands 
£m

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Sub-total 
£m

Software and 
licences 
£m

274
—
—
(25)   
—
(3)  

246

371
(125)  

246

16
—
—
(3)  
(10)  
— 

3

73
(70)  

3

290
—
—
(28)  
(10)  
(3)  

249

444
(195)  

249

188
119
48
(55)  
(84)  
(1)  

215

625
(410)  

215

Total 
£m

464
90
3
(69)  
(9)  
(10)  

469

1,152
(683)  

469

Total 
£m

478
119
48
(83)  
(94)  
(4)  

464

1,069
(605)  

464

Software and licences include assets with a cost of £75m (2018/19: £49m) on which amortisation has not been charged as 
the assets have not yet been brought into use.

For the year ended 2 May 2020, an impairment of £9m was recognised in the UK & Ireland Mobile operating segment 
following the announcement to close the Carphone Warehouse standalone stores within the UK.

The impairment recognised in the prior year primarily represents the impairment of intangible assets in the UK & Ireland 
Mobile business following the separation of the UK & Ireland operating segment in accordance with IFRS 8.

Individually material intangible assets
Customer relationships and brands include intangible assets which are considered individually material to the financial 
statements. The primary intangible assets, their net book values and remaining amortisation periods are as follows:

2 May 2020

Remaining 
amortisation 
period 
Years

27 April 2019

Remaining 
amortisation 
period 
Years

Net book 
value 
£m

Net book 
value 
£m

106
47
31
25

10
10
10
10

117
52
40
27

11
11
11
11

Currys PCWorld
Elgiganten
Elkjøp
Gigantti

158

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
10 Property, plant & equipment

Balance at 28 April 2019
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16*
Additions
Reclassification to intangible assets
Depreciation
Disposals
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Balance as at 2 May 2020

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 2 May 2020

Included in net book value as at 2 May 2020

Assets in the course of construction

Fixtures, 
fittings 
and other 
equipment 
£m

Land and 
buildings 
£m

69
(41)  
7
—
(7)
—
(3) 
—

25

52 
(27)

25

693
(478)

215

745
(505)

240

—

35

 35

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Fixtures, fittings 
and other 
equipment 
£m

Total 
£m

276
(41)  
98
(3)
(81)
(2)
(5)
(2)

240

Total 
£m

394
53
(48)  
(91)  
(2)  
—
(28)  
(2)  

276

746
(470)  

276

207
—
91
(3)
(74)
(2)
(2)
(2)

215

317
46
(48)  
(82)  
(2)  
—
(22)  
(2)  

207

635
(428)  

207

25
—

25
41

* 

 The Group adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ for the first time during the period. As at 28 April 2019, those assets previously held under 
finance leases in accordance with IAS 17 have been removed from property, plant and equipment (cost £67m net of £26m accumulated 
depreciation) and subsequently recognised as right-of-use assets as further disclosed in note 11.

Balance at 29 April 2018
Additions
Reclassification to intangible assets
Depreciation
Disposals
Disposed with subsidiary
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Balance as at 27 April 2019

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 27 April 2019

Included in net book value as at 27 April 2019

Assets in the course of construction
Assets held under finance leases

77
7
—
(9)  
—
—
(6)  
 —

 69

111
(42)  

 69

 —
 41

For the year ended 2 May 2020, an impairment of £5m was recognised in the UK & Ireland Mobile operating segment 
following the announcement to close the Carphone Warehouse standalone stores within the UK. 

In the prior year, following the separation of the UK & Ireland operating segment into separate UK & Ireland Electricals 
and Mobile operating segments an impairment indicator was identified. This resulted in an impairment of £28m being 
recognised over central and store related assets recognised in the UK & Ireland Mobile operating segment. 

159

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

11 Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets

Land and buildings
Vehicles, equipment and other

Additions to the right-of-use assets for the period were £229m.

The total cash outflow for leases amount to £300m.

Amounts recognised in profit and loss

Depreciation expense on right-of-use assets:
  Land and buildings
  Vehicles, equipment and other
Total depreciation on right-of-use assets
Impairment of right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expense relating to short-term leases

Expense relating to leases of low value assets

Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability

Income from subleasing right-of-use assets

2 May 
2020 
£m

1,084
30

1,114

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

207
10
217
50

80 

21 

1 

 18

1 

12 Lease receivables
Under IFRS 16, an intermediate lessor accounts for the head lease and sublease as two separate contracts. The 
intermediate lessor is required to classify the sublease as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset 
arising from the head lease. The Group’s finance lease arrangements do not include variable payments. 

For the year ended 27 April 2019, in accordance with IAS 17, the intermediate lessor was required to classify the sublease 
by reference to the underlying asset. Therefore, all subleases were previously recognised as operating leases as further 
disclosed in note 30.

Net investment in the lease analysed as:
  Recoverable after 12 months
  Recoverable within 12 months

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

4
1

5

—
—

 —

The Group applies the simplified model in accordance with IFRS 9 to recognise lifetime expected credit losses on lease 
receivables. The value of the expected credit loss on lease receivables is immaterial. 

The Group is not exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of the lease arrangements, as all leases are denominated in 
functional currency.

Undiscounted amounts receivable under finance leases:
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Onwards

Undiscounted lease payments

Less: unearned finance income

Net investment in the lease

160

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

1
1
1
1
1
2 

7 

(2   )  

5

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

— 

— 

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
13 Interests in associates and investments
The Group’s interests in associates are analysed as follows:

Opening balance
Additions
Share of results
Disposals

Closing balance

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

—
—
—
—

—

1
—
—
(1)   

 —

During the year ended 27 April 2019 the Group disposed of associate investments previously held by our Nordic operations 
through the franchise network.

Investments

Financial assets designated as at FVTOCI

2 May  
2020 
£m

10

27 April 
2019 
£m

18 

The Group holds a 10.2% investment in Unieuro S.p.A, an Italian retailer of consumer electronics and household 
appliances listed on the Borsa Italiana. Given a readily determinable fair value is available based on the market price of the 
listed shares, the investment has been valued at £10m.

These investments in equity instruments are not held for trading. Instead, they are held for long-term strategic purposes. 
Accordingly, the Group has elected to designate these investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI with the movement 
in investment value being recognised in other comprehensive income.

The fair valuation techniques used are outlined in note 26.

14 Inventory

Finished goods and goods for resale

15 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables*
Less expected credit loss allowances

Contract assets*
Prepayments
Other receivables
Accrued income

Non-current
Current

2 May 
2020 
£m

970

2 May 
2020 
£m

396
(26)  

370
565
50
71 
69 

27 April 
2019 
£m

1,156 

27 April 
2019 
£m

452
 (17)   

435
725
100
58
 108

1,125

 1,426

294
831 

387
1,039 

1,125

 1,426 

* 

 Trade receivables and contract assets for the prior year have been restated to reflect the correct classification between trade receivables 
and contract assets (previously reported as £524m and £653m for trade receivables and contract assets respectively). This has had no 
impact on the overall trade and other receivables balances reported at 27 April 2019.

The majority of trade and other receivables are non-interest bearing. Non-current receivables mainly comprise commission 
receivable on sales, as described below. Where there is a significant financing component, trade and other receivables are 
discounted at contract inception using a discount rate that is at an arm’s length basis and which would be reflected in a 
separate financing transaction between the Group and the customer.

Included within other receivables is £20m of government grants receivable (2018/19: nil). This relates to compensation for 
expenses already incurred by the Group that have been pledged by national governments, primarily the UK governments 
‘Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme’, in light of the recent Covid-19 pandemic.

161

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

15 Trade and other receivables continued

Ageing of gross trade receivables and expected 
credit loss allowances:
Not yet due
Past due:
Under two months
Two to four months
Over four months

2 May 2020 

27 April 2019 

Gross trade 
receivables 
£m

Expected 
credit loss 
allowances  

£m

Net trade 
receivables 
£m

Gross trade 
receivables 
£m

Expected 
credit loss 
allowances  

£m

Net trade 
receivables 
£m

312

(3)

309

363

—

363

35
13
36 

84 

(1)
(2)
(20) 

(23) 

34
11
16

61 

47
9
 33

 89

(1)  
(1)  
(15)  

(17)  

46
8
18

 72

396

(26) 

370

 452

 (17)  

 435

Movements in the expected credit loss allowances for trade receivables is as follows:

Opening balance
IFRS 9 opening adjustment
Charged to the income statement
Receivables written off as irrecoverable
Amounts recovered during the year

Closing balance

Further details with regards to trade receivables credit risk are included in note 26.

Contract assets

Insurance commission contract assets
Network commission contract assets

2 May 
2020 
£m

(17)
 —
(12)
2
1

(26)

2 May 
2020 
£m

19
546

565

27 April 
2019 
£m

(13)  
(1)  
(9)  
4
2

 (17)  

27 April 
2019 
£m

23
 702

 725 

The Group recognises contract assets where the performance obligations have been met but the right to consideration 
from the customer is conditioned on something other than the passage of time. This occurs on both insurance commission 
revenue and network commission revenue as detailed in note 1d.

The Group has considered the risk profile for amounts due from network and insurance customers based on historical 
experience and forward looking information. The contract asset values are adjusted at each reporting date to reflect the 
future expected value.

The significant changes in the contract asset balances within the year occurred within the network commission contract 
assets. Further detail and a full reconciliation of movements within the financial year have therefore been provided below.

Network commission contract assets and receivables
As described in note 1e, the revenue earned by the Group for the acquisition of consumers on behalf of third-party network 
operators is subject to variable consideration. Some consideration is paid by the MNOs at the time of connection with the 
remainder paid over the duration of the consumer’s contractual relationship with the MNO which is usually between 1 and 
5 years. Whilst the underlying contract with the consumer predominately constitutes a fixed monthly value, variability arises 
due to future expected behaviour of such consumers after the point of connection.

The Group adopted IFRS 15: ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ with effect from 29 April 2018 and in doing so 
only recognises such revenue to the extent that it is highly probable that there will not be a material reversal in the future. 
Determining the amount of revenue to recognise is judgemental and subject to a degree of estimation uncertainty in 
particular due to the nature of the variable revenue constraint applied in line with IFRS 15 as described in note 1t. In previous 
periods, the Group has estimated such revenue with a high level of accuracy, as evidenced and regularly monitored by the 
level of cash the Group receives from MNOs in the periods subsequent to acquiring consumers on their behalf.

162

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Trade and other receivables continued
In determining the amount of revenue to recognise, the Group estimates the amount that it expects to receive in respect 
of each consumer based on historic trends and anticipated changes in consumer behaviour. The Group also discusses 
and analyses emerging behavioural trends with the respective MNOs, considers external sources of industry and market 
analysis and models the impact of potential regulatory changes, if any are proposed. 

A discounted cash flow methodology is used to measure the expected consideration, by estimating all future cash flows 
that will be received from the MNO and discounting these based on the timing of receipt. The key inputs to the model are: 

- 

revenue share percentage - the percentage of the consumer’s spend (to the MNO) to which the Group is entitled; 

-  minimum contract period – the length of contract entered into by the consumer; 

-  out-of-bundle spend – additional spend by the consumer measured as a percentage of total spend;

-  consumer default rate – rate at which consumers disconnect from the MNO;

- 

- 

 spend beyond the initial contract period – period of time the consumer remains connected to the MNO after the initial 
contract term; and

 upgrade propensity – the percentage of consumers initially connected by the Group estimated to be subsequently 
upgraded by an MNO. 

Having estimated the expected consideration, the Group applies a constraint to reduce to a level where any future material 
reversal of revenue would be considered highly improbable. Management makes a regular assessment of historical 
amounts and market data to ensure that the amounts recognised still meet the requirements of IFRS 15. In the prior year 
ended 27 April 2019, the net revaluation recognised from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods was a 
reduction of £3m and in the preceding year ended 28 April 2018 this was an increase of £3m.

Amounts recognised in the financial statements in respect of such variable consideration are summarised and reconciled 
from prior year below:

Gross network commission receivable and contract asset: Opening balance

Less: amounts received in advance from MNO’s

Net network commission receivable and contract asset: Opening balance

  Revenue recognised in respect of current year sales

  Revaluation of opening network commission contract asset

 Revenue (reversed) / recognised in respect of prior period sales not previously 
included in the estimation of revenue recognised 

  Revenue (reversed) / recognised in respect of prior period sales

Revenue recognised in the period

Cash received from network operators
Movements due to the effect of discounting

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

1,294

1,545

(497)    

(488)    

797

1,057

997

1,235

(47)  

(41)    

(2)  

(49)  

948

38

(3)    

1,232

(1,139)  
10

(1,503)     
11

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

Net network commission receivable and contract asset: closing balance

 (vii)

616

797

Comprising:
Net network commission receivable and contract asset in less than 1 year
Net network commission receivable and contract asset in more than 1 year

Less amount billed (network commission trade receivable)
Net network commission contract asset 

357
259
616
(70)  
546 

(viii)
 (ix)

444
353
797
(95)    
702

163

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

15 Trade and other receivables continued

i.   Net of discounting for the time value of money. The unwind of this discounting is recognised as finance income in 
the relevant period. The amount of related finance income within the year, as shown in the table above, was £10m 
(2018/19: £11m).

ii.   Payment terms with the MNOs are based on a mix of cash received upon connection and future payments as the 

MNO receives monthly instalments from end consumers over the life of the consumer contract. This balance shows 
the net amounts receivable from the MNOs. Further information is included below to explain the classification split 
of this balance between trade receivables and contract assets.

iii.   This relates to revenue recognised from connections made in the current year. This revenue is recognised at point 

of sale as explained within the accounting policies in note 1e. This figure includes in-year adjustments to the 
carrying value of revenue recognised (net of constraints) where the estimated consideration has changed since 
point of recognition within the year. In response to the events highlighted in (iv) below and in consideration of other 
market headwinds, the level of constraint applied to revenue recognised in the current year has been increased.

iv.  The Group continues to monitor the level of this revaluation as an indicator of estimation uncertainty in respect 
of previously recognised variable consideration. The reversal of revenue within the year is related to a number 
of events that, due to their nature, would have been considered highly improbable to occur and therefore not 
incorporated into the estimation of revenue upon initial recognition:

– 

– 

– 

– 

 During the second half of the year, on 17 March 2020, the Group announced a significant strategic change for 
the Carphone Warehouse business. The Group took the decision to close all standalone Carphone Warehouse 
stores in the UK. This was a positive step for the long term value of the Group but resulted in a reduction in the 
expected value of the variable consideration in relation to previously recognised network commission revenues 
reflecting reduced ability to service the market. This strategic decision only came into fruition in the second half 
of the financial year and previously would have been considered remote.

 The global pandemic Covid-19 caused the Group to reassess the future expected consumer behaviour in terms 
of consumer default rate and consumer spend, which resulted in a more prudent assessment and therefore 
increases to the constraint on the estimated consideration that will be received. In previous years when the 
revenue was recognised, the possibility of a global pandemic was considered to be remote. 

 From 15 February 2020, new Ofcom regulation required MNOs to notify consumers that their contracts are 
ending. Although this regulation was known about at the prior year end, MNO voluntary action in response was 
unforeseen. This has impacted potential future cash receipts worse than initially estimated.

 Due to the impact of the unforeseen events described above, and in consideration of other market headwinds, 
the Group has reassessed the expected value of commissions to be received from MNOs in respect of revenue 
recognised in previous periods and has recognised an additional constraint. 

 In the prior year, the £41m revaluation of opening network commission contract assets principally related to 
changes in anticipated out-of-bundle spend following bill-capping legislation in October 2018 and a reduction in 
spend after the initial contract term.

 This revaluation of £47m (2018/19: £41m) discussed above is the figure that has historically been used by the 
Group to monitor the accuracy of assumptions made in previous periods and is excluded from measuring the 
performance of the UK & Ireland Mobile segment in our alternative performance measures as explained within the 
glossary to the Annual Report. This amount is also presented as the Group has received feedback from certain 
stakeholders that its separate presentation is helpful, in order to present more clearly the underlying performance in 
year.

v. 

 These amounts were not previously recognised as revenue due to the application of the constraint (described 
above) and include a value of £14m (2018/19: £13m) relating to the uplift in the profit share the Group receives 
associated with RPI on commission receivable where the performance obligations were satisfied in prior periods. 
These amounts also include other out of period amounts settled with MNOs in respect of prior period transactions 
of -£16m (2018/19: £25m). As the Group does not recognise an estimate of these amounts within revenue at 
the point of sale, they are recognised in revenue within each financial year once the amounts for that period are 
known. Therefore, the RPI uplift and the other out of period amounts settled with MNOs are included within the 
Group’s alternative performance measures as explained within the glossary to the Annual report.

vi.  Cash received in the period.

vii.   Gross network receivable and contract asset balance of £1,005m, offset by amounts received in advance of 

£389m. This is in line with the explanation in (ii) above.

164

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Trade and other receivables continued

viii.  Amounts that have been invoiced to the network operators and are no longer conditional on something other than 

the passage of time. These amounts are therefore classified as trade receivables.

ix.   This is the contract asset element of the network commissions receivable. This is variable based on future 

consumer behaviour and hence conditional on something other than the passage of time therefore as per IFRS 15 
this is classified as a contract asset.

16 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and on deposit

2 May 
2020 
£m

660

27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

665 

As disclosed in note 1, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents have been restated to meet the presentational requirements 
for offsetting in accordance with IAS 32. Comparative information for the year ended 27 April 2019 has increased from 
£125m to £665m. This has had no impact on the Group’s net assets.

Cash at bank and on deposit includes short-term bank deposits which are available on demand. Within cash and cash 
equivalents, £32m (2018/19: £43m) is restricted and predominantly comprises funds held by the Group’s insurance 
businesses to cover regulatory reserve requirements. These funds are not available to offset the Group’s borrowings.

17 Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Other creditors
Contract liabilities
Accruals

2 May 2020

27 April 2019

Current 
£m

Non-current 
£m

Current 
£m

Non-current 
£m

1,249
363
2
184
219

2,017

—
—
—
92
39

1,571
298
29
160
292

131

 2,350

—
—
109
112
31

 252

Non-current other creditors in the prior year related principally to property leases that were deemed to be off market rent 
which arose from acquisitions. These liabilities were unwound over the period of the relevant lease, of up to 19 years. On 
initial adoption of IFRS 16, the right-of-use asset was adjusted for these amounts.

The carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair value.

Included in trade payables are amounts due where extended payment terms have been agreed with the supplier using a 
supplier financing facility. These payment terms are customary in the industry and in line with credit terms offered by our 
other suppliers of similar products. These terms are made available and administered under arrangements between the 
supplier and third-party banks selected by the supplier. The total amount outstanding on such extended payment terms at 
2 May 2020 is £51m (2018/19: £59m). These arrangements do not provide the Group with a significant benefit of additional 
financing and accordingly are classified as trade payables.

Contract liabilities
Movements in the contract liabilities balance are as follows:

Opening balance
IFRS 15 opening adjustment
Revenue recognised in the period that was included in the opening balance
Increase in contract liabilities in the period not yet recognised in revenue

Closing balance

2 May 
2020 
£m

272
—
(147)  
151

276

27 April 
2019 
£m

300
(24)  
(136)  
132

272

165

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

17 Trade and other payables continued
Contract liabilities predominantly relate to the sale of customer support agreements. Revenue is recognised in full as each 
performance obligation is satisfied under the contracts with the customer. Where consideration is received in advance of 
the performance of the obligations being satisfied, a contract liability is recognised. Due to the cancellation options and 
customer refund clauses, contract terms have been assessed to either be monthly or a series of day to day contracts 
with revenue recognised respectively in the month to which payment relates, or on a ‘straight-line’ basis. The above 
reconciliation from opening to closing balance shows there has been no significant movement in the balance compared to 
prior year. The reduction in the contract liability balance due to amounts recognised as revenue within the year that were 
included in the balance at the start of the year have been offset by new sales made and consideration received in advance 
of satisfying the performance obligations.

As shown above, £147m included in contract liabilities at the start of the period was recognised as revenue during the year.

18 Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration

Opening balance
Settlements
Change in valuation

Closing balance

2 May 2020

27 April 2019

Current 
£m

Non-current 
£m

Current 
£m

Non-current 
£m

1 

2

1 

 4

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

5
(2)
—

3

13
(1)  
 (7)  

5 

Earn-out consideration of up to £3m is payable in cash (2018/19: £5m) and is contingent on the performance of the 
Epoq kitchen business against earnings growth targets in the period following the balance sheet date. The fair value 
of contingent consideration arrangements has been estimated by applying the income approach. A change in growth 
assumptions used in the fair value methodology could result in an amount of contingent consideration payable per annum 
decreasing to £nil.

19 Loans and other borrowings

Current liabilities
Bank overdrafts*
Loans and other borrowings

Non-current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

540
44

584

280

864

559
— 

 559

 288

 847

* 

 As disclosed in note 1, the Group’s bank overdrafts have been restated to meet the presentational requirements for offsetting in accordance 
with IAS 32. Comparative information for the year ended 27 April 2019 has increased from £19m to £559m. This has had no impact on the 
Group’s net assets. 

Committed facilities
£800m Revolving Credit Facility
In October 2015, the Group signed a five-year £800m Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’) with a number of relationship banks; 
this facility was extended in October 2016 and 2017 by an additional year and the facility currently expires October 2022. 
The interest rate payable for drawings under this facility is at a margin over LIBOR (or other applicable interest basis) for 
the relevant currency and for the appropriate period. The actual margin applicable to any drawing depends on the fixed 
charges cover ratio calculated in respect of the most recent accounting period. A non-utilisation fee is payable in respect of 
amounts available but undrawn under this facility and a utilisation fee is payable when aggregate drawings exceed certain 
levels. For the year ended 2 May 2020, the Group had drawn down on this facility by £280m (2018/19: £245m).

166

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
19 Loans and other borrowings continued
£250m Revolving Credit Facility
In October 2016, the Group signed a four-year £250m RCF with a group of relationship banks; this facility is on broadly 
similar terms to the £800m RCF; this facility was extended in February 2019 by an additional two years and the facility 
expires October 2022.

€50m term loan
In October 2016, the Group signed a four-year term loan of €50m with BBVA. The terms of this facility are also broadly 
similar to the £800m RCF and expires in October 2020. This loan was fully drawn at the current and proceeding balance 
sheet dates.

£266m Revolving Credit Facility
In April 2020, the Group signed a one-year £266m RCF to mitigate any potential impact of the Covid-19 crisis with a group 
of relationship banks; this facility is on broadly similar terms to the £800m and £250m RCF.

Bank overdraft and other uncommitted facilities
The Group also has overdrafts and short-term money market lines from UK and European banks denominated in various 
currencies, all of which are repayable on demand. Interest is charged at the market rates applicable in the countries 
concerned and these facilities are used to assist in short-term liquidity management. Total available facilities are £57m 
(2018/19: £109m).

All borrowings are unsecured.

20 Lease Liabilities

Analysed as:
Non-current
Current

Total undiscounted future committed payments due are as follows:

Amounts due:
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Onward

2 May 
2020 
£m

1,186
258

1,444

2 May 
2020 
£m

306
261
237
209
179
589

1,781

The Group does not face a significant liquidity risk with regard to its lease liabilities. Lease liabilities are monitored within 
the Group’s treasury function.

167

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

20 Lease Liabilities continued

The Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective approach. Comparatives for the prior reporting 
period have therefore not been restated and continue to be reported under IAS 17: ‘Leases’, as permitted under the 
specific transitional provisions of IFRS 16. For the year ended 27 April 2019, the obligations under those leases previously 
defined as finance leases is as follows.

Amounts due:
Within one year
In more than one year and not more than five years
In more than five years

Less future finance charges

Present value of lease obligations
Less amounts due within one year

Amounts due after more than one year

27 April 2019

Present value 
of minimum 
lease 
payments 
£m

Minimum 
lease 
payments 
£m

9
41
82 

132
(49)   

83
 (3)  

 80

8
31
44

83
 —

83
(3)   

80

The majority of finance leases related to properties in the UK where obligations are denominated in Sterling and remaining 
lease terms as at 27 April 2019 varied between 6 and 17 years. The effective borrowing rate on individual leases at this 
date ranged between 5.51% and 9.29%. Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. These obligations are secured 
over the related leased asset. All leases are on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for 
contingent rental payments.

The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ rights over the leased assets disclosed in 
note 11.

21 Provisions

At beginning of period
Adjustment on initial 
application of IFRS 16
Additions
Released in the period
Utilised in the period
Disposed
Foreign exchange

At end of period

Analysed as:
Current
Non-current

2 May 2020

27 April 2019

Reorg-
anisation 
£m

Sales 
£m

Property 
£m

16

7

98

—
51
—
(28)  
—
 —

 39

39
— 

 39

—
14
—
(13)  
—
 (1)  

7

5
 2

7

(47)  
45
—
(32)  
—
 —

64

31
33

64

Other 
£m

30

—
37
(6)
(21)  
—
—

40

39
1

40

Total 
£m

151

(47)  
147
(6)
(94)  
—
 (1)  

150

114
36

150

Reorg-
anisation 
£m

15

Sales 
£m

10

Property 
£m

63

Other 
£m

11

—
30
(1)  
(28)  
—
 —

 16

14
2 

 16

—
13
—
(16)  
—
 —

7 

6
1 

7 

—
66
(2)  
(29)  
—
— 

98 

37
61 

98 

—
63
(3)  
(41)  
—
— 

30 

29
1 

 30

Total 
£m

99

—
172
(6)  
(114)  
—
— 

151 

86
65 

151 

Reorganisation:
Reorganisation provisions relate principally to redundancy costs and other costs arising as a result of restructuring and are 
only recognised where plans are demonstrably committed and where appropriate communication to those affected has 
been undertaken at the balance sheet date. 

168

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
21 Provisions continued

As part of the Group’s long-term strategy in joining up the UK mobile operations with the wider business, the Group 
took the next steps in the turnaround of the mobile business by announcing on 17 March 2020 that it would be closing 
the Carphone Warehouse UK store estate and continue to focus on selling devices and connectivity through its shop-
in-shops in 305 big Currys PCWorld stores and online. Further information on the announcement can be found here: 
https://www.dixonscarphone.com/en/news-and-media/press-releases/year/2020/dixons-carphone-takes-essential-next-
stepturnaround-uk. The provision as at 2 May 2020 predominantly relates to costs associated with this strategic decision.

Sales:
Sales provisions relate to ‘cash-back’ and similar promotions and product and service warranties. The anticipated costs 
of these are assessed by reference to historical trends and any other information that is considered relevant. Management 
estimates the related provision for future related claims based on historical information, as well as recent trends that might 
suggest that past cost information might differ from future claims.

Property provisions:
During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior 
year comparative numbers have not been restated. Property provisions in the prior year relate mainly to costs associated 
with operating lease early exit premiums, onerous leases and provisions for dilapidations recognised in accordance with 
IAS 37. 

For the current period, property provisions include closure costs and dilapidations provisions relating to previously 
announced closure programmes. This predominantly relates to the closure of the Carphone Warehouse standalone store 
estate, as discussed above. 

Other provisions
Other provisions relate to regulatory costs, data incident costs, and warranties in relation to discontinued operations. 

The Group operates in a regulated environment and failure to manage the business in line with regulation could expose the 
Group to financial penalties.

In the year ended 27 April 2019 the Group reported that it was subject to a £29m fine imposed by the FCA following the 
conclusion of an investigation into historical Geek Squad mobile phone insurance selling processes. This fine related to a 
period prior to June 2015. Historical regulatory investigations may be subject to potential future claims and subsequent 
payments that may take several years to complete and evaluate. The Group ran two voluntary redress programmes which 
led to the refund of £1.5m.

Nonetheless, the Group has subsequently received claims from a number of customers who believe they were mis-sold 
Geek Squad policies. These claims are carefully considered by the Group on a case by case basis. The majority of claims 
received have been invalid. The Group has recorded an additional regulatory costs provision of £30m in the period for 
customer compensation, with £16m paid out by year end.

During the current year, VAT assessments have also been issued for historical periods relating to the previously disposed 
Phone House Germany business. The full amount of these assessments have been provided, resulting in a current year 
charge of £6m. This is further disclosed in note 25.

For the year ended 27 April 2019, further costs of £20m associated with the data incident announced on 13 June 2018 
were also provided for.

Non-current provisions are expected to be utilised over a period up to ten years.

169

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

22 Retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations

Retirement benefit obligations – UK

– Nordics 

2 May 
2020 
£m

550
— 

550

27 April 
2019 
£m

579
 —

 579

The Group operates a defined benefit and a number of defined contribution schemes. The principal scheme which 
operates in the UK includes a funded final salary defined benefit section whose assets are held in a separate trustee 
administered fund. The scheme is valued by a qualified actuary at least every three years and contributions are assessed 
in accordance with the actuary’s advice. Since 1 September 2002, the defined benefit section of the scheme has been 
closed to new entrants and on 30 April 2010 was closed to future accrual with automatic entry into the defined contribution 
section being offered to those active members of the defined benefit section at that time. Membership of the defined 
contribution section is offered to eligible employees.

In the Nordics division, the Group operates small funded secured defined benefit pension schemes, which are also closed 
to new entrants, with assets held by a life insurance company as well as an unsecured pension arrangement. In addition, 
contributions are made to state pension schemes with defined benefit characteristics.

The defined benefit pension schemes expose the Group to actuarial risks such as longer than expected longevity of 
members, lower than expected return on investments and higher than expected inflation, which may increase the liabilities 
or reduce the value of assets of the plans.

a) Defined contribution pension schemes
The pension charge in respect of defined contribution schemes was £34m (2018/19: £30m).

b) UK defined benefit pension scheme – actuarial valuation and assumptions
A full actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 31 March 2019 and showed a shortfall of assets compared 
with liabilities of £645m. A ‘recovery plan’ based on this valuation was agreed with the Trustees such that contributions in 
respect of the scheme will be £46m for the 2020/21 financial year, rising to £78m per year from the 2021/22 financial year 
until 2027/28, with a final payment of £52m in 2028/29.

The principal actuarial assumptions as at 31 March 2019 were:

Discount rate for accrued benefits†

– Equity portfolio
– Multi-asset credit portfolio
– Matching portfolio

Rate of increase to pensions
Inflation

Rate per annum

3.85%
3.00%
1.50%
0.00% — 3.80%
3.40%

† 

 The discount rate is based on a linear de-risking methodology which assumes the Scheme’s investment strategy switches investments from 
growth assets (such as equities) to matching assets (such as bonds) and multi-asset credit over a period of 8 years from 2026 to 2034 so 
that by 2034 the asset portfolio is projected to be 100% invested in matching assets and multi-asset credit. 

c) UK Defined benefit pension scheme – IAS 19

At 31 March 2019, the market value of the scheme’s investments was £1,210m and, based on the above assumptions, 
the value of the assets was sufficient to cover 65% of the benefits accrued to members with the liabilities amounting to 
£1,855m.
The following summarises the components of net defined benefit expense recognised in the consolidated income 
statement, the funded status and amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet and other amounts recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive income. The methods set out in IAS 19 are different from those used by the scheme 
actuaries in determining funding arrangements.

170

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
22 Retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations continued

c) UK Defined benefit pension scheme – IAS 19 continued
(i)  Principal assumptions adopted
The assumptions used in calculating the expenses and obligations are set by the directors after consultation with the 
independent actuaries.

Rates per annum
Discount rate
Rate of increase in pensions in payment / deferred pensions (pre / post April 2006 
accrual)
Inflation

2 May 
2020

27 April 
2019

1.60%

2.50%

2.55% / 1.95% 3.25% / 2.20% 
3.25% 

2.55% 

The Group uses demographic assumptions underlying the formal actuarial valuation of the scheme as at 31 March 2019. 
In particular, post retirement mortality has been assumed to follow the standard mortality tables ‘S3’ All Pensioners tables 
published by the CMI, based on the experience of Self-Administered Pension Schemes (SAPS) with multipliers of 108% for 
males and 104% for females. In addition, an allowance has been made for future improvements in longevity from 2003 by 
using the new CMI 2018 Core projections with a long term rate of improvement of 1.5% per annum for men and 1.25% per 
annum for women. Applying such tables results in an average expected longevity of between 86.4 years and 88.1 years for 
men and between 88.8 years and 90.3 years for women for those reaching 65 over the next 20 years.

(ii)  Amounts recognised in consolidated income statement

Past service cost
Net interest expense on defined benefit obligation

Total expense recognised in the income statement

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

—
14 

14

15
12 

27

On 26 October 2018, the High Court issued a judgement in a claim to address the issues of unequal Guaranteed Minimum 
Pensions (GMPs) in the Lloyds Banking Group’s defined benefit pension schemes (the ‘Lloyds case’). This will potentially 
impact the DSG Retirement and Employee Security Scheme operating in the UK. The Group is working through the details 
of the ruling and assessing its impact on the liability valuation of the scheme. We currently estimate that this will increase 
the liability by £15m, which was recorded as a past service cost in the prior period. There are a number of uncertainties 
surrounding the change, including the method of calculation of the equalisation and any potential appeals against the 
ruling, therefore we consider that the amount is subject to further change, however currently represents our best estimate.

(iii)  Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income:

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation – actuarial gains / (losses) arising from:
  Changes in demographic assumptions
  Changes in financial assumptions
  Experience adjustments

Remeasurement of scheme assets:
  Actual return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)

Cumulative actuarial loss

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

93
(136)  
(46)  

86

(3)  

—
(142)  
(53)

67 

(128) 

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income include amounts arising from changes in demographic and 
membership modelling estimates identified from the full actuarial valuation of the Scheme as at 31 March 2019. Changes in 
demographic assumptions include gains of £97m arising from the update of pensioner longevity assumptions by using the 
new CMI 2018 Core projections. Experience adjustments include losses of £59m to align modelling of future liabilities with 
updated membership data used for the actuarial valuation at 31 March 2019.

171

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

22 Retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations continued

c) UK Defined benefit pension scheme – IAS 19 continued
iv)  Amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet

Present value of defined benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets

Net obligation

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

Opening obligation
Past service cost
Interest cost
Remeasurements in other comprehensive income – actuarial (gains) / losses arising from changes in:
  Demographic assumptions
  Financial assumptions
  Experience adjustments
Benefits paid

Closing obligation

2 May 
2020 
£m

(1,850)  
1,300 

(550)   

27 April  
2019 
£m

(1,775)  
1,196 

(579)   

2 May  
2020 
£m

1,775
—
45

(93)  
136
46
(59)   

27 April  
2019 
£m

1,584
15
44

—
142
53
(63)   

1,850

1,775 

The weighted average maturity profile of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the year is 21 years (2018/19: 
21 years), comprising an average maturity of 25 years (2018/19: 25 years) for deferred members and 13 years (2018/19: 
13 years) for pensioners.

Changes in the fair value of the scheme assets:

Opening fair value
Interest income
Employer special contributions
Remeasurements in other comprehensive income:
  Actual return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
Benefits paid

Closing fair value

2 May 
2020 
£m

1,196
31
46

27 April  
2019 
£m

1,114
32
46

86
(59)  

67
(63)   

1,300

1,196 

172

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
22 Retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations continued

c) UK Defined benefit pension scheme – IAS 19 continued
Analysis of scheme assets:

Overseas and global equities
Diversified growth
Multi-asset credit funds

Private equity
Corporate bonds
Other credit linked funds*

Liability driven investments (‘LDIs’)*

Synthetic equity*
Cash and cash instruments

Other

— Listed
— Listed
— Listed
— Unlisted
— Unlisted
— Listed
— Listed
— Unlisted
— Listed
— Unlisted
— Unlisted
— Listed
— Unlisted
— Unlisted

2 May 
2020 
£m

—
—
133
151
11
108
358
8
855
(302)  
(24)  
1
—
1

27 April  
2019 
£m

132
14
141
115
20
96
—
—
508
—
—
64
105
 1

1,300

 1,196

* 

These assets are managed together as part of one investment portfolio.

In the fair value hierarchy, listed investments are categorised as level 1. Unlisted investments relate to derivatives, which 
are categorised as level 2, and private credit and private equity funds which are categorised as level 3. Private credit 
investments are valued by aggregating bid and offer quotes from brokers where this information is available. If this 
information is not available, investments are valued at amortised cost, with provision for impairment where appropriate. 
Private equity fund valuations are based on the last audited accounts of each investment plus any known movements 
including distributions since the last audited accounts.

The investment strategy of the scheme is determined by the independent Trustees through advice provided by an 
independent investment consultant. The Trustee’s objective is to achieve an above average long term return on the 
scheme’s assets from a mixture of capital growth and income, whilst managing investment risk and ensuring the strategy 
remains within the guidelines set out in the Pensions Act 1995 and 2004 and the scheme’s statement of investment 
principles. In setting the strategy, the nature and duration of the scheme’s liabilities are taken into account, ensuring that 
an integrated approach is taken to investment risk and both short term and long term funding requirements. The scheme 
invests in a diverse range of asset classes as set out above with matching assets primarily comprising holdings in inflation 
linked gilts, corporate bonds and liability driven investments.

To reduce volatility risk a liability driven investment (LDI) strategy forms part of the Trustee’s management of the UK 
defined benefit scheme’s assets, including government bonds, corporate bonds and derivatives. Repurchase agreements 
are entered into with counterparties to better offset the scheme’s exposure to interest and inflation rates, whilst remaining 
invested in assets of a similar risk profile. Interest rate and inflation rate derivatives are also employed to complement the 
use of fixed and index-linked bonds in matching the profile of the scheme’s liabilities.

Actual return on the scheme assets was a gain of £86m (2018/19: gain of £67m).

173

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

22 Retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations continued

c) UK Defined benefit pension scheme – IAS 19 continued
(v) Sensitivities
The value of the UK defined benefit pension scheme assets is sensitive to market conditions. Changes in assumptions 
used for determining retirement benefit costs and liabilities may have a material impact on the 2019/20 income statement 
and the balance sheet. The main assumptions are the discount rate, the rate of inflation and the assumed mortality rate. 
The following table provides an estimate of the potential impacts of each of these variables if applied to the current year 
consolidated income statement and balance sheet.

Positive / (negative) effect
Discount rate: 0.5% (2018/19: 0.25%) increase
Inflation rate: 0.5% (2018/19: 0.25%) increase†
Mortality rate: 1 year increase

Net finance costs

Net deficit

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April  
2019 
£m

2 May  
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

3
(4)  
(2)  

1
(2)  
(2)   

184
(151)  
 (74)  

91
(71)  
(71)   

† 

The increase in scheme benefits provided to members on retirement is subject to an inflation cap.

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the defined benefit obligation as 
it is unlikely that the changes in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumptions may be 
correlated.

d) Other post-employment benefits – IAS 19
The Group offers other post-employment benefits to employees in overseas territories, in particular in Greece. These 
benefits are unfunded. At 2 May 2020 the net obligation in relation to these benefits was £5m (2018/19: £4m) which is 
included in trade and other payables.

23 Share capital, retained earnings and reserves

a) Share capital

Authorised, allotted, called-up and fully paid ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Ordinary shares of 0.1p each in issue at the beginning of the period
Issued during the period

Ordinary shares of 0.1p each in issue at the end of the period

2 May  
2020 
million

1,162

2 May 
2020 
million

1,160
2

1,162

27 April 
2019 
million

1,160 

27 April 
2019 
million

1,158
2 

 1,160

2 May 
2020 
£m

 1

2 May 
2020 
£m

1
— 

1 

27 April 
2019 
£m

1 

27 April 
2019 
£m

1
— 

1 

During the year ended 2 May 2020, 2,149,777 (2018/19: 2,178,994) ordinary shares with nominal value of 0.1p each were 
issued for consideration at nominal value (2018/19: at nominal value) to satisfy awards under the Group’s share option 
schemes.

b) Retained earnings and reserves
Movement in retained earnings and reserves during the reported periods are presented in the consolidated statement of 
changes in equity.

The Group has separately presented ‘other reserves’ for the first time in the period. This is to separately disclose 
the hedging, investment in own shares, and investment revaluation reserves which were previously included within 
accumulated profits. Other reserves also include the previously disclosed translation and demerger reserves. 

In the 2018/19 Annual Report and Accounts, accumulated profits at 27 April 2019 were disclosed as £1,117m (28 
April 2018: £1,646m after the adjustments on transition to IFRS 9: ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 15: ‘Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers’). Following the change in presentation of the hedging, investment in own shares and investment 
revaluation reserves balances to other reserves, the disclosed accumulated profits at 27 April 2019 has been restated 
to £1,089m before recognising the adjustments of transition to IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ (28 April 2018: £1,613m after the 
adjustments on transition to IFRS 9: ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 15: ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’). 

174

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
23 Share capital, retained earnings and reserves continued

b) Retained earnings and reserves continued
Movements within in the individual reserves are as follows:

At 28 April 2018
Other comprehensive income and expense recognised 
directly in equity
Reclassified to income statement during the year (net of 
tax)
Amounts transferred to the carrying value of inventory 
purchased during the year
As at 27 April 2019
Other comprehensive income and expense recognised 
directly in equity

Reclassified to income statement during the year
Amounts transferred to the carrying value of inventory 
purchased during the year
Purchase of own shares

As at 2 May 2020

Investments 
revaluation 
reserve 
£m

Investment 
in own 
share 
reserve 
£m

17

1

—

—
18

(8)  

—

—

—

10

(1)  

—

—

—
(1)  

—

—

—

(12)  

(13)  

Hedging 
reserve  

£m

17 

10

(17)  

1
11 

26

12

(41)  

—

8

Translation 
reserve 
£m

Demerger  
reserve 
£m

39

(750)  

Total  
£m

(678)  

(19)  

(17)  

—

—

—
(750)  

1
(713)  

—

—

—

—

(21)  

12

(41)  

(12)  

(30)  

—

—
9

(39)  

—

—

—

(30)  

(750)  

(775)  

The hedging reserve is used to recognise the effective portion of gains or losses on derivatives that are designated and 
qualify as cash flow hedges. Amounts are subsequently either transferred to the initial cost of inventory or reclassified to 
profit or loss as appropriate.

The investments revaluation reserve represents changes in the fair value of investments in listed shares which the Group 
has elected to classify as FVTOCI. These changes are accumulated within the investments revaluation reserve, and 
amounts are transferred from this reserve to accumulated profits when the listed shares are sold.

The investment in own shares reserve is used to recognise the cost of shares held by the EBT.

The translation reserve accumulates exchange differences arising on translation of foreign subsidiaries which are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified to accumulated profits when the related 
net investment is disposed of.

The demerger reserve arose as part of the demerger of the Group from TalkTalk in 2010.

24 Equity dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the period 
– on ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Final dividend for the year ended 28 April 2018 of 7.75p per ordinary share
Interim dividend for the year ended 27 April 2019 of 2.25p per ordinary share
Final year dividend for the year ended 27 April 2019 of 4.50p per ordinary share
Interim dividend for the year ended 2 May 2020 of 2.25p per ordinary share

2 May 
2020 
£m

27 April 
2019 
£m

—
—
52
26 

78 

90
26
—
—

116 

Following the Group’s Covid-19 business update, announced 29 April 2020, the Board has made the decision not to pay a 
full year dividend. 

175

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

25 Discontinued operations and assets held for sale
There have been no additional operations classified as discontinued during the year ended 2 May 2020. The following were 
classified as discontinued in the year ended 27 April 2019 and have continued to incur costs in the current financial year:

honeybee
For the year ended 2 May 2020 no profit or loss has been recognised in relation to the disposal of the honeybee operation.

For the year ended 27 April 2019 additional costs of £7m were recognised in relation to onerous contracts following the 
sale of the operation and compensation to previous employees. A further £4m tax credit was recognised in the year ended 
27 April 2019 relating to accelerated capital allowances.

Spain
On 29 September 2017, the Group completed the disposal of The Phone House Spain S.L.U., Connected World Services 
Europe S.L. and Smarthouse Spain S.A. which together represented the trading operations in Spain. For the year ended 
27 April 2019, the £1m tax credit was recognised in relation to the reversal of previously held provisions for tax risks due to 
the fact that the statute of limitations had lapsed.

Other
As previously reported the sale of operations in Germany was completed on 5 May 2015, the Netherlands on 30 June 
2015, Portugal on 31 August 2015 and Virgin Mobile France on 4 December 2014.

During the current year, VAT assessments have been issued for historical periods relating to the disposed Phonehouse 
Germany business. These assessments fall under warranties given as part of the sale agreement and as such, it is probable 
that the Group will need to pay these amounts. Therefore, the full amount of these assessments has been provided, 
resulting in a current year charge of £6m.

An additional £4m credit has been recognised following the release of provisions relating to other legacy European 
Carphone operations which are now in liquidation.

No additional profit or loss has been recognised in relation to Portugal (2018/19: £2m) or Virgin Mobile France (2018/19: 
£5m) in the current period.

honeybee 
£m

Spain 
£m

Other  
£m

Total 
£m

Year ended 2 May 2020

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
(2)

(2)
—
(2) 

—
(2)

(2)
—
(2)

Year ended 27 April 2019

honeybee 
£m

Spain 
£m

Other  
£m

—
(7)  

(7)  
4

(3)   

—
—

—
1

1

—
(7)  

(7)  
—

(7)   

Total 
£m

—
(14)  

(14)  
5

(9)   

Revenue
Expenses

Loss before tax
Income tax

Revenue
Expenses

Loss before tax
Income tax

176

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
25 Discontinued operations and assets held for sale continued

b) Cash flows from discontinued operations
The net cash flows incurred by the discontinued operation during the year are as follows. These cash flows are included 
within the consolidated cash flow statement:

Operating activities
Investing activities

Operating activities
Investing activities

Year ended 2 May 2020

honeybee 
£m

Spain 
£m

Other  
£m

—
2

2

—
—

—

(1)  
—

(1)  

Total 
£m

(1)  
2

1

Year ended 27 April 2019

honeybee 
£m

Spain 
£m

Other  
£m

(5)  
8

3

—
—

—

(3)  
—

(3)  

Total 
£m

(8)  
8

—

26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments
Financial instruments that are measured at fair value in the financial statements require disclosure of fair value 
measurements by level based on the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

 – Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

 – Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices); and

 – Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

Listed investments held are categorised as level 1 in the fair value hierarchy and are valued based on quoted bid prices in 
an active market.

Contingent consideration is categorised as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as the valuation requires the use of significant 
unobservable inputs. An explanation of the valuation methodologies and the inputs to the valuation model is provided in 
note 18. The impact of Covid-19 has had no material impact on the fair value of contingent consideration.

The significant inputs required to fair value the Group’s remaining financial instruments that are measured at fair value on 
the balance sheet, being derivative financial assets and liabilities, are observable and are classified as level 2 in the fair 
value hierarchy. There have also been no transfers of assets or liabilities between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair values have been arrived at by discounting future cash flows (where the impact of discounting is material), assuming 
no early redemption, or by revaluing forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps to period end market rates as 
appropriate to the instrument.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities recorded at amortised cost and their fair 
value are not materially different.

177

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued
The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets, liabilities and derivative financial instruments are as follows:

Investments(1)
Cash and cash equivalents(2)**
Trade and other receivables excluding derivative financial assets(2)
Derivative financial assets(3)
Derivative financial liabilities(3)
Trade and other payables(2)
Leases(2)*
Deferred and contingent consideration(3)
Loans and other borrowings(2)**

2 May 
2020 
£m

10
660
510
76
(52)  
(1,509)  
—
(3)  
(864)  

27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

18
665
601
18
(6)  
(2,032)   
(83)  
(5)  
(847)  

(1)  Held at fair value through other comprehensive income
(2)  Held at amortised cost.
(3)  Held at fair value through profit and loss
* 

 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior year comparative 
numbers have not been restated. Lease liabilities for the year ended 27 April 2019 relate solely to lease obligations recognised in 
accordance with IAS 17. In accordance with changes to IFRS 7 within the period, leases recognised under IFRS 16 are no longer 
recognised within the Group’s financial instruments fair value disclosure.
 As disclosed in note 1, the Group’s cash and bank overdrafts have been restated to meet the presentational requirements for offsetting 
in accordance with IAS 32. Comparative information for the year ended 27 April 2019 has increased cash from £125m to £665m and 
overdrafts from £19m to £559m. 

** 

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group has forward foreign exchange contracts and cash that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements 
and cash pooling arrangements that do not meet the IAS 32 criteria for offset in balance sheet:

(i)  Financial assets

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts*
Cash and cash equivalents

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
assets 
£m

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
liabilities set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Net amounts of 
financial assets 
presented in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Financial instruments 
not set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

76
660

736

—
—

—

76
660

736

(39)  
(540)  

(579)  

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts*
Cash and cash equivalents**

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
assets 
£m

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
liabilities set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Net amounts of financial 
assets presented in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Financial instruments 
not set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

18
665

683

—
—

—

18
665

683

(6)  
(540)  

(546)  

2 May 2020

Net amount 
 £m

37
120

157

27 April 2019 (restated)

Net amount 
 £m

12
125

137

178

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued
(ii)  Financial liabilities

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts*
Overdrafts

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
liabilities 
£m

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
assets set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Net amounts of 
financial liabilities 
presented in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Financial instruments 
not set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

(52 )
(540)  

(592)  

—
—

—

(52)
(540)  

(592)  

39
540

579

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts*
Overdrafts**

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
liabilities 
£m

Gross amounts of 
recognised financial 
assets set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

Net amounts of financial 
liabilities presented in 
the balance sheet 
£m

Financial instruments 
not set off in the 
balance sheet 
£m

(6)  
(559)

(565)

—
—

—

(6)  
(559)

(565)

6
540

546

2 May 2020

Net amount 
 £m

(13 )
—

(13 )

27 April 2019 (restated)

Net amount 
 £m

—
(19)

(19)

* 

** 

 The forward foreign exchange contract assets and liabilities are recognised within the statement of financial position as derivative assets 
and derivative liabilities respectively. The change in fair value of the forward foreign exchange contract assets is accounted for as a 
qualifying cash flow hedge.

 As disclosed in note 1, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and loans and other borrowings have been restated to meet the 
presentational requirements for offsetting in accordance with IAS 32. Comparative information for the year ended 27 April 2019 has 
therefore been restated to remove the previously disclosed cash and cash equivalents from the master netting tables presented above. This 
has had no impact on the Group’s net assets. 

a) Financial risk management policies
The Group’s activities expose it to certain financial risks including market risk (such as foreign exchange risk and interest 
rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s treasury function, which operates under treasury policies approved by 
the Board, uses certain financial instruments to mitigate potentially adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance 
from these risks. These financial instruments consist of bank loans and deposits, spot and forward foreign exchange 
contracts, foreign exchange swaps and interest rate swaps.

Throughout the period under review, in accordance with Group policy, no speculative use of derivatives, foreign exchange 
or other instruments was permitted. No contracts with embedded derivatives have been identified and, accordingly, no 
such derivatives have been accounted for separately.

b) Foreign exchange risk
The Group undertakes certain transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies and as a consequence has exposure 
to exchange rate fluctuations. These exposures primarily arise from inventory purchases, with most of the Group’s 
exposure being to Euro and US Dollar fluctuations. The Group uses spot and forward currency contracts to mitigate these 
exposures, with such contracts designed to cover exposures ranging from one month to one year.

The translation risk on converting overseas currency profits or losses is not hedged and such profits or losses are 
converted into Sterling at average exchange rates throughout the year. The Group’s principal translation currency 
exposures are the Euro and Norwegian Krone.

At 2 May 2020, the total notional principal amount of outstanding currency contracts was £2,201m (2018/19: £2,004m) and 
had a net fair value of £24m asset (2018/19: £12m asset). Monetary assets and liabilities and foreign exchange contracts 
are sensitive to movements in foreign exchange rates.

There is no impact from the movement in foreign exchange rates on the Group’s profit and loss as all monetary assets and 
liabilities in foreign currency are offset by non-hedged derivatives or offsetting monetary assets or liabilities.

179

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

b) Foreign exchange risk continued
This sensitivity can be analysed in comparison to year end rates (assuming all other variables remain constant) as follows:

10% movement in the US dollar exchange rate
10% movement in the Euro exchange rate
10% movement in the Swedish Krona exchange rate
10% movement in the Danish Krone exchange rate
10% movement in the Norwegian Krone exchange rate
10% movement in the Chinese Yuan Offshore exchange rate

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

Effect on 
profit before 
tax 
£m

Effect on 
 total equity 
£m

Effect on 
profit before 
tax 
£m

Effect on 
 total equity 
£m

—
—
—
—
—
—

13
62
30
26
17
6

—
—
—
—
—
— 

13
61
29
26
17
7 

c) Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily on cash, cash equivalents and loans and other borrowings, all of which are 
at floating rates of interest and which therefore expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. These floating rates are 
linked to LIBOR and other interest rate bases as appropriate to the instrument and currency. Future cash flows arising from 
these financial instruments depend on interest rates and periods agreed at the time of rollover. Group policy permits the 
use of long-term interest rate derivatives in managing the risks associated with movements in interest rates.

The effect on the income statement and equity of 100 basis point movements in the interest rate for the currencies in which 
most Group cash, cash equivalents, loans and other borrowings are denominated and on which the valuation of most 
derivative financial instruments is based is as follows, assuming that the year end positions prevail throughout the year:

1% increase in the Sterling interest rate

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Year ended 
27 April 2019

Effect on 
profit before 
tax increase 
/ (decrease) 
£m

Effect on 
 total equity 
increase / 
(decrease) 
£m

Effect on 
profit before 
tax increase / 
(decrease) 
£m

Effect on 
 total equity 
increase / 
(decrease) 
£m

1

(2)  

 1

(1)   

d) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial 
liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group manages its exposure to liquidity risk by 
reviewing regularly the long term and short term cash flow projections for the business against the resources available to it. 
In response to Covid-19, the Group entered into a one year facility of £266m due to mature in April 2021.

In order to ensure that sufficient funds are available for ongoing and future developments, the Group has committed bank 
facilities, excluding overdrafts repayable on demand, totalling £1,360m (2018/19: £1,093m). Further details of committed 
borrowing facilities are shown in note 19.

180

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

d) Liquidity risk continued
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities into relevant maturity 
groupings. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, including both principal and 
interest flows, assuming that interest rates remain constant and that borrowings are paid in full in the year of maturity.

2 May 2020
Lease liabilities*
Derivative financial instruments – payable:
  Forward foreign exchange contracts
Derivative financial instruments – receivable:
  Forward foreign exchange contracts
Loans and other borrowings
Deferred consideration
Trade and other payables

27 April 2019
Lease liabilities*
Derivative financial instruments – payable:
  Forward foreign exchange contracts
Derivative financial instruments – receivable:
  Forward foreign exchange contracts
Loans and other borrowings**
Deferred consideration
Trade and other payables***

In more than 
one year but 
not more 
than five 
years 
£m

Within 
one year 
£m

In more than 
five years 
£m

Total 
£m

(306)

(886)

(589)

(1,781)

(2,201)

—

— (2,201)

2,225
(589)
(1)
(1,470)

(2,342)

—
(287)
(2)
(39)

2,225
—
(876)
—
—
(3)
— (1,509)

(1,214)

(589)

(4,145)

In more than 
one year but 
not more 
than five 
years 
£m

In more than 
five years 
£m

Total 
(restated) 
£m

(41

—

—
(303)    
(4)  
(140)   

(488)   

(82)  

(132)  

—

(1,992)  

—
—
—
— 

2,004
(868)   
(5)  
(2,032)    

(82)   

(3,025)   

Within 
one year 
(restated) 
£m

(9)  

(1,992 )   

2,004
(565)  
(1)  
(1,892)    

(2,455)   

* 

** 

 The Group has adopted IFRS 16 during the period using the modified retrospective approach. As a result prior year comparative numbers 
have not been restated. Prior period lease liabilities relate solely to finance lease obligations recognised in accordance with IAS 17.
 As disclosed in note 1, the Group’s Loans and other borrowings have been restated to meet the presentational requirements for offsetting in 
accordance with IAS 32. For the year ended 27 April 2019, Loans and other borrowings payable within one year have increased from £25m 
to £565m to reflect £540m of overdrafts. 

***    Trade and other payables have been restated in the presentation of the above table for the comparative period to remove other taxes and 

social security that do not meet the definition of financial liabilities. This has led to trade and other payables reducing by £298m to £2,032m. 

181

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

e) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises 
principally from the Group’s receivables from consumers. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is regularly monitored and 
the Group’s policy is updated as appropriate.

Cash and cash equivalents and derivative assets are considered low risk financial instruments as they are held at banks 
that are investment grade, with a strong capacity to meet their contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and 
whose ability to pay will not necessarily be hampered by adverse changes in economic or business conditions. The credit 
risk associated with cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments are closely monitored and credit ratings 
are used in determining maximum counterparty credit risk.

The Group’s contract assets of £565m (2018/19: £725m), which are generally owed to the Group by major multi-national 
enterprises with whom the Group has well-established relationships and are consequently not considered to add 
significantly to the Group’s credit risk exposure. In addition, credit risk is also inherently associated with the MNO end 
subscribers. Exposure to credit risk associated with the MNO subscriber is managed through an extensive consumer 
credit checking process prior to connection with the network. The large volume of MNO subscribers reduces the Group’s 
exposure to concentration of credit risk. Further information for credit risk associated to contract assets and the MNOs is 
disclosed within note 15.

For the Group’s trade and other receivables in the UK and Nordics, it has adopted the simplified approach to calculating 
expected credit losses allowed by IFRS 9. Historical credit loss rates are applied consistently to groups of financial 
assets with similar risk characteristics. These are then adjusted for known changes in, or any forward-looking impacts on 
creditworthiness. In Greece the Group has adopted both the simplified approach for business to business and a debtor by 
debtor expected credit loss model based on the probability of default.

The Group reviews several factors when considering a significant increase in credit risk including but not limited to: credit 
rating changes; adverse changes in general economic and/or market conditions; material changes in the operating results 
or financial position of the debtor.

Indicators that an asset is credit-impaired would include observable data in relation to the financial health of the debtor: 
significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the debtor; the debtor breaches contract; it is probable that the debtor will 
enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation.

Of the Group’s £510m trade and other receivables that fall within the classification of financial assets (2018/19: £601m), 
£120m is deemed by the Group to have a material level of credit risk (2018/19: £120m). The Group applies the expected 
credit loss model, as described above, to those receivables with a material level of credit risk. For the year ended 2 May 
2020, management have considered the impact of Covid-19 by increasing the expected level of default however this has 
resulted in an immaterial increase in the Group’s expected credit losses. The areas of risk and corresponding expected 
credit loss are as follows:

2 May 
2020

Gross 
carrying 
amount 
£m

Expected 
credit loss 
£m

Gross 
carrying 
amount 
£m

27 April  
2019

Expected 
credit loss 
£m

8
31
2
20
29
4
3
20
3

120

3
3
2
—
2
1
2
1
1

15

8
33
2
29
21
4
3
17
3 

120

2
2
2
1
—
—
2
1
2

12

UK – PC World Business (B2B)
UK – DSG Retail – Main Sales Ledger
UK – CPW Concessions
Nordics – Business to Business
Nordics – Franchise Debtors
Greece – Business to Business
Greece – Franchise Debtors
Greece – Consumer Credit
Greece – Main Sales Ledger

182

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

e) Credit risk continued
Ageing of the areas of credit risk is set out in the tables below:

Gross amounts of recognised financial assets 

Not Yet Due
0-90 Days
91-180 Days
180+ Days

2 May 
2020 
£m

93
12
3
12

120

27 April 
2019 
£m

97
8
4
11

120

The Group’s funding is reliant on its £1,360m bank facilities, which are provided by ten banks; these institutions are 
adequately capitalised to continue to meet their obligations under the facility.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents 
the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

f) Capital risk
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities within the Group will be able to continue as a going concern, 
whilst maximising the return to shareholders through a suitable mix of debt and equity. The capital structure of the 
Group consists of cash and cash equivalents, loans and other borrowings and equity attributable to equity holders of the 
Company, comprising issued capital, reserves and accumulated profits. Except in relation to minimum capital requirements 
in its insurance business, the Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. The Group monitors its 
capital structure on an ongoing basis, including assessing the risks associated with each class of capital.

g) Derivatives
Derivative financial instruments comprise forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign exchange swaps and interest rate 
swaps. The Group has designated financial instruments under IFRS 9 as follows:

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange
The objective of the Group’s policy on foreign exchange hedging is to protect the Group from adverse currency 
fluctuations and to gain greater certainty of earnings by protecting the Group from sudden currency movements. All 
hedging of foreign currency exposures is managed centrally within the Group Treasury function. The Group analyses its 
exposure to FX rate movements without assuming any correlations between currency pairs and uses this analysis to hedge 
up to the level prescribed in its transactional hedging policy (a target of up to 80% hedged a year in advance). The Group 
generally prefers to use vanilla forward FX contracts as hedging instruments for hedges of forecasted transactions. The 
Group has a policy that all its FX rate derivatives must be eligible for hedge accounting. The Group can use more complex 
derivatives including options when management considers that they are more appropriate, based on management’s views 
on potential FX rate movements.

Any amendments to the Group’s policies or strategy on managing foreign currency risk must be approved by the Group’s 
Tax and Treasury Committee.

183

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

g) Derivatives continued
At 2 May 2020 the Group had forward and swap foreign exchange contracts in place with a notional value of £1,499m 
(2018/19: £1,492m) and a net fair value of £23m asset (2018/19: £11m asset) that were designated and effective as cash 
flow hedges. These contracts are expected to cover exposures ranging from one month to one year. The fair value of 
derivative foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange swaps not designated as cash flow hedges was £1m asset 
(2018/19: £1m asset).

Possible sources of ineffectiveness are scenarios where future cash flows are delayed to a later period or brought forward 
to a prior period. Ineffectiveness can also be caused by credit risk (both own risk and that of the counterparty). All hedges 
are expected to be highly effective.

Covid-19 has had an impact on the timing and volume of foreign currency purchases into the UK business. However, all 
hedged items are considered highly probable, therefore no material ineffectiveness has been recognised. 

As of 2 May 2020, the Group holds the following levels of foreign exchange hedging derivatives (foreign exchange 
forwards) to hedge its exposure to fluctuating foreign exchange rates of the next 12 months:

Hedging USD purchases into GBP (UK)
Hedging EUR purchases into GBP (UK)
Hedging CNY purchases into GBP (UK)
Hedging EUR purchases into NOK (Nordics)
Hedging USD purchases into NOK (Nordics)
Hedging SEK sales into NOK (Nordics)
Hedging DKK sales into NOK (Nordics)
Hedging EUR purchases into GBP (Ireland)

Maturing 
hedges in 
the next  
12 months 
£m

51
18
65
733
88
285 
190
69

 1,499

Weighted 
average 
hedge rate

1.2649
1.1401
9.0544
10.6596
9.3812
1.0215
0.7081
0.8755

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Change in 
value during 
the period 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 2019

Maturing 
hedges in 
the next  
12 months 
£m

Weighted 
average 
hedge rate

Change in 
value during 
the period 
£m

1
—
1
48
8
(20)  
(15)  
—

23

57
12
74
720
85
288
189
67

 1,492

1.3130
1.1250
8.9595
9.7915
8.3819
1.0604
0.7611
0.8798

—
—
2
(2)  
3
7
1
—

11

The change in value of hedged items is a total of £23m (2018/19: £11m), this is used in assessing the economic 
relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments.

Interest rate
The Group’s interest rate risk management objective is to limit the amount of additional expense incurred if interest rates 
rise to unexpected levels. To manage the interest rate exposure, the Group generally enters interest rate swaps to fix its 
floating rate borrowings, in which the Group agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and 
variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount. The Group monitors 
and manages its interest rate risk individually in each currency and it does not make any assumptions about how interest 
rates in different currencies may move in tandem.

Any amendments to the Group’s policies or strategy on managing Interest rate risk must be approved by the Group’s Tax 
and Treasury Committee.

The Group held interest rate swaps with a notional value of £280m (2018/19: £110m), and a fair value which rounds to £nil 
(2018/19: £nil), whereby the Group receives a floating rate of interest based on LIBOR and pays a fixed interest rate. These 
contracts mature between June 2020 and June 2024.

184

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
26 Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

g) Derivatives continued
As of 2 May 2020, the Group holds the following levels of interest rate hedging derivatives (interest rate swaps) to hedge its 
exposure to fluctuating interest rates over the next 5 years:

Financial year ending 2020
Financial year ending 2021
Financial year ending 2022
Financial year ending 2023
Financial year ending 2024
Financial year ending 2025

Year ended 
2 May 2020

Weighted 
Average 
fixed rate 
%

Year ended 
27 April 2019

Notional 
value of 
swaps 
£m

Weighted 
Average fixed 
rate 
%

Notional 
value of 
swaps 
£m

—
220
10
20
20
10

—
0.68
0.71
0.54
0.52
0.52

70
30
10
—
—
—

0.55
0.66
0.71
—
—
—

A reconciliation of the Group’s hedging items included in the hedging reserve is set out in note 23b.

27 Notes to the cash flow statement

a) Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities

Loss before interest and tax – continuing operations
Loss before interest and tax – discontinued operations
Depreciation and amortisation
Share-based payment charge
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Impairments and other non-cash items

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Movements in working capital:
  Decrease / (increase) in inventory
  Decrease in receivables
(Decrease) in payables
Increase in provisions

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

(28)  
(2)  
367
23
3
51

414

156
284
(248)  
43

235

(223)  
(14)  
174
21
—
347 

305

(26)  
226
(182)  
54 

72

Cash generated from operations

649

377 

185

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

27 Notes to the cash flow statement continued

b) Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
The table below details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-
cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, 
classified in the Group’s consolidated cash flow statement as cash flows from financing activities.

Loans and other borrowings (note 19)*
Lease liabilities (note 20)(ii)
 Total liabilities from financing activities

Adjustment 
on initial 
application 
of IFRS 16 
£m

—
(1,403)
(1,403)

28 April 
2019 
 £m

(288)  
(83)  
(371)   

Financing 
cash flows 
£m

(10)
299
 289

New 
leases 
£m

—
(194)
(194)

Other 
changes(i) 
£m

(26)
(63)
(89)

2 May 
2020 
 £m

(324)
(1,444)
(1,768)

*  

 The Group uses interest rate swaps and FX forward contracts to hedge borrowings. The fair value of these derivatives rounded to £nil (2019: 
£nil). There were no material cash flows or changes in fair value on these instruments during the year.

(i)  Other changes include interest accruals and FX.
(ii) 

 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach. The current period lease liabilities are 
recognised on balance sheet under IFRS 16.

Loans and other borrowings (note 19)**
Lease liabilities (note 20)(ii)
 Total liabilities from financing activities

29 April 
2018 
 £m

(349)  
(85)  
(434)   

Financing 
cash flows 
£m

Other 
changes(i) 
£m

84
8
 92

(23)
(6)
(29)

27 April 
2019 
 £m

(288)
(83)
(371)

** 

 The presentation of Financing cash flows has increased from £61m to £84m and Other changes decreased from £nil to -£23m for the year 
ended 27 April 2019 to reflect the gross movement of interest paid on Loans and other borrowings. This has had no impact on the opening 
or closing balance of liabilities.

28 Related party transactions
Transactions between the Group’s subsidiary undertakings, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation and accordingly are not disclosed. See note 4a for details of related party transactions with key management 
personnel.

The Group had the following transactions and balances with its associates and joint venture:

Revenue from sale of goods and services
Amounts owed to the Group

All transactions entered into with related parties were completed on an arm’s length basis.

29 Capital commitments

Intangible assets
Property, plant & equipment

Contracted for but not provided for in the accounts

2 May 
2020 
£m

14
2

2 May 
2020 
£m

4
8

12

27 April 
2019 
£m

13 
 2

27 April 
2019 
£m

15 
6 

21 

186

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
30 Operating lease arrangements

The Group as a lessee
The Group adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ from 28 April 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. See note 11 and note 
20 for details of the Group as a lessee for the year ended 2 May 2020. Comparatives for the prior reporting period have not 
been restated to reflect this and therefore continue to be reported under IAS 17: ‘Leases’. As such, for the year ended 27 
April 2019, the total undiscounted future committed payments due for continuing operations are as follows:

Total undiscounted future committed payments due:
  Within one year
  Between two and five years
  After five years

27 April 2019 (Restated*)

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Other assets 
£m

302
839
489

1,630 

18
27
 5

50 

* 

 Operating lease commitments have been restated as at 27 April 2019 to reflect the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable 
operating leases in line with IAS 17. The figure disclosed within the 27 April 2019 Annual Report and Accounts overstated these future lease 
payments by £171m. 

Operating lease commitments represent rentals payable for retail, distribution and office properties, as well as vehicles, 
equipment and office equipment. Contingent rentals are payable on certain retail store leases based on store revenues and 
figures shown include only the minimum rental component.

The above figures include committed payments under onerous lease contracts for which provisions or accruals exist on the 
balance sheet, including those for businesses exited.

The future minimum sub-lease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable sub-leases at 27 April 2019 was 
£9m.

The Group as a lessor
Under IFRS 16, an intermediate lessor is required to classify the sublease as finance lease or an operating lease by 
reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. As such, for the year ended 2 May 2020, operating leases 
in which the Group is a lessor relate to right-of-use assets subleased to external third parties. A maturity analysis of 
undiscounted lease payments to be received relating to these operating leases is shown below.

Undiscounted amounts receivable under sub-leases classified as operating leases:
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Onwards

2 May 
2020 
£m

1
1
1
  —
—
1

31 Contingent liabilities
The Group continues to cooperate with HMRC in relation to open tax enquiries arising from pre-merger legacy corporate 
transactions in the Carphone Warehouse group. There are two separate material underlying transactions where there are 
open enquiries. These have been explained further within note 1t. One of the enquiries has resulted in a contingent liability 
being disclosed. This determination is based on the strength of third-party legal advice on the matter and therefore the 
Group does not consider it “more likely than not” that these enquiries will result in an economic outflow. The potential 
range of tax exposures relating to this enquiry is estimated to be approximately £nil - £220m excluding interest and 
penalties. Interest on the upper end of the range is approximately £50m up to 2 May 2020. Penalties could range from nil to 
30% of the principal amount of any tax.

187

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
Notes to the Group   
Financial Statements continued

32 Changes in accounting policies
The group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ from 28 April 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Comparatives 
for the prior reporting period have not been restated and continue to be reported under IAS 17: ‘Leases’, as permitted 
under the specific transitional provisions of IFRS 16. The reclassifications and the adjustments arising from the new leasing 
standard are therefore recognised in the opening balance sheet on 28 April 2019.

IFRS 16 introduces new requirements with respect to lease accounting. It presents significant changes to lessee 
accounting by removing the distinction between operating and finance leases and requiring the recognition of a right-of-
use asset and a lease liability at commencement for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. 
In contrast to lessee accounting, the requirements for lessor accounting have remained largely unchanged. The impact of 
the adoption of IFRS 16 on the Group’s consolidated financial statements is described below.

Impact of the new definition of a lease
The group has performed a review of all leasing arrangements and applied the definition of a lease and related guidance 
as set out in IFRS 16. The change in definition mainly relates to the concept of control. IFRS 16 distinguishes between 
leases and service contracts on the basis of whether the use of an identified asset is controlled by the customer. Control is 
considered to exist if the customer has:

 – the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an identified asset; and

 – the right to direct the use of that asset.

Impact on Lessee Accounting
Former operating leases
IFRS 16 changes how the Group accounts for leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17, which were 
off-balance sheet and charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

On initial application of IFRS 16, for all leases (except as noted below), the Group:

a) 

 Recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, initially measured at the present 
value of future lease payments;

b)   Recognises depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in the consolidated income statement; 

and

c) 

 Recognises the total amount of cash paid (both principal and interest portion) within financing activities (previously 
presented within operating activities under IAS 17) in the consolidated cash flow statement.

On transition to IFRS 16 these lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, 
discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of 28 April 2019. The Group’s weighted average incremental 
borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 28 April 2019 was 5.4%.

Lease incentives (e.g. rent-free periods) are recognised as part of the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities whereas under IAS 17 they resulted in the recognition of a lease incentive liability, amortised as a reduction of 
rental expense on a straight-line basis.

On initial adoption, the right-of-use assets were adjusted for any previously recognised prepaid and accrued lease 
payments as well as any liabilities from previously applying IFRS 3: ‘Business Combinations’ relating to unfavourable terms 
of an operating lease.

Under IFRS 16, there is a lease-by-lease transition choice whereby a lessee can take a practical expedient to rely on 
assessments immediately before the date of initial application of whether leases are onerous under the IAS 37: ‘Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ definition and to adjust the right-of-use asset by this amount. Alternatively, 
the new requirements under IFRS 16 can be applied and the right-of-use asset is tested for impairment in accordance with 
IAS 36: ‘Impairment of Assets’. The Group has considered this on a lease by lease basis with a transitional impairment 
review taken on a number of leases.

On those leases where an impairment review was performed, rather than taking the practical expedient, this resulted in 
an opening adjusted to reserves of £37m (net of tax). Changes around assumptions on the probability of future sub-lease 
cash flows used in the impairment tests caused impairments. In addition to this, the impairment predominantly resulted 
from the application of different discount rates in line with the applicable accounting standards. The onerous contract 
provisions previously recognised in accordance with IAS 37 used a risk-free rate however on adoption of IFRS 16 and 
recognition of right-of-use assets, these assets are tested for impairment under IAS 36 which uses a market participants 
rate. The application of these standards and changes in discount rates caused an impairment on numerous right-of-use 
lease assets.

188

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements32 Changes in accounting policies continued
Payments associated with short-term leases, leases of low-value assets, and variable lease payments not included in the 
right-of-use asset are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with 
a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT-equipment and small items of office furniture.

Former finance leases
The Group did not change the initial carrying amounts of recognised assets and liabilities at the date of initial application 
for leases previously classified as finance leases (i.e. the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities equal the lease assets and 
liabilities recognised under IAS 17). The requirements of IFRS 16 were applied to these leases from 28 April 2019.

Impact on lessor accounting
IFRS 16 does not change substantially how a lessor accounts for leases. Under IFRS 16, a lessor continues to classify 
leases as either finance leases or operating leases and account for those two types of leases differently.

Under IFRS 16, an intermediate lessor accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The 
intermediate lessor is required to classify the sublease as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset 
arising from the head lease (and not by reference to the underlying asset as was the case under IAS 17).

Because of this change, the Group has reclassified certain sublease agreements as finance leases and recognised finance 
lease asset receivables. This change has impacted the timing of recognition of the related revenue (recognised in finance 
income).

Practical expedients applied on adoption
In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

 – the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

 – reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous (with the exception of certain leases as discussed 

above)

 – the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 28 April 2019 as short-term 

leases

 – the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and

 – the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The following table reconciles the minimum lease commitments for the year ended 27 April 2019, to the amount of lease 
liabilities recognised on 28 April 2019:

Operating lease commitments restated as at 27 April 2019*

Discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application
Finance lease liabilities recognised as at 27 April 2019
Short-term leases recognised on a straight-line basis as expense
Adjustments as a result of a different treatment of extension and termination options

Lease liability recognised at 28 April 2019

Of which are:
  Current
  Non-current

£m

1,680

1,346
83
(23)
79

1,485

210
1,275

1,485

* 

 Operating lease commitments have been restated as at 27 April 2019 to reflect the correct future minimum lease payments under non-
cancellable operating leases in line with IAS 17. The figure disclosed within the 27 April 2019 Annual Report and Accounts overstated these 
future lease payments.

33 Events after the balance sheet date
The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the Group’s operations is discussed within the strategic report on page 8 as 
well as set out within note 1 to the financial statements which summarises the downside worse case Covid-19 scenario 
modelled by the Group. Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Group has monitored trade performance, internal 
actions, as well as other relevant external factors (such as changes in any of the government restrictions). No adjustments 
to the key estimates and judgements that impact the balance sheet as at 2 May 2020 have been identified.

189

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
Company

Balance Sheet

Company
Balance Sheet 

Fixed assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Debtors

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Debtors
Derivative assets

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Loans payable
Derivative liabilities

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities
Loans payable

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Profit and loss account

Note

C4
C5

C5
C7 

C6
C8
C7 

C8

C9
C9

2 May 
2020 
£m

2,670 
4

2,674

160
2,803
124 

3,087
(2,593)  
(44)  
(124)   

27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

2,676 
—

2,676

123
2,768 
 24

2,915
(2,511)  
—
(24)   

326 

380 

3,000
(280)   

3,056
(288)   

2,720 

 2,768

1
2,263
 456

1
2,263
504 

 2,720 

 2,768

The Company’s profit for the year was £42m (2018/19: £34m) . 

Cash and cash equivalents and creditors: amounts falling due within one year have been restated to meet the 
presentational requirements of IAS 32 as further described in note C1. This has had no impact on net assets.

The financial statements of the Company (registered number 07105905) were approved by the Board on 14 July 2020 and 
signed on its behalf by:

Alex Baldock, 
Group Chief Executive

Jonny Mason, 
Group Chief Financial Officer

Company registration number: 7105905

190

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of

Changes in Equity

Company Statement of
Changes in Equity 

At 28 April 2018

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Equity dividends

At 27 April 2019

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Purchase of own shares
Equity dividends

At 2 May 2020

Share 
capital  

£m

1

—

—

—

1

 —

—

—
—

1 

Share 
premium 
reserve  

£m

2,263

—

—

—

2,263

— 

—

—
—

2,263

Profit and 
loss account  

£m

586

34

34

Total equity  

£m

2,850

34

34

(116)

504

(116)

2,768

42 

42 

(12)  
(78)   

456 

42 

42 

(12)  
(78)   

2,720 

191

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
Notes to the Company

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company
Financial Statements 

C1 Accounting policies

Basis of preparation
The Company is incorporated in the United Kingdom. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern 
basis (see note 1 to the Group financial statements).

The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Company 
meets the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council. Accordingly, the financial statements have therefore been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 
(Financial Reporting Standard 101) ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ as issued by the Financial Reporting Council, 
incorporating the Amendments to FRS 101 as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in 
relation to share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in 
respect of certain assets, presentation of a cash flow statement and certain related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the re-measurement of certain financial 
instruments to fair value. The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in note 1 to the Group 
financial statements except as noted below.

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

The Company had no employees during the year ended 2 May 2020 (2018/19: nil). All directors were remunerated by other 
group companies.

Restatement of prior periods
Within the period, it was determined that the Company’s cash and overdrafts within notional cash pooling arrangements 
did not meet the requirements for offsetting in accordance with IAS 32: ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. For 
presentational purposes, amounts have therefore been restated for the preceding period ended 27 April 2019 and 
the beginning of the preceding period being 28 April 2018 in accordance with IAS 8: ‘Accounting Policies, Change in 
Accounting Policies and Errors’. The impact of this change is to increase both cash and cash equivalents and overdrafts 
within current loans and other borrowings by £46m.

This has had no impact on net assets as seen on the face of the Consolidated balance sheet.

C2 Profit and loss account
In accordance with the exemption permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss account of the 
Company is not presented separately. The profit recognised for the year ended 2 May 2020 was £42m (2018/19: £34m). 
Information regarding the audit fees for the Group is provided in note 3 to the Group financial statements.

C3 Equity dividends
Details of amounts recognised as distributions to shareholders in the period and those proposed are detailed in note 24 of 
the Group financial statements.

192

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsC4 Fixed asset investments

Opening balance
Impairments

Closing balance

Cost
Accumulated impairments

Net carrying amount

2 May 
2020 
£m

2,676
(6) 

2,670 

2,776
(106) 

2,670 

27 April 
2019 
£m

2,677
(1) 

2,676 

2,776
(100) 

2,676 

Fixed asset investments comprise investments in subsidiary undertakings and other minority investments.  
Details of the Company’s investments in subsidiary undertakings are provided in note C10.

The directors acknowledged that as at 2 May 2020 the market capitalisation of Dixons Carphone plc was less than the 
net assets of the company, which primarily consists of investments in subsidiaries. This was considered an indicator of 
impairment and an impairment test over the investment in subsidiaries was performed. The recoverable amounts of the 
investments have been determined based on value-in-use calculations which require the use of estimates. Management 
has prepared discounted cash flows based on the latest 5 year strategic plan updated for the impact of Covid-19 as 
further explained in the Group accounting policies within the consolidated financial statements. No impairment charge was 
recognised over investment subsidiaries as a result of the impairment test detailed above.

For the year ended 2 May 2020, an impairment of £6m (2018/19: £1m) was recognised over subsidiaries where trading has 
ceased during the period. The Company received a dividend in the period from these entities which led to an impairment 
being recognised as the investment exceeded the net assets of the subsidiaries.

C5 Debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Prepayments
Other debtors

2 May 
2020 
£m

2,798
9
— 

2,807

27 April 
2019 
£m

2,761
6
 1

2,768 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and any interest charged is at current market 
rates.

Receivable balances with other Group entities, are reviewed for potential impairment based on the ability of the 
counterparty to meet its obligations. The net current asset / liability position of the entity is considered and where the 
amount due to the Company is not covered, the estimated future cashflows of the counterparty and subsidiary companies 
with the ability to distribute cash to it are considered. The Company recognised an impairment of £19m in the period 
(2018/19: £nil) in relation to amounts owned by Group undertakings.

Included within debtors, £4m (2018/19: £nil) of prepayments is classified as non-current. All other amounts are due within 
one year.

C6 Creditors

Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Overdrafts*
Corporation tax
Accruals and deferred income

Amounts falling due within one year

2 May 
2020 
£m

2,124
468
—
1 

2,593 

27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

2,099
409
2
1 

2,511 

* 

 As disclosed in note C1, the Company’s overdrafts have been restated to meet the presentational requirements for offsetting in accordance 
with IAS 32. Comparative information for the year ended 27 April 2019 has increased from £363m to £409m. This has had no impact on the 
Company’s net assets.

193

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
 
 
 
continued

Notes to the Company   
Financial Statements continued

C7 Derivatives

Foreign exchange contracts

Derivative assets

Foreign exchange contracts

Derivative liabilities

2 May 
2020 
£m

124 

124 

(124)   

(124)  

27 April 
2019 
£m

24 

24 

 (24)   

 (24)   

Interest rate swaps convert floating rate debt (3 month LIBOR plus a margin) to a fixed rate.

This value is determined using forward exchange and interest rates derived from market sourced data at the balance sheet 
date, with the resulting value discounted back to present value (level 2 classification). See note 26 for further details.

C8 Loans payable
Details of loans payable are provided in note 19 to the Group financial statements.

C9 Share capital and share premium
Details of movements in share-capital and share premium are disclosed in note 23 to the Group financial statements.

C10 Subsidiary undertakings

a) Principal subsidiaries as at 2 May 2020
The Company has investments in the following principal subsidiary undertakings. All holdings are in equity share capital 
and give the Group an effective holding of 100% on consolidation.

Name
Carphone Warehouse Europe 
Limited
CPW Technology Services 
Limited

Dixons Carphone Holdings 
Limited

Registered office address

Country of incorporation 
or registration

Share class(es) held

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom A & B Ordinary

% held Business activity
Holding 
company

100

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom

Ordinary

100

IT

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom

Ordinary
Deferred
 A Ordinary
B Ordinary
Ordinary 
Deferred

100*
100*
84.6**
100*
100
100*

Holding 
company

Holding 
company

Dixons Retail Group Limited

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom

Dixons South East Europe 
A.E.V.E.
DSG International Holdings 
Limited

DSG Retail Ireland Limited

90 Marinou Antypa str.,Neo 
Irakleio, Athens 14121

Greece

Ordinary

100

Retail

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom

Ordinary

100

Holding 
company

3rd Floor Office Suite, 
Omni Park Shopping Centre, 
Santry, Dublin 9

Ireland

Ordinary

100

Retail

DSG Retail Limited

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom

Irredeemable 
Cumulative 
Preference and 
Ordinary

100

Retail

Elgiganten Aktiebolag

ElGiganten A/S

Elkjøp Nordic AS

Elkjøp Norge AS

Gigantti Oy

New Technology Insurance 
Unlimited Company(1)

194

Box 1264, 164, 29 Kista, 
Stockholm
Arne Jacobsens Allé 16, 2.sal 
København S, 2300 Copenhagen
Nydalsveien 18A, NO-0484 Oslo
Solheimveien 10, NO-1473, 
Lørenskog
Töölönlahdenkatu 2, FI-00100, 
Helsinki
Baker Tilly Hughes Blake,  
Joyce House,  
22-23 Holles Street, Dublin 2

Sweden

Ordinary

100

Retail

Denmark

Norway

Norway

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100

100

100

Retail

Retail

Retail

Finland

Ordinary

100

Retail

Ireland

Ordinary

100

Insurance

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial Statements 
C10 Subsidiary undertakings continued
a) Principal subsidiaries as at 2 May 2020 continued

The Carphone Warehouse 
Limited

The Carphone Warehouse 
Limited

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS United Kingdom

Ordinary

100

Retail

3rd Floor Office Suite, 
Omni Park Shopping Centre, 
Santry, Dublin 9

Ireland

Ordinary

100

Retail

Interest held directly by Dixons Carphone plc. 

* 
**  This is the only interest of Dixons Carphone plc, directly or indirectly, in this class of shares.
(1)  New Technology Insurance Unlimited Company was dissolved on 8 May 2020.

b) Other subsidiary undertakings
The following are the other subsidiary undertakings of the Group, all of which are wholly owned unless otherwise indicated. 
All these companies are either holding companies or provide general support to the principal subsidiaries listed on the 
previous page.

Registered office address

Country of incorporation 
or registration

Share class(es) held

% held

Name

Alfa s.r.l.

Carphone Warehouse Ireland Mobile 
Limited (in liquidation)

CCC Nordic A/S

Codic GmbH (in liquidation)

Connected World Services 
Distributions Limited

Connected World Services LLC

Connected World Services 
Netherlands BV

Connected World Services SAS

CPW Acton Five Limited

CPW Acton One Limited

CPW Brands 2 Limited
CPW CP Limited
CPW Tulketh Mill Limited

DISL 2 Limited

DISL Limited

Via monte Napoleone n. 29, 
20121 Milano

Italy

Ordinary

44 Fitzwilliam Place, Dublin 2

Ireland

Ordinary

Arne Jacobsens Allé 15, 8.,
2300 København S. 
Eschenheimer Anlage 1, 60316, 
Frankfurt

Denmark

Ordinary

Germany

Ordinary

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400
Wilmington DE 19808
Watermanweg 96, 3067 GG, 
Rotterdam
26 rue de Cambacérès, 75008 
Paris
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
6th Floor, Victory House, 
Prospect Hill, Douglas, IM1 1EQ
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
6th Floor, Victory House, 
Prospect Hill, Douglas, IM1 1EQ

United States

Ordinary

Netherlands

Ordinary

France

Ordinary

United Kingdom

Ordinary

Isle of Man

Ordinary

United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Isle of Man

Ordinary

6th Floor, Victory House, 
Prospect Hill, Douglas, IM1 1EQ

Isle of Man

Dixons Carphone CoE s.r.o.

Trnita, 491/5, 602 00 Brno

Czech Republic

Dixons Deutschland GmbH

Ottostraße 21, 80333 Munich

Germany

* 

Interest held directly by Dixons Carphone plc.

A, B, C & D 
Preference and 
Ordinary B
Business 
Shares
Ordinary

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100*

100*
100
100*

100

100

100

100

195

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
Notes to the Company   
Financial Statements continued

C10 Subsidiary undertakings continued

b) Other subsidiary undertakings continued

100

100

100

100
100

100

100

100

100
100

100

100

100
100
100

100

100

100

Name

Dixons Sourcing Limited

Dixons Stores Group Retail Norway 
AS
Dixons Travel srl (in liquidation)

Registered office address

Country of incorporation 
or registration

Share class(es) held

% held

31/F, AXA Tower Landmark East, 
100 How Ming Street, 
Kwun Tong Kowloon

Hong Kong

Ordinary

100

Nydalsveien 18A, NO-0484 Oslo

Norway

Ordinary

Foro Buonaparte 70, 20121, Milan

Italy

DSG Card Handling Services Limited

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary
Cumulative C 
& D Preference 
and Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Hong Kong

Ordinary

Belgium

Ordinary

DSG Corporate Services Limited
DSG European Investments Limited

DSG Hong Kong Sourcing Limited

DSG International Belgium BVBA

DSG International Retail Properties 
Limited
DSG Ireland Limited
DSG KHI Limited

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
31/F, AXA Tower Landmark East, 
100 How Ming Street, 
Kwun Tong Kowloon
Havenlaan 86C, Box 204, B-1000 
Brussels

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Ordinary
Ordinary
Preference, 
B Preference
and Ordinary

DSG Overseas Investments Limited

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

DSG Retail Ireland Pension Trust 
Limited
El-Giganten Logistik AB
Epoq Logistic DC k.s.
iD Mobile Limited

InfoCare CS AB

InfoCare Workshop AS

InfoCare Workshop Oy

40 Upper Mount Street, 
Dublin 2, D02 PR89
Mobelvagen 51, 556 52 Jönköping
Evropská 868, 664 42 Modrˇice
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
Arabygatan 9, 35246 Växjö, 
Kronobergs län
Industrivegen, 53, 2212, 
Kongsvinger
Silvastintie 1, 01510, Vantaa

Ireland

Ordinary

Sweden
Czech Republic
United Kingdom

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Sweden

Ordinary

Norway

Finland

Ordinary

Ordinary

196

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial StatementsC10 Subsidiary undertakings continued

b) Other subsidiary undertakings continued

Name

Kereru Limited
Kungsgatan Concept Store AB
Mastercare Service and Distribution 
Limited
Mohua Limited

MTIS Limited

New CPWM

PC City (France) SNC

Petrus Insurance Company Limited
Simplify Digital Limited
TalkM Limited
Team Knowhow Limited
The Carphone Warehouse (Digital) 
Limited
The Carphone Warehouse UK 
Limited
The Phone House Holdings (UK) 
Limited

Registered office address

Country of incorporation 
or registration

Share class(es) held

% held

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
Box 1264, 164, 29 Kista, Stockholm

United Kingdom
Sweden

Ordinary
Ordinary

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
Carphone Warehouse, Dixons Unit, 
301 Omni Park Shopping Centre, 
Swords Road, Dublin 9
1 Portal Way, 
London, W3 6RS
52 rue de la Victoire
75009 Paris
2 Irish Town
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS
1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

Ireland

Ordinary

United Kingdom

Ordinary

France

Partnership

Gibraltar
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100
100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100
100
100

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

100*

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

1 Portal Way, London, W3 6RS

United Kingdom

Ordinary

* 

Interest held directly by Dixons Carphone plc.

c) Other significant shareholdings
The following are the other significant shareholdings of the Company, all of which are held indirectly.

Name

Elkjøp Fjordane AS

F Group A/S (in liquidation)

Registered office address

Country of incorporation 
or registration

Share class held

% held

Fugleskjærgata 10, 6905 Florø
Amerika Plads 37,
DK-2100 København Ø

Norway

Ordinary

Denmark

Ordinary

30

40

100

100

Business 
activity

Retail

Retail

197

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial StatementsNotes to the Company   
Financial Statements continued

C10 Subsidiary undertakings continued

d) Subsidiary undertakings exempt from audit
The following subsidiaries, all of which are incorporated in England and Wales are exempt from the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of section 479A of that Act:

Name

Carphone Warehouse Europe Limited

Connected World Services Distributions Limited

CPW Acton Five Limited

CPW Brands 2 Limited

CPW CP Limited

CPW Technology Services Limited

CPW Tulketh Mill Limited

Dixons Carphone Holdings Limited

Dixons Retail Group Limited

DSG Card Handling Services Limited

DSG European Investments Limited

DSG International Holdings Limited

DSG International Retail Properties Limited

DSG Ireland Limited

DSG KHI Limited

DSG Overseas Investments Limited

New CPWM Limited

Simplify Digital Limited

TalkM Limited

The Carphone Warehouse (Digital) Limited

The Carphone Warehouse UK Limited

The Phone House Holdings (UK) Limited

Company registration number

06534088

01847868

05738735

07135355

06585457

02881162

06585719

07866062

03847921

04185110

03891149

03887870

00476440

00240621

09012752

02734677

07866069

06095563

04682207

03966947

03827277

03663563

198

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedFinancial StatementsFive Year Record

(unaudited)

Five Year Record
(unaudited) 

Income statement – Adjusted and Pro forma

Adjusted(1)
Revenue

Net profit after tax

Earnings per share
– Basic
– Diluted

Pro forma adjusted results(1)
Revenue

EBIT

Interest

Profit before taxation

2019/20 
£m

2018/19 
£m

2017/18 
£m

2016/17 
£m

2015/16 
£m

10,217 

 10,474

10,555 

10,221

9,412

125

 269

327 

370

326

10.8p
10.6p

23.2p
 23.0p

28.3p
28.2p 

32.1p
32.0p

28.3p
27.4p

10,217

 10,474

 10,555

10,221

9,412

194

 (28)   

166

 363

 (24)  

 339

 430

 (18)  

 412

495

(16)  

479

453

(22)  

431

(1) 

 Adjusted results – continuing operations reflect the statutory results of the Group excluding items classified as adjusting items.

199

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Financial Statements 
Shareholder and 

Corporate

Information

Shareholder and Corporate   
Information  

latest investment scams. You can also call the Consumer 
Helpline on +44 (0)800 111 6768. 

ShareGift
If you have a very small shareholding that is uneconomical 
to sell, you may wish to consider donating it to ShareGift 
(Registered charity no. 1052686), a charity that specialises 
in the donation of small, unwanted shareholdings to good 
causes. You can find more information by visiting sharegift.
org or by calling +44 (0)207 930 3737.

Electronic communications
Shareholders will receive annual reports and other 
documentation electronically, unless they tell our registrars 
that they would like to continue to receive printed materials. 
This is in line with best practice and underpins our 
commitment to reduce waste.

Shareholders may view shareholder communications online 
instead of receiving them in hard copy. Shareholders may 
elect to receive notifications by email whenever shareholder 
communications are added to the website by visiting  
www.shareview.co.uk and registering online. 

Corporate Website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit the Dixons Carphone 
website at dixonscarphone.com. The website includes 
information about the organisation, its strategy and 
business performance, latest news and press releases and 
the Group’s approach to corporate governance. 

The investors section provides a comprehensive 
breakdown of Dixons Carphone investor proposition, 
share price, financial results, shareholder meetings and 
dividends. 

Auditor 
Deloitte LLP 
1 New Street Square 
London 
EC4A 3BZ 
www.deloitte.com

Joint Stockbrokers 
Deutsche Bank AG 
London 
EC2N 2DB 
www.db.com

Citigroup Global Markets Limited 
33 Canada Square 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 5LB 
www.citigroup.com

Dixons Carphone plc is listed on the main market of the 
London Stock Exchange (stock symbol: DC) and is a 
constituent of the FTSE 250.

Registrars
Equiniti 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA 
United Kingdom

0371 384 2089 (UK only) 
+44 (0)121 415 7047 (from outside the UK)

Shareholder enquiries
Any queries that shareholders have regarding their 
shareholdings, such as a change of name or address, 
transfer of shares or lost share certificates, should be 
referred to the Registrar using the contact details above.

The Shareholder Helpline is available (phone numbers 
above) on UK business days between 9.00am and 5.00pm 
(UK time), excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Managing shares online
Shareholders can manage their holdings online by 
registering with an electronic communications service 
called Shareview at www.shareview.co.uk. This is a secure 
online platform which is provided by the Registrar Equiniti. 
To register, you will need your shareholder reference 
number, which can be found on your share certificate, 
dividend confirmation or form of proxy.

Unauthorised brokers (boiler room scams)
Dixons Carphone plc is legally obliged to make its 
share register available to the general public in certain 
circumstances. Consequently, some shareholders may 
receive unsolicited phone calls or correspondence 
concerning investment matters which may imply a 
connection to the company concerned. These are typically 
from overseas-based ‘brokers’ who target UK shareholders 
offering to buy their shares or sell them what can turn 
out to be worthless or high-risk shares in US or UK 
investments. These communications can be persistent and 
extremely persuasive. 

Share fraud includes scams where investors are called 
out of the blue and offered shares that often turn out to be 
worthless or non-existent, or an inflated price for shares 
they own. These calls come from fraudsters operating in 
‘boiler rooms’ that are mostly based abroad. While high 
profits are promised, those who buy or sell shares in this 
way usually lose their money. 

If you are approached about a share scam you should tell 
the FCA using the share fraud reporting form at  
www.fca.org.uk/scams where you can find out about the 

200

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
Shareholder and 

Corporate

Information

American Depositary Receipts (‘ADRs’)
Dixons Carphone plc has established a sponsored Level 
1 ADR program and has appointed Deutsche Bank Trust 
Company Americas (‘Deutsche Bank’) as the depositary 
bank. The ADRs trade on the US over-the-counter (‘OTC’) 
market under the symbol DXCPY (they are not listed on a 
US stock exchange). Each ADR represents two ordinary 
shares in Dixons Carphone plc.

Registered office / Head office
1 Portal Way 
London 
W3 6RS 
United Kingdom 
www.dixonscarphone.com

Company registration number
07105905

Contact details for ADR investors and brokers
Deutsche Bank ADR broker services desks 
New York: +1 212 250 9100 
London: +44 (0)207 547 6500 (from outside the UK)

Contact details for registered ADR holders
For Deutsche Bank Shareholder Services: 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (‘AST’) 
Operations Center 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 
United States 
Email: DB@amstock.com 
Toll free number: (866) 249 2593 (from within the US) 
Direct dial: +1 718 921 8124 (from outside the US) 

Company Secretary
Enquiries should be directed to: 
Nigel Paterson,
General Counsel and Company Secretary
cosec@dixonscarphone.com

Investor relations
Enquiries should be directed to: 
Dan Homan, 
Head of Investor Relations 
ir@dixonscarphone.com

201

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor InformationGlossary and

Definitions

Glossary and   
Definitions  

Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’)
In the reporting of financial information, and as set out in the Strategic Report, the Group uses certain measures that 
are not required under IFRS. These are presented in accordance with the Guidelines on APMs issued by the European 
Securities and Markets Authority (“ESMA”). We consider that these additional measures (commonly referred to as 
‘alternative performance measures’) provide additional information on the performance of the business and trends to 
shareholders. These measures are consistent with those used internally, and are considered critical to understanding the 
financial performance and financial health of the Group. APMs are also used to enhance the comparability of information 
between reporting periods, by adjusting for non-recurring or items considered to be distortive on trading performance 
which may affect IFRS measures, to aid the user in understanding the Group’s performance. These alternative 
performance measures may not be directly comparable with other similarly titled measures or ‘adjusted’ revenue or profit 
measures used by other companies, and are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measures.

Adjusting items
Included within our APMs we report adjusted revenue, adjusted PBT, adjusted EBIT, and adjusted EPS. These measures 
exclude items which are significant in size or volatility or by nature are non-trading or highly infrequent. Adjusted results 
are stated before the results of discontinued operations or exited / to be exited businesses, amortisation of acquisition 
intangibles, acquisition related costs, any exceptional items considered so material that they distort underlying 
performance (such as reorganisation costs, impairment charges and property rationalisation costs, out of period mobile 
network debtor revaluations and non-recurring charges), income from previously disposed operations and net pension 
interest costs. There are no adjustments made to exclude the impact of Covid-19. Businesses exited or to be exited are 
those which the Group has exited or committed to or commenced to exit through disposal or closure but do not meet the 
definition of discontinued operations as stipulated by IFRS and are material to the results and / or operations of the Group.

Impact of IFRS 16: ‘Leases’
The Group adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective method which means prior year comparatives 
are not restated. In order to aid comparability with prior year measures, the impact of IFRS 16 has been included within 
adjusting items within the current period. The directors believe this adjustment is helpful in the current year in aiding 
shareholders in comparability with prior periods, which are reported under IAS 17. This will not be disclosed as an 
adjusting item in future years given comparatives will be under IFRS 16.

Out of period network debtor revaluations
Following the separation of the UK & Ireland Mobile reporting segment in the prior year, those performance measures, 
internal targets and KPIs included in the information reviewed by the board and performance guidance given to the 
external stakeholders have evolved to provide greater transparency over in year trading results. To reflect this, current year 
adjusting items also include the impact of out of period network debtor revaluations. When we recognise transactions, 
we do not expect material revaluations. If they arise it is because of unanticipated one-off changes in the external 
environment, for example changes in regulation. These out of period revaluations can be either positive or negative. They 
are explained in detail within note 15, below the network commission contract assets and receivables reconciliation table in 
footnote (iv), to the financial statements. Our treatment for these revaluations is to exclude from our APMs, changes in the 
expected consideration related to revenue recognised from performance obligations satisfied in previous years. In contrast, 
whether positive or negative, for the changes to expected revenue where the point of sale (i.e. the initial recognition of 
commission) was within the current financial year we recognise these changes within our APMs for that year. 

The removal of these out of period network debtor revaluations is considered to be additional useful information to aid 
the understanding of current year trading. Comparative period performance measures have been included accordingly as 
disclosed below.

As explained within note 1t to the financial statements, the network commission receivables are increased each year 
in line with RPI. As part of the variable revenue constraint, the Group does not include this RPI estimate in the revenue 
recognised at point of sale. This revenue is recognised once a year when the RPI figure is confirmed. In addition to 
this, there are other out of period amounts settled in relation to historical transactions that are not included in the initial 
estimate of revenue at point of sale. As the Group does not recognise an estimate of these amounts within revenue at the 
point of sale, they are recognised in revenue within each financial year once the amounts for that period are known and 
our treatment is to include these items within our APMs. They are explained in detail within note 15, below the network 
commission contract assets and receivables reconciliation table in footnote (v), to the financial statements.

Local currency
Some comparative performance measures are translated at constant exchange rates, called ‘local currency’ measures. 
This restates the prior period results at a common exchange rate to the current year in order to provide appropriate year-
on-year movement measures without the impact of foreign exchange movements.

202

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor InformationGlossary and

Definitions

Definitions and reconciliations
In line with the Guidelines on Alternative Performance Measures issued by the European Securities and Markets Authority 
(‘ESMA’), we have provided additional information on the APMs used by the Group below, including full reconciliations 
back to the closest equivalent statutory measure.

Alternative performance 
measure

Revenue measures

Closest equivalent GAAP 
measure

Note reference showing 
reconciliation to IFRS 
measure

Definition and purpose

Adjusted revenue

Revenue

See note A1

Like-for-like (LFL) % 
change

No direct equivalent Not applicable

Local currency % change Revenue compared 

Not applicable

to prior period 
consolidated at a 
constant exchange 
rate.

Profit / (loss) before 
tax, Profit / (loss) 
before interest and 
tax.

Profit / (loss) before 
interest and tax

Profit measures

Adjusted profit / (loss) 
before tax, EBIT

EBIT

Adjusted EBITDA

Profit / (loss) before 
interest and tax

See note A4

Adjusted revenues are adjusted to remove out of 
period mobile network debtor revaluations and 
the revenues of those operations which the Group 
classifies as exited or to be exited but do not meet 
the definition of discontinued in accordance with 
IFRS 5: ‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and 
Discontinued Operations’.

Like-for-like revenue is calculated based on 
adjusted store and online revenue using constant 
exchange rates. New stores are included where 
they have been open for a full financial year both 
at the beginning and end of the financial period. 
Revenue from franchise stores are excluded and 
closed stores (where closed by the Company’s 
decision and not where closed due to government 
imposed restrictions related to the global Covid-19 
pandemic) are excluded for any period of closure 
during either period. Customer support agreement, 
insurance and wholesale revenues along with 
revenue from Connected World Services and 
other non-retail businesses are excluded from 
like-for-like calculations. We consider that LFL 
revenue represents a useful measure of the trading 
performance of our underlying and ongoing store 
and online portfolio.

Reflects total revenues on a constant currency and 
period basis. Provides a measure of performance 
excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate 
movements.

See note A2 and A5 As discussed above, the Group uses adjusted profit 

measures in order to provide a useful measure of 
the ongoing performance of the Group. These are 
adjusted from total measures to remove adjusting 
items, the nature of which are disclosed above.

No reconciling items Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) is directly 

comparable to profit / (loss) before tax. The 
terminology used is consistent with that used 
historically and in external communications.

As discussed above, the Group uses adjusted profit 
measures in order to provide a useful measure of 
the ongoing performance of the Group. These are 
adjusted from total measures to remove adjusting 
items, the nature of which are disclosed above.

203

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor Informationcontinued

Glossary and   
Definitions continued

Alternative performance 
measure

Closest equivalent GAAP 
measure

EBITDA

Profit / (loss) before 
interest and tax

Note reference showing 
reconciliation to IFRS 
measure

See note A3

Definition and purpose

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation (EBITDA). Provides a measure of 
profitability based on profit / (loss) before tax, and 
after adding back depreciation and amortisation 
expense. 
The terminology used is consistent with that used 
historically and in external communications.

Other earnings measures

Adjusted net finance 
costs

Net finance costs

Adjusted income tax 
expense / (credit)

Income tax expense 
/ (credit)

See note A5 and A6 Adjusted net finance costs exclude certain adjusted 
finance costs from total finance costs. The adjusting 
items include the impact of IFRS 16, the finance 
charge of business to be exited, net pension interest 
costs, finance income from previously disposed 
operations not classified as discontinued, and 
other exceptional items considered so one-off and 
material that they distort underlying finance costs 
of the Group. Under IAS 19: ‘Employee Benefits’, 
the net interest charge on defined benefit pension 
schemes is calculated based on corporate bond 
yield rates at a specific date, which, as can vary 
over time, creates volatility in the income statement 
and is unrepresentative of the actual investment 
gains or losses made on the liabilities. Therefore, 
this item has been removed from our adjusted 
earnings measure in order to remove this non-cash 
volatility.

See note A5 and A7 Adjusted income tax expense / (credit) represents 
the income tax on adjusted earnings. Income tax 
expense / (credit) on adjusting items represents 
the tax on items classified as ‘adjusted’, either in 
the current year, or the current year effect of prior 
year tax adjustments on items previously classified 
as adjusted. We consider the adjusted income 
tax measures represent a useful measure of the 
ongoing tax charge / credit of the Group.

Adjusted / Total effective 
tax rate

No direct equivalent Not applicable

The effective tax rate measures provide a useful 
indication of the tax rate of the Group. Adjusted 
effective tax is the rate of tax recognised on 
headline earnings, and total effective tax is the rate 
of tax recognised on total earnings.

204

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Informationcontinued

Alternative performance 
measure

Closest equivalent GAAP 
measure

Reconciliation to IFRS 
measure

Definition and purpose

Earnings per share measures

Adjusted basic EPS – 
continuing operations, 
adjusted diluted EPS 
– continuing operations, 
adjusted basic EPS – 
total, adjusted diluted 
EPS – total

Cash flow measures

Free cash flow

Statutory EPS  
figures

See note A8

Cash generated  
from operations

See note A9

Net debt

No direct equivalent See note A10

EPS measures are presented to reflect the impact 
of adjusting items in order to show an adjusted 
EPS figure, which reflects the adjusted earnings per 
share of the Group. We consider the adjusted EPS 
provides a useful measure of the ongoing earnings 
of the underlying Group.

Free cash flow comprises cash generated from 
/ (utilised by) continuing operations including 
restructuring costs, but before cash generated 
from / (utilised by) businesses exited / to be exited, 
less net finance expense, less income tax paid, 
less net capital expenditure and before any special 
pension contributions and dividends. Free cash flow 
is derived from adjusted EBIT which excludes the 
impact of IFRS 16 and other adjusting items. 

Comprises cash and cash equivalents and short-
term deposits, less borrowings and before the 
incremental impact of IFRS 16 lease liabilities. The 
impact of previous finance lease liabilities under 
the scope of IAS 17 are included. We consider that 
this provides a useful measure of the indebtedness 
of the Group and a comparable measure with prior 
periods.

205

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor InformationGlossary and   
Definitions continued

A1  Reconciliation from Statutory to adjusted revenue

Statutory external revenue
Out of period mobile network debtor revaluations
Adjusted external revenue
Inter-segmental revenue
Total adjusted revenue

Year ended 2 May 2020

UK & 
 Ireland 
Electricals 
£m

4,538
—
4,538
86
4,624

UK & 
Ireland 
Mobile  

£m

1,589
47
1,636
98 
1,734

Nordics 
£m

 Greece 
£m

Eliminations 
£m

Total 
£m

3,573
—
3,573
—
3,573

470
—
470
—
470

— 10,170
—
47
— 10,217
—
10,217

(184)  
(184)  

Adjusted EBIT

162

(104)  

116

20

—

194

Statutory external revenue
Out of period mobile network debtor revaluations
Adjusted external revenue*
Inter-segmental revenue
Total adjusted revenue*

UK & 
 Ireland 
Electricals 
£m

4,475
—
4,475
79
4,554

UK & Ireland 
Mobile  

£m

1,998
41
2,039
90
2,129

Year ended 27 April 2019 (restated)

Nordics 
£m

3,501
—
3,501
—
3,501

 Greece 
£m

Eliminations 
£m

Total 
£m

459
—
459
—
459 

— 10,433
—
41
— 10,474
—
10,474

(169)  
(169)   

Adjusted EBIT*

180

50

112

21

—

363

* 

 Adjusted results have been restated for the year ended 27 April 2019 to exclude the out of period mobile network debtor revaluations to 
reflect the performance measures reported to the board, who are considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker under IFRS 8: ‘Operating 
Segments’. IFRS 16, as further described in note 32 has been adopted using the modified retrospective approach and as such prior year 
results have not been restated.

A2  Reconciliation from Statutory loss before interest and tax to adjusted EBIT and adjusted PBT 

Mobile 
network 
debtor 
revaluations 
£m

Acquisition 
/ disposal 
related 
items 
£m

Strategic 
change 
programmes 
£m

Total profit / 
(loss) £m

Regulatory 
costs 
£m

Impairment 
losses 
£m

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
£m

UK & Ireland 
Electricals
UK & Ireland Mobile
Nordics
Greece
EBIT
Finance income
Finance costs

(Loss) / profit 
before tax

119
(282) 
115
20
(28)
10
(122)   

(140)  

—
47
—
—
47
—
—

47

14  
1 
11
—
26
—
—

26

13
107
—
1
121
—
—

121

—
30  
—
—
30
—
—

30

18
—
—
—
18
—
—

18

(2)
(7)
(10)
(1)
(20)
—
70

50

Year ended 2 May 2020

Pension 
scheme 
interest 
£m

Adjusted 
profit / (loss)  

£m

—
—
—
—
—
—
14

14

162
(104)  
116
20
194
10
(38)  

166

206

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A2  Reconciliation from Statutory loss before interest and tax to adjusted EBIT and adjusted PBT continued

Total profit / 
(loss) 
£m

Mobile 
network 
debtor 
revaluations 
£m

Acquisition 
/ disposal 
related items 
£m

Strategic 
change 
programmes 
£m

Data 
incident 
costs 
 £m

Regulatory 
costs 
£m

Year ended 27 April 2019 (restated)

Impairment 
losses and 
onerous 
leases 
 £m

Pension 
scheme 
interest 
£m

Adjusted 
profit / 
(loss)*  
£m

UK & Ireland Electricals
UK & Ireland Mobile
Nordics
Greece

EBIT
Finance income
Finance costs

(Loss) / profit before tax

94
(438)  
100
21

(223)  
11
(47)  

(259)  

—
41
—
—

41
—
—

41

14 
(3)  
12
— 

23 
—
— 

23

44
23
—
— 

67
—
— 

67

12
8
—
— 

20
—
— 

20

16
36
—
— 

52
—
— 

52

— 
383
—
 —

383 
—
— 

383

—
—
—
—

—
—
12

12

180
50 
112
21

363
11
(35)  

339

* 

 Adjusted results have been restated for the year ended 27 April 2019 to exclude the out of period mobile network debtor revaluations to 
reflect the performance measures reported to the board, who are considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker under IFRS 8: ‘Operating 
Segments’. IFRS 16, as further described in note 32 has been adopted using the modified retrospective approach and as such prior year 
results have not been restated.

A3  Reconciliation from Statutory loss before interest and tax to EBITDA

Loss before interest and tax
Depreciation*
Amortisation

EBITDA

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

(28)
298
69

339

(223)
91
83

(49) 

* 

 During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’, which requires depreciation of right-of-use assets to be recognised in the 
income statement. The Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach. As a result, prior year comparative numbers 
have not been restated. Depreciation and amortisation can be found in note 3 of the Group financial statements. 

A4  Reconciliation from Adjusted EBIT to Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBIT
Depreciation
Amortisation

Adjusted EBITDA

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
(restated)* 
 £m

194
84
44 

322

363
91
55 

509

* 

 Adjusted results have been restated for the year ended 27 April 2019 to exclude the out of period mobile network debtor revaluations to 
reflect the performance measures reported to the board, who are considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker under IFRS 8: ‘Operating 
Segments’. IFRS 16, as further described in note 32 has been adopted using the modified retrospective approach and as such prior year 
results have not been restated. Depreciation and amortisation can be found in note 3 of the Group financial statements. As disclosed in note 
A5, adjusted results exclude amortisation of acquisition intangibles and depreciation on right of-use assets recognised in accordance with 
IFRS 16 but includes £3m of depreciation on right-of-use assets that were previously capitalised as they met the definition of a finance lease 
under IAS 17.

207

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor Information 
 
 
 
Glossary and   
Definitions continued

A5  Further information on the adjusting items between statutory profit to adjusted profit measures noted above

Included in revenue
  Mobile network debtor revaluation*

Included in (loss) / profit before interest and tax:
 Mobile network debtor revaluation*
 Acquisition / disposal related items
 Strategic change programmes
 Data incident costs
 Regulatory costs
 Impairment losses and onerous leases
 Impact of IFRS 16

Included in net finance costs:
 Impact of IFRS 16
 Net non-cash finance costs on defined benefit pension schemes

Total impact on (loss) / profit before tax

Tax regulatory matters
Tax on other adjusting items
Total impact on (loss) / profit after tax — continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Total impact on (loss) / profit after tax

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
(restated)* 
£m

47 

47 

47
26
121
—
30 
18
(20)   

222

70
14
84

306

(17)  
(3)  
286

2 

288

41

41 

41
23 
67
20
52
383
—

586 

—
12 
12

598 

46
(64)  
580

9  

589 

Note

(i)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)

(vii)
(viii)

 (ix)
 (x)

25

* 

  Adjusted results have been restated for the year ended 27 April 2019 to exclude the out of period mobile network debtor revaluations to 
reflect the performance measures reported to the board, who are considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker under IFRS 8: ‘Operating 
Segments’. 

(i)  Mobile network debtor revaluations
Changes in consumer behaviour and legislative impacts on previously recognised transactions have led to negative 
revaluations of network receivables of £47m (2018/19: £41m). Further information can be found in footnote (iv) of the 
network commission receivables and contract assets reconciliation table within note 15 to the Group financial statements. 

(ii)  Acquisition / disposal related items
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles:

A charge of £26m (2018/19: £28m) relates primarily to amortisation of acquisition intangibles arising on the Dixons Retail 
Merger. The prior period includes intangibles recognised on the CPW Europe and Simplify Digital acquisitions which were 
subsequently impaired at 27 October 2018.

Acquisition related:

During the prior period, acquisition related income of £5m primarily relates to the release of deferred consideration for a 
previous acquisition no longer payable given the strategic change of the business.

(iii)  Strategic change programmes:
During the current year the Group continued with the previously announced strategic change programme. As part of this 
strategy, the Group took the next steps in the turnaround of the mobile business by announcing on 17 March 2020 that 
it would be closing the Carphone Warehouse UK store estate and continue to focus on selling devices and connectivity 
through its shop-in-shops in 305 big Currys PCWorld stores and online. Further information on the announcement can 
be found here: https://www.dixonscarphone.com/en/news-and-media/press-releases/year/2020/dixons-carphone-takes-
essential-next-stepturnaround-uk.

208

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A5  Further information on the adjusting items between statutory profit to adjusted profit measures noted above 
continued
As a result of the change, 531 stores under the Carphone Warehouse brand have closed.

During the current period, one-off implementation costs and redundancy costs of £56m (2018/19: £49m) have been 
incurred in relation to this Group strategic change programme.

In addition to this, property rationalisation costs related to this strategic change programme, specifically in the UK & Ireland 
Mobile operating segment have been recorded as follows:

 – An additional £24m property closure and dilapidations provisions related to the closure of the Carphone Warehouse 

standalone stores;

 – £32m of right-of-use asset impairment related to the Carphone Warehouse store estate;

 – £15m of asset impairments, primarily relating to software development costs and store assets.

£6m of property provisions recognised within the UK & Ireland Electricals operating segment from previously announced 
strategic change programmes have been released in the period. 

(iv)  Data incident costs:
During the year ended 27 April 2019, costs associated with the data incident announced on 13 June 2018 of £20m were 
recorded.

(v)  Regulatory costs:
The Group operates in a regulated environment and failure to manage the business in line with regulation could expose the 
Group to financial penalties.

In the year ended 27 April 2019 the Group reported that it was subject to a £29m fine imposed by the FCA following the 
conclusion of an investigation into historical Geek Squad mobile phone insurance selling processes. This fine related to a 
period prior to June 2015. Historical regulatory investigations may be subject to potential future claims and subsequent 
payments that may take several years to complete and evaluate. The Group ran two voluntary redress programmes which 
led to the refund of £1.5m.

Nonetheless, the Group has subsequently received claims from a number of customers who believe they were mis-sold 
Geek Squad policies. These claims are carefully considered by the Group on a case by case basis. The majority of claims 
received have been invalid. The Group has paid a total of £16m in respect of customer compensation.

Following the relatively small proportion of customers who have made claims, the volume and the value of any potential 
future claims is uncertain. Despite this level of uncertainty, the Group has recorded an additional regulatory costs provision 
of £30m in the period.

For the year ended 27 April 2019, £15m of additional pension related costs following the High Court judgement on the 
GMP Lloyds Banking Group case and £1m of redress for ongoing employee related matters for historical periods were also 
recognised. 

(vi)  Impairment losses and onerous leases (prior year):
Following the unprecedented effects of Covid-19 and the closure of stores across the UK & Ireland, an impairment 
indicator was identified, and an impairment review was performed over the store estate. Management considered future 
cash flow forecasts derived from the board-approved budget and strategic plan and adjusted to model the negative impact 
of Covid-19. This resulted in an impairment of £18m being recorded over right-of-use assets in UK & Ireland Electricals 
operating segment. 

In the prior year, a strategic review was performed by the Group which led to the separation of the previously reported 
UK & Ireland operating segment into separate UK & Ireland Electricals and Mobile operating segments. As a result of the 
change, the goodwill previously allocated to the UK & Ireland group of cash generating units (CGUs) was separated into 
the UK & Ireland Electricals and UK & Ireland Mobile CGUs. This identified a material non-cash impairment charge to be 
recorded in the UK & Ireland Mobile segment of £383m for the year ended 27 April 2019.

(vii)  Impact of IFRS 16
During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16: ‘Leases’ using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior 
year comparative numbers have not been restated. The impact of adoption is included as an adjusting item for the year 
ended 2 May 2020 as the directors believe this adjustment is helpful to users in aiding comparability of adjusted results 
against prior periods which are reported under IAS 17. The impact of IFRS 16 results in a net credit of £20m to profit / loss 
before interest and tax and a charge of £70m in net finance costs on a statutory basis. 

209

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor InformationGlossary and   
Definitions continued

A5  Further information on the adjusting items between statutory profit to adjusted profit measures noted above 
continued
(viii) Net non-cash financing costs on defined benefit pension schemes:
The net interest charge on defined benefit pension schemes represents the non-cash remeasurement calculated by 
applying the corporate bond yield rates applicable on the last day of the previous financial year to the net defined benefit 
obligation. As a non-cash remeasurement cost which is unrepresentative of the actual investment gains or losses made or 
the liabilities paid and payable, the accounting effect of this is excluded from adjusted earnings.

(ix)  Tax regulatory matters:
As previously disclosed, the Group has been co-operating with HMRC in relation to the tax treatment of certain pre-merger 
legacy corporate transactions. The Group maintains the tax treatment was appropriate, however, the likelihood of litigation, 
and therefore risk associated with this matter was such that a provision was recognised in the year ended 27 April 2019. 
The provision has been adjusted in the current period to reflect the current status of discussions (see note 6b(iii)).

(x) Taxation:
The effective tax rate on adjusting items is 7%. The rate of relief is lower than the UK statutory rate of 19% predominantly 
due to a release of part of the provision recognised in relation to pre-merger legacy corporate transactions (see note 6b(iii)). 
For the year ended 27 April 2019, the effective tax rate on adjusting items was 3% predominantly due to non-deductible 
goodwill impairment and the creation of the provision for tax regulatory matters.

A6  Reconciliation from Statutory Net finance costs to adjusted net finance costs

Total net finance costs

Impact of IFRS 16 
Net interest on defined benefit pension obligations

Adjusted total net finance costs

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

(112)

(36) 

70
14 

(28)  

—
12 

 (24)  

* 

 The total IFRS 16 lease interest is £80m, of which £5m relates to previously held finance leases under IAS 17. The incremental impact of 
IFRS 16 excludes the previously held finance leases and the unwind of discounting on IFRS 3 fair value provisions held on balance sheet 
prior to the adoption of IFRS 16. These items are excluded as adjusted net finance costs is on a pre-IFRS 16 basis as explained in the 
definitions.

210

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
A7  Adjusted tax expense

Tax expense

a) 
The corporation tax charge comprises:

Current tax
UK corporation tax at 19% (2018/19: 19%  ) 

Overseas tax 

Adjustments made in respect of prior years:
UK corporation tax 

Overseas tax 

Total current tax

Deferred tax
UK tax 

Overseas tax 

Adjustments in respect of prior years:
UK corporation tax 
Overseas tax 

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

Adjusted tax charge*

– Adjusted
– Adjusting
– Adjusted
– Adjusting

– Adjusted
– Adjusting
– Adjusted
– Adjusting

– Adjusted
– Adjusting
– Adjusted
– Adjusting

– Adjusted
– Adjusted

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

13
(4)  
26 
(2)  

33

12
(17)  
1
 — 

(4)   

29

(9)  
6
6
(3)   

— 

(4)  
(4)  
(8)  
(8)  

21

41

34
17
29 
— 

80

(5)  
(5)  
 (4)  
 (1)  

(15)  

65 

11 
(27)  
3
(2)   

(15)  

2
 — 
2
 (13)  

 52

 70

* 

 Adjusted results have been restated for the year ended 27 April 2019 to exclude the out of period mobile network debtor revaluations to 
reflect the performance measures reported to the board, who are considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker under IFRS 8: ‘Operating 
Segments’ as disclosed on page 202. The restatement has no impact on statutory reported results. 

Tax related to discontinued operations is included in the figures set out in note 25 to the consolidated financial statements.

211

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary and   
Definitions continued

A7  Adjusted tax expense continued

b) Reconciliation of standard to actual (effective) tax rate
The principal differences between the total tax charge shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard 
rate of UK corporation tax to profit / (loss) before taxation are as follows:

Year ended 2 May 2020

Adjusted 
£m

Adjusting 
items 
£m

Statutory 
£m

Adjusted* 
£m

Year ended 27 April 2019 
(restated)

Adjusting 
items* 
£m

Statutory 
£m

Profit / (loss) before taxation

166 

(306)  

(140)   

339

(598)   

(259)   

Tax at UK statutory rate of 19% (2018/19: 19%)
Items attracting no tax relief or liability
Movement in unprovided deferred tax
Effect of change in statutory tax rate

Differences in effective overseas tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior years – provision
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Other

Total tax charge / (credit)

31
3
—
(2)   

4
—
5
—

41

(58)  
3
52
(1)   

(1)  
(17)  
—
2

(20)   

(27)  
6
52
(3)  

3
(17)  
5
2

21

64
7
(1)  
1

5
—
(6)  
—

 70

(113)  
98
—
3

—
—
(6)  
—

(18)   

(49)  
105
(1)  
4

5
—
(12)  
—

52

* 

 Adjusted results have been restated for the year ended 27 April 2019 to exclude the out of period mobile network debtor revaluations to 
reflect the performance measures reported to the board, who are considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker under IFRS 8: ‘Operating 
Segments’ as disclosed on page 202. The restatement has no impact on statutory reported results.

The effective tax rate on adjusted earnings for the year ended 2 May 2020 is 25% (2018/19: 21%). 

(i) 

 Items attracting no tax relief or liability relate mainly to non-deductible depreciation in the UK business. Adjustments in 
respect of prior periods relate to the reversal of an expected historical tax credit that is no longer available in the UK.

The effective tax rate on adjusting items is 7% (2018/19: 3%).

(ii)   Deferred tax assets relating principally to tax losses in the UK business have not been recognised due to uncertainty 

over the group’s ability to utilise the losses in the future.

(iii)   As disclosed within the key sources of estimation uncertainty in note 1t, the Group is currently cooperating with HMRC 
in relation to open tax enquiries arising from pre-merger legacy corporate transactions in the Carphone Warehouse 
group. One of the underlying pre-merger transactions under enquiry is considered to have a “more likely than not” 
chance of resulting in settlement. Due to this level of risk, a provision was recognised in the prior period. This enquiry is 
still open and a release of £17m has been made during the period to reflect the current status of discussions.

The future effective tax rate is likely to be impacted by the geographical mix of profits and the Group’s ability to take 
advantage of currently unrecognised deferred tax assets.

212

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
 
A8  Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings
Continuing operations

Total loss
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Total

Weighted average number of shares
Average shares in issue
Less average holding by Group EBT

For basic earnings per share
Dilutive effect of share options and other incentive schemes

For diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Total (continuing and discontinued operations)
Adjustment in respect of discontinued operations
Continuing operations
Adjustments — continuing operations (net of taxation)

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share
Total (continuing and discontinued operations)
Adjustment in respect of discontinued operations
Continuing operations
Adjustments— continuing operations (net of taxation)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
(restated) 
£m

125

269 

(161)  
(2)  

(163)  

(311)  
(9)   

 (320)  

Million

Million

1,162
(5)  

1,157
25 

1,182

1,160
(1)   

1,159
9 

 1,168

Pence

Pence

(14.1)  
0.2
(13.9)  
24.7

10.8

(14.1)  
0.2
(13.9)  
24.5

10.6

(27.6)  
0.8
(26.8)  
50.0

 23.2

(27.6)  
0.8
(26.8)  
49.8

 23.0

Basic and diluted earnings per share are based on the profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders. Adjusted 
earnings per share is presented in order to show the underlying performance of the Group. Adjustments used to determine 
adjusted earnings are described further in note A5.

213

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor Information 
 
 
Glossary and   
Definitions continued

A9  Reconciliation of cash inflow from operations to free cash flow

Cash inflow from operations
Operating cash flows from discontinued operations(i)
Taxation
Interest, facility arrangement fees and repayment of finance leases(ii)
IFRS 16 impact(iii)
Capital expenditure
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets
Other movements

Free cash flow

Year ended 
2 May 
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

649
1
(20)  
(39)  
(291)  
(191)  
—
—

109

377
8
(45)  
(30)  
—
(166)  
9
 —

153 

(i) 

(ii) 

 Operating cash flows from discontinued operations are removed in the above reconciliation as free cash flow is presented on a continuing 
basis.
 Current period excludes cash interest on leases and repayment of leases now within the scope of IFRS 16. Prior period interest and capital 
repayment on lease obligations relate solely to finance leases recognised in accordance with IAS 17.

(iii)   In the comparative periods cash inflow from operations includes rental expenses on leases that now fall under the scope of IFRS 16 and 

are therefore now included within cash flows from financing activities within the current period. As part of the reconciliation of free cash 
flow, the cash flows arising from leases have been reclassified into free cash flow in the current period. See note 32 for details of transitional 
impacts.

Reconciliation of adjusted EBIT to free cash flow
Within the performance review we include a reconciliation from adjusted EBIT to free cash flow. Both of these APMs are on 
a pre-IFRS16 basis as explained within the definitions.

Adjusted EBIT (note A2)
Depreciation and amortisation (note A4)

Working capital (note A11)

Capital expenditure
Taxation 
Interest(i)

Other

Free cash flow before exceptional items

Exceptional items(ii)

Free cash flow

Year ended  
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April  
2019 
£m

194
128

108

(191)    
(20)  
(31)    

 —

188

(79)    

109 

363
146

(17)  

(166)    
(45)  
(30)    

 9

260

(107)    

153 

(i) 

(ii) 

 Interest per the cash flow statement is £106m, this differs to the above interest due to the incremental impact of IFRS 16 interest. The total 
IFRS 16 lease interest is £80m, of which £5m relates to previously held finance leases under IAS 17.
 Relates to the cash flows on the adjusting items that are described in note A5.

214

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
 
A10 Reconciliation from liabilities arising from financing activities to net debt

Loans and other borrowings (note 19)*
Lease liabilities (note 20)

Total liabilities from financing activities (note 27b)
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)* 
Overdrafts (note 19)*
Add back lease liabilities excluding previous IAS 17 finance leases**

Net (debt)

2 May 
2020 
 £m

(324)  
(1,444)  

(1,768)  
660
(540)  
1,364

(284)  

27 April 
2019 
(restated)
£m

(288)  
(83)  

(371)  
665
(559)  
—

(265)  

* 

** 

 Cash and cash equivalents and loans and other borrowings have been restated to meet the presentational requirements of IAS 32 as further 
described in note 1. This has had no impact on net assets or net debt.
  During the period the Group has adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach, as a result prior year comparative numbers 
have not been restated. Prior period lease liabilities relate solely to finance leases recognised in accordance with IAS 17. See note 32 for 
details of transitional impacts. 
 As described above, the Group has lease liabilities of £1,444m. To aid comparability with prior periods, net debt for the year ended 2 May 
2020 includes £80m (2018/19: £83m) of lease liabilities that fell within the definition of finance lease liabilities in accordance IAS 17 and 
excludes the incremental impact of lease liabilities of £1,364 that fall within the scope of IFRS 16. 

A11 Reconciliation of statutory working capital cash inflow to adjusted working capital cash inflow
Within the performance review on page 24, a reconciliation of the adjusted EBIT to free cash flow is provided. Within this, 
working capital balance of £108m (2018/19: -£17m) differs to the statutory working capital balance of £235m (2018/19: 
£72m) as cash flows on adjusting items are separately disclosed. A reconciliation of the disclosed working capital balance 
is as follows:

Working capital cash inflow (Note 27a)
Share based payments
Discontinued Operations
Exceptional provisions
GMP equalisation
Network debtor out of period revaluation
IFRS16
Facility arrangement fees
Working capital inflow within free cash flow

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

235
23
—
(43)  
—
(47)  
(56)  
(4)  
108

72 
21
1
(55)  
(15)  
(41)  
—
—
(17)   

215

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor Information 
 
 
Glossary and   
Definitions continued

A12 Summary of working capital presented within the performance review
Within the performance review on page 24, a summary balance sheet is provided which includes a working capital balance 
of -£795m (2018/19: -£956m). The below table provides a breakdown of how the summary working capital balance ties 
through to the statutory balance sheet. Network commission receivables are excluded from the breakdown as they are 
presented separately. Further information on network commission receivables can be found in note 15.

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables*

Current assets
Inventory
Trade and other receivables*
Derivative assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative liabilities
Provisions

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Working capital presented within the performance review

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

35

34

970
474
76

1,156
595
18

(2,017)
(52)
(114) 

(2,350)
(6)
(86)

(131)
(36)
(795)

(252)
(65) 
 (956)

Note

15

14
15
26

17
26
21

17
21

* 

 Trade and other receivables excludes network commission receivables and contract assets of £616m (2018/19: £797m) as these are 
presented separately within the condensed balance sheet in the performance review. 

A13 Summary IFRS 16 leases presented within the performance review
Within the performance review, a summary balance sheet is provided which includes an IFRS 16 leases balance of 
-£1,359m. The below table provides a breakdown of how the summary IFRS 16 leases balance ties through to the statutory 
balance sheet. Comparative year is nil as IFRS 16 was not adopted until 28 April 2019. 

Lease receivables
Lease liabilities
Exclude IAS 17 finance lease liabilities (included in net debt)

IFRS 16 leases presented within the performance review

Year ended 
2 May  
2020 
£m

Year ended 
27 April 
2019 
£m

5
(1,444)  
80 

(1,359)  

—
—
—

—

The lease receivables and lease liabilities are included on the face of the statutory balance sheet. The IAS 17 finance leases 
that were previously on balance sheet before the adoption of IFRS 16 are then excluded as they are included within the net 
debt line within the summary balance sheet in the performance review in order to aid comparability with prior periods.

216

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor Information 
 
 
 
 
Other definitions
The following definitions apply throughout this Annual Report and Accounts unless the context otherwise requires:

Acquisition intangibles

Acquired intangible assets such as customer bases, brands and other intangible 
assets acquired through a business combination capitalised separately from goodwill. 
Where businesses have grown organically rather than through acquisition, there is no 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and therefore the non-cash amortisation charge 
is removed from our adjusted earnings measures in order to increase comparability 
between segments.

Active credit customers

Customers with an open “Your Plan” account

ADRs

ARPU

B2B

Board

Businesses to be exited

American Depositary Receipts

Average monthly revenue per user

Business to business

The Board of Directors of the Company

Businesses exited or to be exited are those which the Group has exited or committed 
to or commenced to exit through disposal or closure but do not meet the definition 
of discontinued operations as stipulated by IFRS and are material to the results or 
operations of the Group. Comparative results in the statement of comprehensive 
income and the notes are restated accordingly for the impact of businesses exited or 
to be exited.

Carphone, Carphone Warehouse 
or Carphone Group

The Company or Group prior to the Merger on 6 August 2014

CGU

Cash Generating Unit

Colleague engagement

Measured using ‘Make a Difference’ survey in Greece and UK & Ireland and a 
colleague engagement survey in the Nordics

Company or the Company

Dixons Carphone plc (incorporated in England and Wales under the Act, with 
registered number 07105905), whose registered office is at 1 Portal Way, London  
W3 6RS

CPW

The continuing business of the Carphone Group

CPW Europe Acquisition

The Company’s acquisition of Best Buy’s interest in CPW Europe, which completed 
on 26 June 2013

Credit adoption

Sales on Credit as a proportion of total sales

CRM

CWS

Customer Relationship Management

The Connected World Services division of the Company

Dixons or Dixons Retail

Dixons Retail plc and its subsidiary companies

Dixons Carphone or Group

The Company, its subsidiaries, interests in joint ventures and other investments

Dixons Retail Merger or Merger

The all-share merger of Dixons Retail plc and Carphone Warehouse plc which 
occurred on 6 August 2014

EBT

Electricals

HMRC

honeybee

Employee benefit trust

Represents the combination of our UK & Ireland Electricals, Nordics, and Greece 
operating segments

Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs

honeybee was our proprietary IT software operation for which an asset sale was 
completed on 31 May 2018

217

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor InformationGlossary and   
Definitions continued

GfK

IFRS

Market position

MNO

Mobile

MVNO

NPS

Online-in-store

Peak / post peak

Growth from Knowledge

International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union

Ranking against competitors in the electrical and mobile retail market, measured 
by market share. Market share is measured for each of the Group’s markets by 
comparing data for revenue or volume of units sold relative to similar metrics for 
competitors in the same market

Mobile network operator

Represents sales made from legacy Carphone brands, iD Mobile and SimplifyDigital

Mobile virtual network operator

Net Promoter Score, a rating used by the Group to measure customers’ likelihood to 
recommend its operations

Online-in-store is the term used for sales that are generated through in-store tablets 
for product that is not stocked in the store 

Peak refers to the 10 week trading period ending on 4 January 2020 as reported in 
the Group’s Christmas Trading statement on 21 January 2020. Post peak refers to the 
trading period from 5 January 2020 to the Group’s year-end on 2 May 2020

RCF

Revolving credit facility

Sharesave or SAYE

Save as you earn share scheme

SIMO

SWAS

TSR

Sales of SIM-only contracts, without attached handset

Stores-within-a-store

Total shareholder return

UK GAAP

United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law

Virgin Mobile France

Omer Telecom Limited (incorporated in England and Wales) and its subsidiaries, 
operating an MVNO in France as a joint venture between the Company, 
Bluebottle UK Limited and Financom S.A.S.

WAEP

Weighted average exercise price

218

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor InformationShareholder

Notes

Shareholder   
Notes

219

Dixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20Investor InformationShareholder

Notes

Shareholder   
Notes continued

220

HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 2nd lineDixons Carphone plc Annual Report and Accounts 2019/20HEAD_0 1st lineHEAD_0 1st line continuedHEAD_0 2nd line continuedInvestor InformationDesigned and Printed by:

This document is printed using Revive White silk and Revive 
100 Offset, papers containing 100% post consumer waste. 
The pulp used for these materials is bleached using a totally 
chlorine free (TCF) process.

D

i

x

o

n

s

C

a

r

p

h

o

n

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

/

2

0

Dixons Carphone plc
1 Portal Way
London
W3 6RS
United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0) 203 110 3251
Email: ir@dixonscarphone.com
www.dixonscarphone.com